Initial Environmental Examination
Prepared by the Department of Transportation for the Asian Development Bank.
January 2022
Philippines: Davao Public Transport Modernization Project
Volume 2: Main Report, Sections 4-11
This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.
In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.
Page 75
4 Description of the Environment 167. Guidelines for gathering of baseline information for HPBS project is in
reference to the IEE Good Practice Note: Impact Assessment Process for IEE (ADB, 2020). The project has followed the data review and collection methodology to ensure appropriate efforts has been considered to obtain information relevant to the project scope.
4.1 Project Boundary 168. The project is centrally located at Davao City, including 6 barangays
affected by installation of 14 bus stops in Panabo City. The implementation of the three types of major bus infrastructure/ facilities is the center of discussion for this baseline information chapter. These include depots, terminals and driving school. While bus stop locations are discussed through general descriptions of Davao City and Panabo City.
Table 4.1 Project Boundary
Location Barangay District
Major Facilities – Depots, Terminals, Driving School
Buhangin Cabantian Buhangin (District II)
Bunawan Bunawan Proper Bunawan (District II)
Calinan Calinan Proper, Lacson Calinan (District III)
Sasa Pancan Bunawan (District II)
Sto Niño Catalunan Pequeño Tugbok (District III)
Toril Bato Toril (District III)
Bus Stops
Davao City (for 1060 Bus Stops) 133 Affected Barangays All three districts
Panabo City (for 14 Bus Stops) 6 Affected Barangays
169. Area of Influence. ADB-SPS defined Area of Influence (AOI) as areas where direct, indirect, cumulative, and induced impacts are anticipated to occur. The AOI is classified into 3 zones:
• Direct impact area coinciding with the project component's boundary, within this zone impacts on air, water, and waste standards are expected to be exceeded, and impacts on vegetation and biodiversity is more severe;
• 500m indirect impact zone was delineated whereby natural attenuation, dispersion, and dilution with concomitant mitigation measures will reduce the impacts within applicable standards; and
• The 1-kilometer buffer zone is where indirect impacts can be manifested that includes traffic congestion, and aesthetic degradation.
Page 76
170. The AOI for this project follows these three zones. Although some will temporarily be affected, the whole city will permanently benefit to the planned construction of facilities that will improve the transport system of Davao.
171. In assessing the impacts on biodiversity, a broader AOI was used known as Environmentally Appropriate Area of Assessment (EAAA). An EAAA is required by the IFC approach to critical habitat assessment. This is further discussed in Section 4.3 of this report.
172. Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.7 show the set AOI per facility to be implemented. These figures used 500 m buffer for the immediate impact communities, extended to 1km as indirectly affected areas.
Page 77
Figure 4.1 Buhangin Depot Area of Influence
Page 78
Figure 4.2 Bunawan Terminal Area of Influence
Page 79
Figure 4.3 Calinan Depot and Driving School Area of Influence
Page 80
Figure 4.4 Calinan Terminal Area of Influence
Page 81
Figure 4.5 Sasa Depot Area of Influence
Page 82
Figure 4.6 Sto. Niño Depot Area of Influence
Page 83
Figure 4.7 Toril Depot and Terminal Area of Influence
Page 84
4.2 Physical Environment
4.2.1 Geology and Geohazards 173. Generally, the topography of Davao City is exemplified by flat coastal areas
that grades to moderate slopes moving inland and eventually composed of rugged terrain into the mountainous regions. Drainage within the Davao City side is mostly composed of modified and man-made canals as it is within a combined residential and industrial zone within the city.
Geologic Structures
174. The eastern Mindanao region is strongly influenced by several tectonic structures, including the Philippine Trench, the Philippine Fault (PF) Zone, and the Central Davao Fault System (CDFS). Davao City (and Panabo City) is mostly affected by the collection of fault traces from the Central Davao Fault System, which includes Tamugan Fault, the Lacson Fault, the Dacudao Fault, the Pangyan-Biao-Escuela Fault, and the New Carmen Fault. This has been mapped by the PHIVOLCS, showing New Carmen Fault as the nearest fault trace to Davao City.
Page 85
Figure 4.8 Active Fault and Trenches Indicating the Depots, Terminals, and Driving School Sites (Source: PHIVOLCS)
Page 86
Figure 4.9 Active Fault and Trenches Indicating the Bus Stops Locations (Source: PHIVOLCS)
Page 87
4.2.2 Geohazard Assessment
Seismic-Related Hazard
175. Davao City is susceptible to ground shaking. Review of various active fault traces shows that the nearest fault lines to Davao City are the CDFS, Mati and Compostela Segments of the PF Zone and the Philippine Trench. All of these have the potential to generate large magnitude earthquakes.
176. The latest compilation of seismic events by PHIVOLCS shows that large magnitude earthquakes (≥ M6.0) have been recorded along the offshore extension of the PF Zone as well as the Philippine Trench. Most of the inland epicenters recorded are of relatively shallow depth, ranging from less than one to 35 km, with most being between magnitudes 3 and 5.
177. Secondary ground shaking maps from PHIVOLCS are shown in Figure 4.11 and Figure 4.12. Based on these maps, site locations are prone to earthquake with Intensities III to V. From the PHIVOLCS’ Earthquake Intensity Scale (PEIS) in Figure 4.10 , Intensity III refers to ‘weak’ shaking; Intensity IV refers to ‘moderately strong’; and Intensity V refers to ‘strong’ shaking.
178. To verify the intensities if allowable to the DPWH Design Standard, a more detailed seismic hazard assessment is recommended, which can be acquired from the geotechnical investigation, to be prepared during the design development stage (DPWH Design Guidelines, Criteria & Standards (DGCS) Volume 2A Geohazard Assessment (2015)).
Page 88
Figure 4.10 PHIVOLCS Earthquake Intensity Scale (PEIS)
179. Hazard assessment that includes seismic, volcanic, hydro-meteorological, and nearest critical facilities per facility location as screened using HazardHunterPH10 are in Appendix D.
10 Hazard Assessment through HazardHunterPH application. HazardHunterPH is the country's one-stop shop for hazard assessment. This is a product of GeoRisk Philippines, a multi-agency initiative led by the Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS), funded by the Department of Science and Technology (DOST), and monitored by the Philippine Council for Industry, Energy, and Emerging Technology Research and Development (PCIEERD).
Page 89
Figure 4.11 Ground Shaking Map for Depots, Terminals, and Driving School
Page 90
Figure 4.12 Ground Shaking Map for Bus Stops Locations
Page 91
Liquefaction
180. The liquefaction potential maps, in Figure 4.13 and Figure 4.14, show that the Davao is within a zone that is prone to liquefaction, especially areas near the coastline. Liquefaction phenomenon mostly happens during earthquake causing the ground to behave like a fluid due to increased dynamic movement. Thus, ground improvement measures such as soil replacement, use of piles in foundation or sand compaction may need to be undertaken in these areas to increase stability.
181. From the provided maps, areas prone to liquefaction are Bunawan and Sasa sites and bus stops near the coastline including all stops at Panabo City.
182. Similar to ground shaking assessment, a more detailed liquefaction hazard assessment is recommended to be prepared during the design development stage to verify with DPWH’ Standards (DPWH Design Guidelines, Criteria & Standards (DGCS) Volume 2A Geohazard Assessment (2015)).
Figure 4.13 Liquefaction Potential Map for Depots, Terminals, and Driving School (Source: HazardHunterPH)
Page 92
Figure 4.14 Liquefaction Potential Map for Bus Stop (Source: HazardHunterPH)
Volcanic Hazard
183. The nearest potentially active volcano to the study area is Mt. Apo, while the closest inactive volcanic center is Mt. Sibulan. Considering these distances to the site facilities, it is expected that the only volcanic hazard that could impact the development is ashfall. These fine materials are carried by the wind and the distances travelled by these are strongly influenced by wind and climate patterns, as well as the nature of the volcanic eruption. Taking this into account, the final design of the project will ensure that structures will not easily accumulate ash fall on the facilities and other civil works.
Fluvial Hazard
184. Depots, terminals and driving school are found in the low-lying areas of Davao (<200 meters above sea level (masl)) classified within level to gently sloping area, while some of the bus stop locations are within undulating to very steep areas (see Figure 4.15 to Figure 4.16). Based on the initial online hazard assessment, Calinan Terminal was found the only location that is moderately susceptible to flooding. Therefore, it is recommended to conduct a detailed fluvial assessment in order for the DPWH standard be adopted in the study.
Page 93
Figure 4.15 Slope Map Indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School Locations (Source: PhilGIS)
Figure 4.16 Slope Map Indicating Bus Stop Locations (Source: PhilGIS)
185. Davao City is moderately to highly susceptible to flooding as the city is in low-lying areas. Among depots, terminals, and driving schools, only Calinan Terminal was found susceptible to moderate flooding (Figure 4.17), while the rest have low susceptibility to flooding. Field inspection
Page 94
along the route and during bus stops selection process, on the other hand, confirmed flooding occurrences along, or in proximity to, several of the sites. Locations of bus stops are in areas with low susceptibility to very high susceptibility to flooding (see Figure 4.18). These are primarily caused by the lack of drainage canals that efficiently remove storm waters.
186. Flood resilience measures are recommended to be integrated especially in Calinan Terminal taking into consideration all potential sources of flooding that may affect the area including surface runoff, intense rainfall, etc. Measures may include use of impermeable construction materials, ensuring penetrations, e.g., water pipes, etc., critical utilities are above the design flood level, considering charging infrastructures to be located to a minimum of 300 mm above the 100-year flood level, additional 0.3m bus wading and increase of hydraulic capacity from 40-45% in the detailed design, and elevating the terminal, provision of appropriate drainage facilities, among others.
187. As a first principle, though some bus stop areas are in high to flooding locations, these are placed on the pavement, beside the public road where there is adequate drainage. Where deemed necessary in the engineering design, bus stops will be placed away from areas prone to severe flood, to minimize adverse impacts on the HPBS operation. While on the impact to the project, given the small size of bus stops (i.e., ranging from a simple flagpole to a relatively small shelter / structure), it is considered that the bus stops themselves will not contribute to flooding in the area.
Figure 4.17 Flood Map in Davao City indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School
Page 95
Figure 4.18 Flood Map in Davao City Indicating Bus Stop Locations
4.2.3 Soil Characteristics 188. According to the 2019-2028 CLUP of Davao City, the plains of the city are
made up of San Miguel Silty Clay Loam, which is from alluvium from the weathering of igneous rocks, and Matina Clay Loam, which is from alluvium from limestones, shale, and sandstone. The geologic study undertaken under the CLUP showed the following rock types for the bases of the selected infrastructure locations, as summarized in Table 4.2.
Table 4.2 Rock and Soil Characteristics
Location Rock Type and formation Soil Type Reference Soil Group
Buhangin
Mandog Formation – series of interbedded and well-consolidated sandstone and shale
Matina Clay Cambisols
Bunawan Bunawan Limestone – highly porous and poorly compacted limestone and corals, mollusks, and algae
Faraon Clay Cambisols
Sasa Phaeozems
Calinan Alluvium – detrital gravel, sand and clay deposits
Tugbok Clay Acrisols
Sto. Niño Tugbok Clay Acrisols
Toril Tugbok Clay Fluvisols
Sources: 2013 CLUP, 2019-2028 CLUP, GHD IEE FS Report, 2018,
Page 96
189. Figure 4.19 and Figure 4.20 show the soil type map indicating the project locations.
Figure 4.19 Soil Map Indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School Locations
Figure 4.20 Soil Map Indicating Bus Stop Locations
Page 97
4.2.4 Land Use and Classification 190. Land use assessments for Davao City were based on the review 2019-2028
CLUP, 2019 CDP, 2018 Socio-economic Indicators (SEI), and other sources.
191. Davao City is divided into three districts and subdivided into 182 barangays with varying land uses. Only 7.6% of land is for urban use, while forest, grassland, and pasture lands account for 50% and agricultural lands represent 42% of the city area (Table 4.3).
Table 4.3 Existing Land Use, Davao City, 2018
Land Use Categories Area (in hectares) Percent to Total
Urban Use Areas 7.6%
Residential 8,187.27 3.40%
Commercial 1,095.97 0.45%
Utilities/Transportation/Services 3,531.12 1.46%
Institutions 825.46 0.34%
Special Institutions 34.44 0.01%
Parks and recreation 326.65 0.14%
Industrial 915.23 0.38%
Agri-Industrial 586.20 0.24%
Planned Unit Development 54.33 0.02%
Open Space Easement 3,200.17 1.33%
Cemetery/ Memorial Park 196.44 0.08%
Tourism 206.35 0.09%
Agriculture 102,114.75 42.35%
Forest and forest land 119,411.31 49.53%
Mining/Quarrying 211.67 0.09%
Inland water use (Fishpond) 206.99 0.09%
Total 244,000.00 100.00%
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
Page 98
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
Figure 4.21 Davao City Existing Land Use Map, 2018
Page 99
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
Figure 4.22 Davao City Proposed Land Use Map
Page 100
192. The total area to be acquired for the project is 55.88 ha. Table 4.4 provides details of the areas to be affected and the corresponding land classification. Affected lands are divided into 30 parcels of land belonging to or being utilized/ occupied by 26 affected persons (APs). The proposed location of Calinan Driving School, Toril Depot, and part of Calinan Depot, Sasa Depot and Sto. Niño Depot are classified as residential land covering a total land area of 32.13 ha (57%); while the proposed location of Buhangin Depot, Calinan Terminal, and parts of Sasa Depot and Sto. Niño Depot are classified as residential-commercial land with 22.17 ha (39%), and the location of Bunawan Terminal is classified as commercial-industrial land with a total land area of 1.60 ha (3%). Road lot is also identified in Calinan Terminal, with an area of 0.08ha, completing the total of 55.88 ha acquisition for the project.
Table 4.4 Total Affected Area and Land Classification
Project Components
Total Parcels of Land
Total Affected Area (ha)
Land Classification*
Total APs
Residential
Residential- Commercial
Commercial-Industrial
Others (road lot)
APs
ha APs
ha APs ha APs
ha
Buhangin Depot
4 7.98 0 0.00 2 7.98 0 0.00 0 0.00
2
Bunawan Terminal
2 1.60 0 0.00 0 0.00 2 1.60 0 0.00
2
Calinan Depot
4 7.91 1 0.88 3 7.03 0 0.00 0 0.00
4
Calinan Driving School
2 2.44 2 2.44 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00
2
Calinan Terminal
3 2.17 0 0.00 1 2.09 0 0.00 1 0.08
2
Sasa Depot 4 7.20 2 4.43 1 2.77 0 0.00 0 0.00
3
Sto. Niño Depot
7 18.32 3 16.12
2 2.20 0 0.00 0 0.00
5
Toril Depot 8 8.26 8 8.26 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00
8
Total 34 55.88 16 32.13
9 22.07
2 1.60 1 0.08
28
*Current land use based on identification of LN Surveyors Source: HPBS Resettlement Plan: Depot, Terminals and Driving School, 2021.
4.2.5 Solid Waste Management 193. A 10-year Solid Waste Management Plan (SWMP) to ensure efficient waste
collection, transfer, disposal, and its overall management is being implemented under Local Government Code and RA 9003 or the Ecological Solid Waste Management Act in Davao. The LGU CENRO strictly applies the implementation of ‘no segregation, no collection’ policy in communities and establishments in the city. The projected Municipal Solid Waste in Davao City is presented in Table 4.5.
Page 101
Table 4.5 Projected Municipal Solid Waste Amount, in kg/day, in Davao City
2022 2030 2045
Biodegradable 550,581 638,381 801,989
Non-Biodegradable
Recyclable 202,441 234,723 294,880
Residual 324,939 376,755 473,313
Special Waste 21,663 25,117 31,554
Total waste amount 1,023,310 1,274,976 1,601,736
Source: 10-year Integrated Solid Waste Management Plan (2018-2027)
194. Anticipated wastes will be coming from the disposal of jeepney scraps during phase-out and daily anthropogenic wastes during implementation of the project. Proponent is recommended to outline a waste management strategy for the proper collection, transport, and disposal of jeepney waste, particularly hazardous objects such as batteries and transformed. Close coordination with the Social Development Plan (SDP) team and LGUs should be undertaken the ensure a proper roster of scraped jeepneys is obtained so a proper record of disposal can be maintained.
4.2.6 Climate and Meteorology 195. The climate at Davao City generally falls under Type IV based on the
Modified Coronas Classification of Philippine Climate, which means that rainfall is evenly distributed throughout the year. The Amihan or the northeast monsoon usually prevails in Davao region from October to April and the Habagat or the southwest monsoon is prevalent from May to September. However, since the project is along the south coastal region of Mindanao Island, it is not significantly exposed to the effects of the southwest monsoon (Figure 4.23 and Figure 4.24)
Page 102
Figure 4.23 Climate Type Map Indicating Depots, Terminals and Driving School
Figure 4.24 Climate Type Map Indicating Bus Stops Locations
196. Davao Region has very low typhoon risk, with a frequency of only once in every 12 years to once per year. PAGASA Davao however claims in recent years that weather disturbances and changes in weather pattern push tropical depressions and typhoons to Southern Mindanao.
Page 103
197. The nearest meteorological station in the study area is the PAGASA Davao City Synoptic Station, with a geographical position of 07°07'40.41"N and 125°39'17.43"E, and elevation of 18 masl. Climate data, i.e., climatological normal values11 and climatological extremes12, were collected from this station. The average annual rainfall recorded is 1759 mm, while the highest daily rainfall was recorded as 242.6 mm on 2 August 1902. Extreme temperatures range between 16.1 ºC (on 2 February 1962) and 37.3 ºC (on 5 May 1905), with an average of 27.9 ºC. Average wind speed is 2 mps but have been recorded to be as high as 31mps (Appendix G1).
198. Rainfall. January 2000 to December 2020 PAGASA rainfall data from Davao Station Complex at Sasa, Davao were also collected. The average rainfall per month (in mm) from 2000 to 2020 is shown on Figure 4.25. High rainfall months are June (203.6mm) and October (208.8mm), while low rainfall months are in February(120.4mm), March (114.6mm), and April (112.5mm). The trendline is shown as increasing per month.
Figure 4.25 PAGASA Average Rainfall per Month with Trendline, 2000-2020
199. The average rainfall per year since 2000 to 2020 is seen on Figure 4.26. 2017 has the highest rainfall at 222.6 mm, while 2001 had the lowest at 120.7 mm. The trendline for the yearly rainfall is seen as increasing since 2000.
11 Average of weather parameters based on different periods computed for a uniform and relative long period comprising of at least three successive 10- year periods (from PAGASA). 12 Values recorded for relevant weather parameters, including lowest and highest ambient temperature, highest daily precipitation, and highest wind rate in a particular weather station (from PAGASA).
174.3
120.4 114.6 112.5
164.5203.6
172.0 176.5155.4
208.8
142.8 153.0
0.0
50.0
100.0
150.0
200.0
250.0
Average Rainfall per monthmm
Average (mm) Linear (Average (mm))
Page 104
Figure 4.26 PAGASA Average Rainfall per Year, 2000-2020
200. According to 2019-2028 Davao City’s CLUP, the amount of rainfall may increase up to 584.4 mm by 2036 to 2065, as compared to the baseline level of 494.1 mm until the 2000’s. This would be problematic for Calinan Terminal because its location is moderately susceptible to flooding (0.5-1m high at 1-3 days), while Toril and Sto. Niño have low flooding risk (0.5m high at <1day). As such, as the project approaches detailed design, flood prevention and mitigation measures should be factored into the design or outlined for the future contractor to take into account. Suitable measures such as, but not limited to, drainage design with adequate capacity for future flooding events should be taken forward by the Proponent.
201. Moreover, the Davao City Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Office (DCDRRMO) have reported that Bunawan and Sasa are prone to storm surges and floods.
202. Temperature. On the other hand, the average monthly temperature in Davao ranges from 34.3°C in May and 23.2°C in March (PAGASA, 2000-2020). Moreover, based in the Climate Change in the Philippines publication of PAGASA, by 2036 to 2065, Davao del Sur’s temperature is projected to slightly increase to 30⁰C from 27.8⁰C particularly in the months of March, April, and May.
203. Relative Humidity. Relative Humidity is expressed as percentage of water vapor present in air. Data on relative humidity indicates that the annual average dry and wet bulb temperatures from PAGASA Davao City Synoptic Station are 27.5°C and 24.9°C, respectively. This translates to an annual average relative humidity of 81%, with July as the most humid (83%) and April as the least humid (77%) month from 1981-2010 data (Appendix G1).
204. Wind speed and direction. The wind speed and direction data were collected from the PAGASA Davao Complex Station. Results show that northern wind prevails in November to April and southern wind prevails in May until October. The mean annual wind speed in the region is 2.04 meters per second (m/s).
196.5
120.7136.4146.6
161.8
124.1
161.4152.5
196.0
150.6134.5
190.4166.5
182.2162.9
124.5125.
9
222.6
150.8169.7
145.9
0.0
50.0
100.0
150.0
200.0
250.020
00
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Average Rainfall per yearmm
Average (mm) Linear (Average (mm))
Page 105
205. The southerly wind has an average wind speed of 1.86 m/s, while the northerly wind has an average wind speed of 2.22 m/s. Average annual wind speed is uniform at 2.04 m/s. In May to October, which is characterized with southerly winds, are normally when rainfall is significant, as enhanced by the southwest monsoon.
206. Windrose. Windrose analysis is plotted to describe the prevailing wind in the project area. A windrose diagram is a graphical presentation that depicts a bi-variate frequency distribution table of wind speed and wind direction. It shows how much of the time (expressed in percent) the wind speed is within a certain range for each compass direction based on 16 compass points. The windrose displays the frequency distribution data as spokes radiating from the central hub at 16 direction points. The length of each speed group’s segment of a spoke is related to its frequency, with longer segments representing higher frequencies.
207. Prevailing wind direction and speed that was provided from January 2000 to December 2020 from the PAGASA Davao Complex Station, was used to prepare the windrose diagram in Figure 4.27.
Amihan Season Average wind speed:2.22 m/s
Habagat Season Average Wind Speed: 1.86 m/s
Figure 4.27 Wind Rose Plot
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%N
NNENE
ENE
E
ESE
SESSE
SSSW
SW
WSW
W
W…
NWNNW
3m/s
2m/s
0%20%40%60%80%
NNNE
NE
ENE
E
ESE
SESSE
SSSW
SW
W…
W
W…
NWN…
2m/s
1m/s
Page 106
Source: Google Earth, PAGASA
Figure 4.28 Annual Windrose Diagram at PAGASA Davao Complex Station, 2000-2020
Page 107
208. Table 4.6 shows the wind equivalent Beaufort Scale representing the wind speed ranges and their description and specifications. This guides the estimation of intensity of wind in the subject area.
Table 4.6 Wind Equivalent Beaufort Scale
Beaufort Number
Wind Speed Range (m/s)
International Description Specification
2 2-3 Light Breeze Wind felt on face; leaves rustle; vanes move by wind
3 4-5 Gentle Breeze Leaves and small twigs in constant motion; wind extends light flag
4 6-8 Moderate Breeze
Raises dust, loose papers, small branches moved
5 9-11 Fresh Breeze Small trees and leaves begin to sway; crested wavelets form on inland waters
6 12-14 String Breeze Large branches in motion; whistling heard in telephone wires; umbrellas used with difficulty
7 15-17 Near Gale Whole trees in motion; inconvenient walking against the wind
8 18-21 Gale Break twigs off trees; impedes progress
9 22-24 String Gale Slight structural damage occurs
10 25-28 Storm Trees uprooted; considerable damage occurs
11 29-32 Violent Storm Widespread damage
12 33-37 Hurricane -
Source: PAGASA
209. The windrose analysis for Davao City was taken from monthly data in 2000-2020. For Amihan season, i.e., the windrose diagram indicates that 66.7% of the time, the wind direction comes from the North with 50.8% ranging from 1 to 2 m/s and 15.9% ranging from 2-3 m/s. Wind direction in November to April is predominantly Northerly, with an average wind speed (mean) of 2.22 m/s, signifying light breeze condition.
210. Whereas for Habagat season, the windrose diagram indicates that 73.8% of the time, the wind direction comes from the South with 8.73% ranging from 0-1 m/s and 65.1% ranging from 1-2 m/s. Wind direction in May to October is predominantly Southerly, with an average wind speed (mean) of 1.86 m/s, signifying calm condition (Figure 4.27).
211. Figure 4.28 presents the annual windrose diagram from the PAGASA Davao Complex Station from 2000-2020. The prevailing wind from November to April comes from the North while the prevailing winds from May to October comes from both North and South. The average wind speed is 2.04 m/s
Page 108
4.2.7 Water Resources 212. The water supply in Buhangin comes from a mix of five shallow wells, four
improved springs, and 15 deep wells, Bunawan from 30 shallow wells, 31 improved springs, and 23 deep wells, Toril with 47 shallow wells, the same number of improved springs, and 30 deep wells as of 2018 (CLUP, 2019-2028).
213. Water irrigation systems are also found in Davao City, which supplies water to certain parts of the area. Among the depots and terminals, only Sto. Niño has a pump irrigation system, aptly named the Sto. Niño Pump Irrigation Open Surface public water irrigation system constructed in 2017. Davao’s rate of extraction of groundwater resources is expected to decrease, following the utilization of surface water resources, according to their CLUP 2019-2028 report. With the increase in population and further development of Davao, efforts have been set in motion to bring a supply of clean and safe water to other areas at the outskirts of Davao.
214. In the 2019-2028 CLUP report, it was stated that domestic wastewater is one of the major sources of pollution in Davao. The most pressing issue is the total coliform count, estimated at around 4,900 to 1,887,000 most probable number (mpn) per 100 mm, as compared to the normal standard of 1,000 mpn per 100ml. Davao City has then proposed policy interventions to prevent the further degradation of the water bodies. LGUs such as the CENRO and the City Engineers Office (CEO), and the DENR-EMB, will help impose monitoring, establish wastewater treatment facilities (WWTF), and update the Feasibility Study (FS) of the sewerage systems to reach this goal.
215. CDP reports that the water quality of the Davao, Talomo, Lipadas, and Bunawan rivers that run through their respective watersheds have annual averages for dissolved oxygen (DO) and biological oxygen demand (BOD) within the normal standards of DAO 2016-08 or the Water Quality Guidelines and General Effluent Standards. The amount of total coliform, on the other hand, are above the set standards, particularly at the more populated areas of the watersheds.
216. There are eight (8) watersheds in Davao City, as shown in Figure 4.29 and Table 4.7. The largest is the Davao River watershed with an area of 84,853.09 ha, which covers mostly the central part of the city and drains in the Davao Gulf. This is followed by the Lasang River watershed with an area of 25,097.82 ha. The third largest watershed is the Tuganay River having an area of 11,746.49 ha and is almost totally part of Davao del Norte, except in the middle portion, which enters Paquibato District. The Bunawan River, Lipadas River, Matina River, Sibulan River, and Talomo River watersheds are located in the southern and southeastern portion of the city.
Page 109
Figure 4.29 Watershed Map (Source DENR Region XI)
Table 4.7 Watershed in Davao City
Watershed Area (ha)
Forest and other perennial
Open/ barren
Brush/ shrubs/ Grassland
Built-up %Vegetative cover
Davao River
84,853.09 19,930.82 18.64 64,207.77 285.77 23.46%
Bunawan River
2,791.22 1,877.02 - 881.01 1.03 67.25%
Lasang River
25,097.82 5,756.13 - 19,184.65 21.66 22.93%
Page 110
Watershed Area (ha)
Forest and other perennial
Open/ barren
Brush/ shrubs/ Grassland
Built-up %Vegetative cover
Lipadas River
1,479.47 1,381.09 - 84.55 13.83 93.35%
Matina River
93.76 40.37 - 45.82 7.56 43.06%
Sibulan River
107.18 107.18 - - - 100.00%
Talomo River
664.84 597.25 - 67.59 - 89.83%
Tuganay River
11,746.49 1,339.95 - 10,352.82 9.63 11.41%
217. The major fluvial systems, near the major facilities of the project, are described below.
218. Davao River. Davao River ranked the 15th largest river basin in the country and is the largest of the nine (9) principal catchments of Davao City. Its main drainage basin is roughly rectangular in shape and has a large catchment with twisting patterns of downstream, mostly composed of lakes and channels. There are numerous unlikely flooding histories noted from this river due to its large catchment therefore overtopping of banks is relatively common in several sections of the river. Calinan Depot, the nearest component and on a safe distance to the river, is located around 1.6 km southeast of the river, with an average elevation of 801 ft above mean sea level and an average 3.8% slope.
219. Talomo River. Talomo River, a 20m width river, flows at the base of a valley that is bordered by stiff slopes. Water will unlikely overtop its banks due to the pattern of this river, therefore Calinan Terminal, which is approximately 160m southwest of this river may unlikely affect possible flooding in the area due to proximity. However, it has already been identified that this site is moderately susceptible to flooding.
220. Lipadas River. Lipadas River system is found along the western side of Davao City and drains the expansive slopes of Mt. Apo and Mt. Talomo. The Lipadas Watershed is the primary potable water aquifer of Davao City. This is classified as Class AA River, which are uninhabited and otherwise protected and which require only approved disinfection to meet the Philippine National Standards for Drinking Water (PNSDW). This river system receives a significant amount of runoff contributed by at least three major tributaries. These conditions will possibly cause flooding events along this river system. Toril Depot, which is the nearest facility to this water system, is located around 80m west side of the river. Though it has been noted that the location of Toril has low susceptibility to flooding, assessment through collection of historical data should be considered to properly verify safe to flooding risk of the area. With this, the contractor should then consider possible adaptation measures to apply during the design and construction of the component.
Page 111
Figure 4.30 Water Bodies Map Indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School
Figure 4.31 Water Bodies Map Indicating Bus Stop Locations
221. There are two (2) designated Water Quality Management Area (WQMAs), these are the Davao River WQMA and the Talomo River WQMA. The former was established in 1995 through the DENR Administrative Order No. 2013-04 while the latter was officially recognized through the issuance of DENR Administrative Order No. 2016-17.
222. WQMAs are areas designated using appropriate physiographic units (i.e., watershed, river basins, or water resources regions), having similar
Page 112
hydrological, hydrogeological, meteorological, or geographic conditions which affect the physiochemical, biological, and bacteriological reactions and diffusions of pollutants in the water bodies, or otherwise share common interest or face similar development programs, prospects, or problems.
Figure 4.32 Water Quality Management Area Map (Source: DENR EMB Region XI)
223. From the results of the sampling conducted by EMB on 2020 (as requested on March 2021), see Appendix G3, sampling conducted in Davao River watershed all passed the DAO 2016-08 limitations, except for few sampling stations for chloride, TSS, and fecal coliform for Class B water parameters.
224. While for Talomo River watershed, similar to Davao River, parameters chloride, TSS, and fecal coliform exceeded the DAO water quality guidelines.
Page 113
Surface Hydrology
225. River Use. The rivers flowing within Davao City are mainly use of fishing and transportation. These fisher folks using boats with outriggers, only use the rivers as access to their fishing grounds. These boats are docked along sections of the riverbanks (Figure 4.33).
226. Groundwater Resources. The City of Davao is abundant in supply of fresh potable water. Based on the study conducted by the Mines and Geoscience Bureau (MGB) of Region XI of the DENR to determine the extent of fresh groundwater source, there are different types of aquifers depending on the depth. Perched aquifers occur at 1 to 3 meters deep while those that arise at 5 to 25 meters are shallow aquifers. Moderately deep aquifers occur at 25-100 meters while very deep aquifers lie at the depths greater than 100 meters. The very deep aquifers are recharged along deep river channels and cracks along large river systems in Baguio, Calinan, Tugbok and Toril districts (Figure 4.34).
Page 114
Figure 4.33 Map of Davao City River System (Source: DENR Region XI)
Page 115
Figure 4.34 Groundwater Recharge Potential of Davao City (Source: Office of the
City Planning and Development Coordinator and MGB, Region XI)
227. Groundwater Use. There are three (3) levels for water supply services, as stipulated by The NEDA Board Resolution No. 12, Series of 1995. Level I (Point Source) water supply is a protected well or a developed spring with an outlet but without a distribution system as it is generally adaptable for rural areas where the houses are thinly scattered, serving an average of 15 households with people having to fetch water from up to 250 meters distance. On the other hand, Level II or communal faucet system or stand post is characterized by a piped system with communal or public faucets usually serving 4-6 households within 25 meters distance. And lastly is Level III (Waterworks System) referring to a fully reticulated system with
Page 116
individual house connections based on a daily water demand of more than 100 liters per person.
228. Based on the Ecological Profile of Davao City, it has a total of 650 units of Level I water supply facilities. The First District only accounted for 101 units, considering most of its barangays are already served by the Davao City Water District (DCWD). Meanwhile, the Second District has 234 units, which are mostly shallow wells in Bunawan District. The area is relatively flat with shallow water level source. The Third District has 315 units of Level I facilities. Most number of deep wells are in Toril District, where the areas are on top of the City’s aquifer zone.
229. There are a total of 286 units of Level II water supply facilities in the city. The Third District has the most number with 198 units, followed by the Second District with 83 units, and the First District with 5 units, all of which have deep well source with submersible pump.
230. Of the total 182 barangays, 107 barangays or 58.79% are served by the Davao City Water District (DCWD), a government-owned water distribution utility. The remaining 76 barangays are either served by Level I and II water supply systems particularly in remote areas.
231. Water production grew by 2.43% in 2016, while consumption registered an annual average increase of 4.37%. Approximately 75% of water produced was consumed. Daily volume of water supply posed a 2.29% increase, while daily volume of water consumed grew by 3.61%.
232. Baseline water quality assessment is discussed in the following section to gauge the existing water quality condition relevant to the possible impacts of the project. This section will discuss the physical and bacteriological characteristics of water bodies at the vicinity of the selected locations of the major facilities. Communities near the project sites who rely on groundwater and surface water as potable water sources were informed of this activity and will be provided with the results of the conducted study once data analysis is completed.
Water Quality
233. The methodology for the surface water sampling is discussed in details in Appendix G3, while the results are shown in Table 4.8 for rivers and creeks and Table 4.9 for the ground water sources.
Page 117
Table 4.8 Results of Surface Water Quality Measurements
Parameters SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 DAO 2016-08 Standards for Class C
Date and Time of Measurement
10 and 12 May 2021
0558H 0607H 0635H 0646H 0725H 0740H 0945H 1005H 1107H 1116H 0730H 0730H 0840H 0847H Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) (mg/L)
0.78 0.94 1.6 2.1 2.9 14.6 11.7 12.7 2.2 8.2 3.8 5.7 49.1 34.2 7
Chloride (mg/L) <0.16 1.9 1.4 2.9 1.9 6.0 12.4 9.5 0.95 5.5 13.3 12.1 35.2 38.6 350
Color, TCU 30.0 35.0 30.0 25.0 25.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 35.0 5.0 <5.0 25.0 35.0 35.0 75 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) (mg/L)
7.4 7.4 7.9 7.1 6.2 2.5 5.3 4.9 7.7 4.1 4.7 6.7 3.7 3.6 5
pH (Range) 8.36 8.20 8.08 8.04 7.71 7.27 7.61 7.68 7.55 6.82 8.02 8.15 7.96 8.04 6.5-9.0 Phosphate as Phosphorus (mg/L)
0.11 0.23 0.30 0.17 0.24 0.06 0.41 0.35 0.23 0.11 0.37 0.26 0.17 0.15 0.5
Nitrate (mg/L) 1.3 2.8 2.9 2.3 1.8 <0.5 2.0 1.7 2.2 1.1 2.9 3.7 1.5 1.5 7 Temperature (°C) 26.7 25.6 25.6 25.6 26.7 26.7 27.2 27.8 27.2 27.8 26.1 26.7 27.8 28.9 25-31
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) (mg/L)
7.0 <3.0 4.0 <3.0 242 5.0 13.0 <3.0 16.0 4.0 <3.0 <3.0 10.0 18.0 80
Turbidity, NTU 18.0 47.7 52.0 32.2 173 31.9 68.5 53.9 102 13.5 51.6 21.2 28.4 16.0
Total Dissolved 10.0 42.0 79.0 52.0 <9.0 20.0 98.0 175 36.0 30.0 140 253 517 480
Page 118
Parameters SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 DAO 2016-08 Standards for Class C
Date and Time of Measurement
10 and 12 May 2021
0558H 0607H 0635H 0646H 0725H 0740H 0945H 1005H 1107H 1116H 0730H 0730H 0840H 0847H Solids (TDS) (mg/L) Fecal Coliforms (MPN/100mL)
11,000 2,400 22,000 11,000 14,000 11,000 92,000 160,000 54,000 22,000 54,000 14,000 54,000 160,000 200
Total Coliform (MPN/100mL) 92,000 5,400 160,000 54,000 92,000 160,000 92,000 22,000 54,000 92,000 54,000 17,000 92,000 160,000 N/A
Page 119
Table 4.9 Results of In-Situ Water Quality Measurements for Groundwater Sources
Parameters GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 DOH 2017-10 Drinking Water Standards (Minimum Level)
DAO 2016-08 Standards for Class A Date and Time of Measurement
10 and 12 May 2021
0716H 1111H 0620H 0820H Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) (mg/L) <1.0 <1.0 1.5 30.2 - -
Chloride (mg/L) 0.16 13.1 2.9 48.1 250 250 Color 5.0 5.0 10.0 5.0 10.0 50 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) (mg/L) 2.9 5.3 4.4 2.8 - - pH (Range) 8.19 7.84 7.53 7.4 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Phosphate as Phosphorus (mg/L) 0.08 0.16 0.008 0.09 0.5
Nitrate (mg/L) <0.5 2.9 0.74 13.9 50.0 7
Temperature (°C) 25.6 25.6 26.1 26.7 - 26-30 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) (mg/L) <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 <3.0 50
Turbidity, NTU <0.8 <0.8 2.3 2.1 5.0 - Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) (mg/L) 40.0 111 545 871 500 -
Fecal Coliforms (MPN/100mL) <1.1 >8.0 >8.0 >8.0 <1.1 1.1
Total Coliform (MPN/100mL) <1.1 >8.0 >8.0 >8.0 <1.1 -
Page 120
234. Surface Water Results. Based on the results, locations that are above the prescribed DAO are noted in creeks from Calinan Terminal downstream, Sto. Niño Depot, Sasa Depot and from Toril Depot. Parameters that exceeded the standards are BOD, DO, and Fecal and Total Coliform.
235. BOD is the amount of dissolved oxygen needed by micro-organisms to break down organic components present in water. If there is a lot of organic material present in the water, the oxygen demand is correspondingly high to carry out the decomposition. It is also an indication of pollution loads received by the lake/river from its tributaries. Certain environmental stresses (e.g., hot temperature) and other human-induced factors (e.g., natural decay of vegetation, animal manure, failing septic tanks, wastewater discharges, and urban storm water runoff) can lessen the amount of dissolved oxygen in a water body, resulting in stresses on the local aquatic life. High BOD in the river may be attributed in the adjacent vegetation areas and built-up industrial area, especially in Sasa.
236. DO is the amount of oxygen needed by aquatic life to survive. DO lower than 5 mg/L can be caused by a big quantity of waste materials being degraded by bacteria into more harmful by-products such as hydrogen sulfide (Oram, n.d.), thereby negatively impacting aquatic organisms such as fish. Results confirms to the exceedances in BOD contents. DO concentration becomes low since the demand of oxygen by the bacteria is high and that they are taking that oxygen from the oxygen dissolved in water. Since less DO is available, fish and other aquatic organisms may not survive in the area.
237. The DAO 2016-08 Class C standard for fecal coliform is at 200 MPN/mL. Fecal coliform refers to a group of total coliforms found in feces of warm-blooded mammals. This bacteriological test conveys whether the water is free from disease-causing bacteria. Alarming results were found from all survey sites. Such contamination may pose potential health risks. Factors affecting bacteria concentration in the rivers include nonpoint-source contaminants (e.g., land-surface runoff, and agricultural process), nearby reservoir, and stormwater runoff.
238. Groundwater Results. Communities using groundwater especially near Toril Depot, Bunawan Terminal and Sasa Depot sites need to be careful of their water sources. As alarming as in surface water results, fecal and total coliform results are evaluated higher than prescribed limitation set by DOH as National Standards for Drinking Water, which is 8 MPN/100mL.
4.2.8 Hazards, Vulnerability and Risk Assessments 239. Davao City experiences occurrences of multiple hazards that affect the
population in different barangays. With these, the city is embarking on a roadmap to become a center of excellence in climate change adaptation and disaster resiliency.
240. The city is reported to be susceptible to flood, landslide, storm surge, and liquefaction and has two (2) active fault systems, Central Davao Fault
Page 121
System and Colosas Fault System which may be attributed to its geographical location, topography, and soil type.
241. Flood. 139 barangays in Davao City are highly susceptible to flooding occurrences and the commonly flooded areas are Matina Pangi, Matina Aplaya, and Tigatto (Figure 4.17 and Figure 4.18).
242. Landslide. 55% of the barangays are found to be highly susceptible to landslides. These areas are Baganihan, Mandug, Matina Crossing, Matina Pangi and Magkawayan (Figure 4.35 and Figure 4.36).
243. Storm Surge. Susceptibility to storm surge varies as different barangays may experience storm surge with a height from 2 to 5 meters. 20% of the barangays, specifically coastal barangays may experience up to 5 meters storm surge (Figure 4.39).
244. Active Fault. The city has determined that there are 26 barangays that are traversed by Colosas fault line, Dacudao fault line, Lacson fault line, New Carmen fault line, Pangyan-Biao Escuela fault line and Tamugan fault line (Figure 4.8 and Figure 4.9)
245. Liquefaction. 76 barangays are identified to be highly susceptible to liquefaction especially those areas that are near waterways or those which were originally part of a water body (Figure 4.13 and Figure 4.14).
246. According to Davao City’s CLUP 2019-2028, it was identified that Calinan have moderate risk of flooding, and Toril and Sto. Niño have low flooding risks.
247. Based on the hazard susceptibility inventory matrix, among the barangays covered by the project, Talomo is susceptible to all five (5) identified hazards, while most of the barangays are susceptible to flooding occurrences.
Table 4.10 Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix
District Hazard
Flood Landslide Fault Line Liquefaction Storm Surge
Agdao x
Baguio x x x
Buhangin x x x
Bunawan x x x
Calinan x x x
Marilog x x
Talomo x x x x x
Toril x
Tugbok x x
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028, Volume 4, Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
Page 122
248. Hazard Assessment that includes seismic, volcanic, hydro-meteorological, and nearest critical facilities per facility location screens by PHIVOLCS13 are in Appendix D.
249. The susceptibility maps per hazard, in addition to the maps shown in Section 4.2.1, are presented in Figure 4.8 to Figure 4.18.
13 Hazard Assessment through HazardHunterPH application.
Page 123
Figure 4.35 Rain-Induced Landslide Indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School Locations
Page 124
Figure 4.36 Rain-Induced Landslide Indicating Bus Stop Locations
Page 125
Figure 4.37 Earthquake-Induced Landslide Map Indicating Depots, Terminals, and Driving School Locations
Page 126
Figure 4.38 Earthquake-Induced Landslide Map Indicating Bus Stops Locations
Page 127
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028, Volume 4, Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment
Figure 4.39 Storm Surge Susceptibility Map, Davao City
Page 128
250. The Davao City Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Office (DCDRRMO) leads the city in planning for and coordinating disaster risk reduction and management efforts among concerned agencies, barangays, and individuals. Davao City has adopted the National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Framework for prevention and mitigation, preparedness, response and relief and rehabilitation.
251. The city also has a Disaster Operation Center that conducts different preparedness activities. As of 2018, there were 50 personnel of the DRRMO with two (2) Rescue vehicle and two (2) motorcycle.
252. The Davao City government categorized areas for intervention of the local government in terms of policies and projects based on the findings of the climate and disaster risk assessment. This covers the next 10 years which are based on the five exposed elements including population, critical point facilities, lifeline utilities, natural resource-based production area (NRBPA), and urban use. Davao city grouped it into three based on priority barangays that require immediate attention and implementation of risk mitigation projects and programs.
• Major Decision Area-1 (MDA-1) is the group at top priority that includes Suawan, Matina Crossing, Talomo, Marilog, Tigatto, Ma-a, Matina Pangi, Panacan, Tamugan, Calinan, 19-B, Mintal, Tugbok, Bunawan, Bucana, and Matina Aplaya.
• Major Decision Area-2 (MDA-2) or the second highest priority barangays include Buhangin, Leon Garcia Sr., 8-A, Los Amigos, Malabog and Salaysay.
• Major Decision Area-3 (MDA-3), the third highest priority for risk and disaster mitigation projects include barangays 1-A, 2-A,5-A, 21-C, 22-C, 23-C, 31-D, Centro, Waan, Lasang, Bago Aplaya, and Catalunan Pequeño.
253. The technical findings and policy interventions planned by the government for the risk areas are summarized in Davao City LGU’s Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028, Volume 4, Climate and Disaster Risk Assessment.
4.2.9 Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment 254. This section describes the prevailing and future climate at the project site. It
also assesses how these climate parameters will affect the project and, in turn, how the project contributes to climate change by emitting greenhouse gases (GHGs) during its construction and operation. It also proposes measures to mitigate GHG emissions and adapt to current and future climate.
Baseline and Future Climate
255. The Philippine Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration of the Department of Science and Technology (DOST-
Page 129
PAGASA) published the Observed climate trends and projected climate in the Philippines in 2018, which is an update of the 2011 report. In 2021, DOST-PAGASA and the Manila Observatory (MO) also published the Philippine climate extremes report 2020: Observed and projected climate extremes to support informed decisions on climate change adaptation and risk management. These reports provide baseline and future climate projections at the province level based on downscaled global and regional climate models with a resolution of 25x25 km. Future projections are based on climate change scenarios called representative concentration pathways (RCPs) that pertain to radiative forcing values due to GHGs in the atmosphere. For these reports, climate projections are available for futures under medium and high GHG emissions that are denoted as RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5, respectively. Unless otherwise indicated, climate information in this section is derived from these reports for Davao del Sur, the province where the project is located. The analyses cover projections for early (2020-2039) and mid (2046-2065) century because these are the timescales relevant to the project.
256. Temperature. The seasonal mean temperature at the project site is relatively uniform throughout the year. It ranges from 26.9-27.8°C, with March to May as the hottest season. Under RCP 4.5, it is projected to increase by 1.2°C, while a larger increase of 1.7°C is expected under RCP 8.5 by mid-century.
257. The indices for temperature extremes also indicate more and progressive warming in the future, with larger increases manifesting further into the century. More warming is also associated with RCP 8.5, the high GHG emissions scenario. In terms of magnitude, the coldest, average, and warmest daytime and night-time temperatures under RCP 4.5 are projected to increase by 0.5-0.8°C and 1.1-1.6°C by early and mid-century, respectively. Expected increases under RCP 8.5 for the same time slices are relatively higher at 0.8-1.1°C and 1.7-2.1°C. In terms of frequency, there will be fewer cool days and cool nights, while there will be more warm days and warm nights. For instance, under RCP 4.5, 23% of the year will be considered hot days in the early century and increasing to 42% by mid-century relative to a baseline of only 11%. Under RCP 8.5, more hot days are even expected for 30 and 56% of the year by early and mid-century, respectively. In terms of duration, from a baseline 3.7 consecutive days contributing to warm spells, it will increase to 23 and 78 days in the early and mid-century, respectively under RCP 4.5. The warm spell duration is even longer under the high emissions scenario for the same time slices at 39 and 144 days. See Table 4.11 for more details on these temperature extreme indices.
Page 130
Table 4.11 Baseline and projected temperature extremes for early and mid-21st century at the project site under moderate and high GHG emissions scenarios
Description Baseline value
Moderate Emission (RCP 4.5)
High Emission (RCP 8.5)
Early Mid Early Mid Magnitude (in ℃) Coldest nighttime temperature 17.8 18.6
(0.8) 19.4 (1.6)
18.9 (1.1)
19.9 (2.1)
Average nighttime temperature 20.3 21.0 (0.7)
21.5 (1.2)
21.1 (0.8)
22.1 (1.8)
Warmest nighttime temperature 22.5 23.1 (0.6)
23.6 (1.1)
23.3 (0.8)
24.1 (1.6)
Coldest daytime temperature 23.8 24.4 (0.6)
25.0 (1.2)
24.6 (0.8)
25.5 (1.7)
Average daytime temperature 29.4 29.9 (0.5)
30.6 (1.2)
30.2 (0.8)
31.1 (1.7)
Warmest daytime temperature 32.8 33.4 (0.6)
34.0 (1.2)
33.6 (0.8)
34.6 (1.8)
Daily temperature range 9.1 9.0 (-0.1)
9.0 (-0.1)
9.1 (0.0)
9.0 (0.-1)
Frequency (in %) Fraction of cold nights 11.4 3.0
(-8.4) 1.4 (-10.0)
2.6 (-8.8)
0.8 (-10.6)
Fraction of warm nights 11.4 34.1 (22.7)
64.2 (52.8)
43.7 (32.3)
82.3 (70.9)
Fraction of cool days 114 4.8 (-6.6)
2.4 (-9.0)
3.7 (-7.7)
1.4 (-10.0)
Fraction of hot days 11.6 23.0 (11.4)
42.2 (30.6)
29.5 (17.9)
55.7 (44.1)
Duration (in days) Warm spell duration index 3.7 22.8
(19.1) 78.3 (74.6)
39.3 (35.6)
143.9 (140.2)
The values in parentheses are magnitudes of change relative to the baseline
258. Rainfall. The project site has a Type IV climate using the Modified Coronas Classification, which means that it does not have a distinct dry season. In terms of seasonal rainfall, December to February receives the least amount of rain at 288 mm, while June to August is the rainiest season at 494 mm. Under RCP 4.5, the rainfall across all seasons is expected to decrease by 1.8-14.5% by mid-century. Under RCP 8.5, while there is an overall decline in total seasonal rainfall by mid-century, the direction of changes across seasons are heterogeneous. From September to November and December to February, seasonal rainfalls are projected to decrease by 10.1 and 0.9%, respectively. Conversely, from March to May and June to August, the seasonal rainfalls expected to increase by 2.1 and 4.1%, respectively.
259. This overall drying trend is also reflected in most indices for precipitation extremes. In terms of magnitude, both scenarios agree the project site will be drier in the future. However, both projections also indicate that extreme rainfall events will intensify in the early and mid-century. In particular, the maximum 1-day rainfall total is projected to increase by 0.6 and 1.9mm
Page 131
relative to the baseline by early century under RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5, respectively before declining by 1.1mm and 0.6mm by mid-century. Similarly, the maximum 5-day rainfall total is projected to increase by 0.1mm by early century before it declines by 2.8mm under RCP 4.5. Slightly larger increases are expected under RCP 8.5 at 0.5 and 1.9mm relative to the baseline by early and mid-century, respectively. The frequency of these extreme rainfall events is projected to remain the same or decrease by, at most, a day compared to the baseline in both climate scenarios in the future. In terms of the duration of wet and dry spells, the direction and timing of change across the two climate scenarios vary. However, the magnitude of change is marginal at -0.3 to 0.8 days. Refer to Table 4.12 for exact values on these extreme precipitation indices.
Table 4.12 Baseline and projected precipitation extremes r early and mid-21st century at the project site under moderate and high GHG emissions scenarios
Description Baseline value
Moderate Emission (RCP 4.5)
High Emission (RCP 8.5)
Early Mid Early Mid Magnitude (in mm) Total wet-day rainfall 1381.1 1342.6
(-38.5) 1299.6 (-81.5)
1346.9 (-34.2)
1326.2 (-54.9)
Average daily rainfall intensity 7.8 7.6 (-0.2)
7.3 (-0.5)
7.6 (-0.2)
7.4 (-0.4)
Maximum 1-day rainfall total 53.0 53.6 (0.6)
51.9 (-1.1)
54.9 (1.9)
52.4 (-0.6)
Maximum 5-day rainfall total 101.7 101.8 (0.1)
96.9 (-2.8)
102.2 (0.5)
103.6 (1.9)
Rainfall on very wet days 22.9 22.1 (-0.8)
21.6 (-1.3)
22.6 (-0.3)
21.4 (-1.5)
Rainfall on extremely wet days 39.9 39.2 (-0.7)
38.1 (-1.8)
39.8 (-0.1)
38.9 (-1.0)
Total rainfall from very wet days
296.7 247.2 (-22.5)
268.0 (28.7)
285.9 (-10.8)
277.5 (-19.2)
Total rainfall from extremely wet days
91.5 87.9 (-3.6)
83.6 (-7.9)
90.2 (-1.3)
89.3 (-2.2)
Frequency (in days) Number of very wet days 8.8 8.0
(-0.8) 7.1 (-1.1)
8.3 (-0.3)
7.8 (-1.0)
Number of extremely wet days 1.8 1.7 (-0.1)
1.6 (-0.2)
1.8 (0.0)
1.7 (-0.1)
Duration (in days) Longest wet spell 15.1 15.1
(0.0) 14.8 (-0.3)
15.0 (-0.1)
15.6 (0.5)
Longest dry spell 17.1 17.0 (-0.1)
16.7 (-0.4)
17.9 (0.8)
16.4 (-0.7)
The values in parentheses are magnitudes of change relative to the baseline
260. Tropical cyclone. On average, 20 tropical cyclones (TCs) enter the Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR) annually. Half of which make
Page 132
landfall. Between 1951 to 2015, trend analyses have shown that these numbers are slightly decreasing. However, between 1980 to 2015, there has been a minimal increase in the number of very strong TCs with maximum sustained winds exceeding 170 kph. Projections under the high GHG emissions scenario for mid-century are consistent with these observed trends of marginal decrease in the number of TCs entering PAR and making landfall but a slight increase in the frequency of very strong ones. Aside from these long-term trends, DOST-PAGASA (2018) also notes that interannual variability in both the frequency and intensity of TCs will continue to dominate in the future.
261. Davao del Sur is frequented by 0.08-1 TC annually. In the absence of more granular projections for future TCs, it is assumed that country-scale projections apply to the project site.
262. Sea level rise. Between 1993-2105, the rate of sea level rise (SLR) in the Philippines is much faster at 5.7-7.7 mm/year than the global average at 2.8-3.6 mm/year. For Davao, the rate of SLR for the same period is 4.5-5.0mm/year. Under RCP 4.5, this observed rate is expected to continue, leading to an increase in sea level of about 10 cm relative to 2020 level by the end of the century. Under RCP 8.5, the corresponding increase is 20 cm because the rate of SLR is projected to accelerate in this scenario. Figure 4.40 illustrates these projected changes in mean sea level until the end of the 21st century.
Figure 4.40 Historical and projected mean sea level change at the project site for medium (left panel) and high (right panel) GHG emissions scenarios14
Climate-Related Risks
263. Impact of climate change to the project. Under prevailing climate conditions, the project site is already susceptible to flooding, precipitation-induced landslides, and storm surges. In Davao del Sur’s CLUP, 139 out of the total 337 barangays are susceptible to flooding, while 185 and 65 barangays are susceptible to landslides and 2-5-meter storm surges,
14 Kahana, R., Abdon, R., Daron, J. & C. Scannell. (2016). Projections of mean sea level change for the Philippines. UKAid & PAGASA. Retrieved from: https://www.precisrcm.com/DFID_Philippines_Reporting/Philippines_Sea_Level_Report_Oct_2016.pdf
Page 133
respectively. Barangays Bunawan, Calinan, Toril, and Sasa, where the project’s depots, terminals, and driving school are located, are classified as having moderate to high risk of flooding being low-lying and close to either the coast or rivers. Some of the bus stop locations are also in steep areas that make it susceptible to landslides.
264. Future climate projections indicate that while the frequency of extreme rainfall events and tropical cyclones are likely to remain the same, their intensity will slightly increase. This means that the project components will likely be exposed to flooding and landslides with magnitudes that are similar, or slightly higher than past experiences. The operations will likewise be disrupted when roads become impassable due to landslides and flooding. Coastal flooding might be more acute with rising sea levels compounding coastal erosion and storm surges. These are consistent with the findings of the initial risk screening using the AWARE™ tool which identified flooding, landslides, and extreme rainfall events as the main hazards of concern.
265. Future climate scenarios are also consistent in the future warming of the project site, in terms of sustained warming and temperature extremes. Elevated temperatures will affect the project by increasing cooling demand in terminals and depots, which could then increase electricity consumption. Vehicles will similarly be affected, which would subsequently increase their fuel consumption. This would mean that GHG savings might be more modest than current estimates and economic returns slightly lower with higher fuel expenditures. Higher temperatures can also affect the performance of motor engines which can increase the frequency and cost of maintenance. In terms of indirect impacts, road pavements can be damaged with sustained high temperatures (>32℃)15. The baseline warmest daytime temperature at the project site is already 32.8℃ and is projected to increase by 34.6℃ under the worst-case scenario (RCP 8.5). Similarly, the duration of hot days will also be longer from 11% to 44% the year. If roads are damaged from future warming, the bus operations will also be disrupted. Refer to for a synthesis of these climate impacts to the project.
Table 4.13 Summary of climate impacts to the infrastructure and operations
Characteristics Description
Impact nature Negative Positive Neutral Climate change will affect the project negatively.
Impact type Direct Indirect Induced
15 ADB (2011). Guidelines for climate proofing investment in the transport sector: Road infrastructure projects. Mandaluyong City, Philippines. Retrieved from: https://www.adb.org/documents/guidelines-climate-proofing-investment-transport-sector-road-infrastructure-projects
Page 134
Characteristics Description Climate impacts to the project are both direct and indirect. Direct: Flooding due to tropical cyclones, extreme precipitation events and sea level rise and rainfall-induced landslides can potentially damage the depots, terminals, and other related infrastructure. Elevated mean and extreme temperatures can also increase the cooling demand which subsequently increases the fuel and electricity use. Indirect: Flooding, landslides, and high temperatures can damage roads that will disrupt the operations of buses.
Impact duration
Temporary Short-term Long-term Permanent Floods and landslides due to extreme rainfall events are already affecting the project site in the near time and will likely continue in the future. The duration of these events is short-term. Impacts due to warming and sea level rise will likely manifest in the medium to long-term and the effects will be permanent.
Impact extent Local Regional Global The impacts will be local.
Impact frequency The frequency will either be like current and historical trends, or slightly higher.
Impact magnitude
Negligible Small Medium Large Without interventions, the impact to the project will be medium with frequent flooding and landslides in the near-term and higher energy consumption and disruption in operations in the medium term.
Sensitivity of receptors
Low Medium High The performance of the project components is not climate dependent. However, they are susceptible to damage from climate-related hazards without adaptation measures.
Significance
Negligible Minor Moderate Major Overall, climate change is of moderate significance to the project in terms of its impacts on the physical infrastructure and the operation of buses.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions from the Project and Mitigation
266. This section first assesses the contribution of the project to climate change. It quantifies the GHG emissions arising from consumption of electricity and combustion of fossil fuels during the project’s construction and operation. Building on the previous section, it also summarizes how the changes in climate parameters that will affect the project. It then describes measures that will be taken to reduce the impacts of climate change to the project and vice versa.
267. The project contributes to climate change by releasing GHGs. This inventory focuses on carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions because it is the most significant GHG in the transport sector16. In terms of boundaries, scope 1 is
16 ADB (2016). Guidelines for estimating greenhouse gas emissions of Asian Development Bank Projects: Additional Guidance for transport projects. Mandaluyong City, Philippines. Retrieved from: https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/219791/guidelines-estimating-ghg-emissions-transport.pdf
Page 135
used to estimate GHGs during construction while scope 3, which includes the emissions from vehicles arising from the project but are not necessarily controlled or owned by the reporting entity, is employed.
GHG emissions during construction
268. Based on the project’s economic analysis, the operation of trucks, compactors, bulldozers, and other heavy equipment consumes a total of 6,179,400 L of diesel fuel throughout the entire construction period. Table 4.14 shows the mileage and fuel intensities of these equipment. To estimate resulting GHG emissions, Equation 1 based on the ADB guidelines is used. In the absence of locally derived mobile combustion emission factor for diesel, ADB’s default value of 2.70 kgCO2/L is used.
Table 4.14 Activity data used to derive total fuel consumption during construction
Equipment Mileage (in km) Diesel fuel intensity (L/km)
Bulldozer 770,000 3
Excavator 770,000 3
Concrete mixing truck 256,000 0.6
12m-long crane truck 23,000 0.6
30-ton roller compactor 462,000 3
Crawler cranes 4,000 1.5
Equation 1 Formula for estimating GHG emissions from fuel consumption
𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 = 𝐹𝐹𝐹𝐹 × 𝑁𝑁𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁 × 𝐸𝐸𝐹𝐹𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 where: GHGFC GHG emissions from fuel consumption FC Fuel consumption NCV Net calorific value of fuel EFfuel Emission factor of fuel
269. Based on these, the total GHG emissions during the construction phase is 16,684.38 tons of CO2 (tCO2). This is well below the threshold of 100,000 tCO2 per year threshold of the ADB SPS 2009 and no mitigation measures are required.
GHG emissions and mitigation during operation
270. Transport emissions are the most significant source of GHGs during operations. Shown in Table 4.15 are the scenarios considered. The baseline situation is without the project where jeepneys are the only mode of transport. There are two project scenarios that represent the modal and fuel switching options being considered. Scenario 1 assumes that 14, 51, and 35% of the travel activity are diverted towards small (10m), regular (12m), and large (18m) diesel buses, respectively. Scenario 2 is like the first one, but the large diesel buses are replaced with electric ones.
Page 136
Table 4.15 Different scenarios considered in estimating the GHGs during the project’s operation (based on economic analysis)
Scenario Description
Baseline (w/out project) Travel demand is met via jeepney
1 (Diesel only) Travel demand is met using diesel buses
2 (Diesel + EV) Travel demand is met using a combination of diesel and electric buses
271. To estimate the GHGs from diesel buses and jeepneys, the activity-structure-intensity-fuel carbon (ASIF) framework shown in the equation below is used. The activity data, emission factors, and other parameters used to populate the equation and estimate the total GHGs for project’s entire operations are shown in Table 4.16. Refer to the transport model for more details on the underlying assumptions (Appendix G1).
Equation 2 Formula for estimating the GHG emissions from mobile sources
𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡𝑡 = 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 × 𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝑆𝑆𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 × 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴× 𝐹𝐹𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑀𝑀 𝐴𝐴𝑀𝑀𝑆𝑆𝑐𝑐𝑀𝑀𝐼𝐼
Table 4.16 Parameters used to estimate transport-related emissions
Description Value Units Activity data for the opening year (2023) Jeepney fuel consumption (diesel) 268,744.34 L/day Small diesel bus 32,632.00 km/day Regular diesel bus 118,4100.00 km/day Large diesel bus 82,859.00 km/day Large electric bus 82,859.00 km/day Intensity Small diesel bus 3.72 km/L Regular diesel bus 1.85 km/L Large diesel bus 1.25 km/L Large electric bus 0.56 km/kWh Fuel carbon Diesel fuel a 0.0027 tCO2/L Combined margin EF for Mindanao grid b 0.7921 tCO2/MWh Other parameters Annualization factor 320 days/year Appraisal period (2023-2047) 25 year Growth rate (in rev-km) 0.29 % Transmission and distribution losses c 9.41 % a ADB (2016). Guidelines for estimating greenhouse gas emissions of Asian Development Bank Projects: Additional Guidance for transport projects. Mandaluyong City, Philippines. Retrieved from: https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/219791/guidelines-estimating-ghg-emissions-transport.pdf
b Department of Energy (DOE, n.d.) 2015-2017 National Grid Emission Factor. Accessed from: https://www.doe.gov.ph/electric-power?q=electric-power/ngef
Page 137
Description Value Units c OECD/IEA (2018). IEA Statistics: Electric power transmission and distribution losses – Philippines. Accessed from: https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/EG.ELC.LOSS.ZS?locations=PH
272. For emissions due to electricity consumption, Equation 3 is used. These apply to both the charging of electric buses and the electricity consumed by the depots and terminals. It is estimated depots and terminals use 7,420kWh per day. For electric buses, it is assumed that 21,819kWh/day of its energy needs are derived from solar PVs that have no emissions while the remaining fraction is powered by the grid.
Equation 3 Formula for estimating GHG emissions from electricity consumption
𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐺𝐸𝐸𝐹𝐹 = 𝐸𝐸𝐹𝐹 × 𝐸𝐸𝐹𝐹𝑔𝑔𝑡𝑡𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔/(1 − %𝐿𝐿) where: GHGEC GHG emissions from electricity consumption EFGRID Emission factor for the grid %L Losses from transmission and distribution in decimal equivalent
273. Table 4.17 presents the emission factors used in estimating the current vehicle fleet operating in the project area to be replaced by the electric and diesel buses. It can be gleaned that jeepneys emits 22.6 times higher17 than the standard buses per passenger due to the limited capacity and old and inefficient diesel engines.
Table 4.17 Emission Factors per Passenger Used in Estimating GHG Reduction during Operation Phase
Emissions per vehicle (kgCO2e) Vehicle capacity Emissions per passenger (kgCO2e)
Jeepney 1,847.34 12 153.94 Standard Bus 304.85 47 6.52 Articulated Bus 973.67 79 12.32 Small Bus 83.02 14 5.75
274. The GHG net reduction from the phase-out of jeepneys was based on the existing fleet, distance travelled, passenger capacity, and passenger kilometers. The diurnal GHG emission pattern is also depicted in Table 4.18 with peaks between 0600 - 1000 HRS and 1400 - 1600 HRS. The daily emission from the jeepneys is estimated at 973 tons CO2e.
17 (153.94-6.52)/6.562
Page 138
Table 4.18 Estimated CO2e Emissions from the Public Utility Jeepneys
275. Estimated 24-hr period emissions from the standard, articulated, and small buses are provided in Table 4.19.
Table 4.19 Estimated 24-hr CO2e emissions for the standard articulated, and small buses.
Two basic scenarios were assessed combining the diesel and EV buses. The computations assumed a GHG emission reduction of 25% in converting 18m buses from diesel to electric. The size of buses to be used depends on the hierarchy of the routes i.e. 18m buses in Metro Davao. 12m buses in DavaoInter, 12m for DavaoFeeder, and 10m for Davao Local. Scenario 1 involved the replacement of jeepney by modern diesel buses while Scenario 2 looks into limiting the replacement buses to 10m and 12m buses types and a variation (Scenario 2b) incorporates the partial replacement of the 18m Metro Davao buses by EVs. For
Number of vehicles
Vehicle Capacity
Passenger boardings
Passenger km
Number of vehicles
Vehicle Capacity
Passenger boardings
Passenger km
EXISTING - PUJ22:00-06:00 4,013 527 2,660 20,016 159,516 4,216 21,280 160,128 1,276,131 169,247 06:00-08:00 4,013 7,116 2,660 97,637 525,285 14,232 5,320 195,274 1,050,570 139,332 08:00-10:00 4,013 3,440 2,660 76,736 432,032 6,880 5,320 153,472 864,063 114,597 10:00-12:00 4,013 3,440 2,660 56,175 333,318 6,880 5,320 112,350 666,637 88,413 12:00-14:00 4,013 1,877 2,660 56,949 332,691 3,754 5,320 113,898 665,383 88,247 14:00-16:00 4,013 3,715 2,660 71,384 407,346 7,430 5,320 142,768 814,692 108,049 16:00-18:00 4,013 7,576 2,660 99,642 490,085 15,152 5,320 199,284 980,169 129,995 18:00-20:00 4,013 2,840 2,660 70,475 320,663 5,680 5,320 140,950 641,326 85,056 20:00-22:00 4,013 1,845 2,660 37,606 190,798 3,690 5,320 75,212 381,596 50,609 24-hour total for existing scenario 67,914 63,840 1,293,336 7,340,567 973,546
Time Period Distance (km)
One-hour average Period total (extrapolated) Emissions per time period (kgCO2e)
Distance (km) Emissions per time period (kgCO2e)
Number of vehicles
Vehicle Capacity
Passenger boardings
Passenger km
Number of vehicles
Vehicle Capacity
Passenger boardings
Passenger km
22:00-06:00 606 379 2,250 10,082 54,247 3,032 18,000 80,656 433,974 17,320 06:00-08:00 606 379 2,250 50,300 200,977 758 4,500 100,600 401,955 16,042 08:00-10:00 606 379 2,250 41,274 167,905 758 4,500 82,548 335,809 13,402 10:00-12:00 606 379 2,250 29,189 119,477 758 4,500 58,378 238,954 9,537 12:00-14:00 606 379 2,250 29,060 125,794 758 4,500 58,120 251,588 10,041 14:00-16:00 606 379 2,250 38,068 155,209 758 4,500 76,136 310,419 12,389 16:00-18:00 606 379 2,250 55,380 214,203 758 4,500 110,760 428,405 17,098 18:00-20:00 606 379 2,250 41,217 156,806 758 4,500 82,434 313,612 12,517 20:00-22:00 606 379 2,250 21,061 90,072 758 4,500 42,122 180,144 7,190
9,096 54,000 691,754 2,894,859 115,536
22:00-06:00 313.36 153 1320 7,812 86,022 1224 10560 62,496 688,179 27,466 06:00-08:00 313.36 153 1320 35,319 272,084 306 2640 70,638 544,167 21,718 08:00-10:00 313.36 153 1320 28,633 223,505 306 2640 57,266 447,011 17,841 10:00-12:00 313.36 153 1320 21,777 179,262 306 2640 43,554 358,523 14,309 12:00-14:00 313.36 153 1320 21,221 178,395 306 2640 42,442 356,790 14,240 14:00-16:00 313.36 153 1320 26,002 209,389 306 2640 52,004 418,779 16,714 16:00-18:00 313.36 153 1320 32,796 228,369 306 2640 65,592 456,739 18,229 18:00-20:00 313.36 153 1320 21,368 141,010 306 2640 42,736 282,020 11,256 20:00-22:00 313.36 153 1320 11,170 90,195 306 2640 22,340 180,389 7,199
3,672 31,680 459,068 3,732,597 148,971
22:00-06:00 414.66 290 720 2,227 14,960 2320 5760 17,816 119,683 4,777 06:00-08:00 414.66 290 720 8,396 49,647 580 1440 16,792 99,294 3,963 08:00-10:00 414.66 290 720 6,133 37,755 580 1440 12,266 75,509 3,014 10:00-12:00 414.66 290 720 4,065 25,669 580 1440 8,130 51,339 2,049 12:00-14:00 414.66 290 720 4,214 26,671 580 1440 8,428 53,341 2,129 14:00-16:00 414.66 290 720 5,431 32,896 580 1440 10,862 65,791 2,626 16:00-18:00 414.66 290 720 6,855 39,127 580 1440 13,710 78,255 3,123 18:00-20:00 414.66 290 720 3,681 18,783 580 1440 7,362 37,565 1,499 20:00-22:00 414.66 290 720 2,003 11,231 580 1440 4,006 22,462 896
6,960 17,280 99,372 603,239 24,076
19,728 102,960 1,250,194 7,230,695 288,584 24-hour total for future scenario - all bus types
Time Period
Future - Standard Buses (Vehicle Type 2)
Future - Articulated Buses (Vehicle Type 4)
Future - Small Buses (Vehicle Type 5)
24-hour total for future scenario - Articulated Buses (4)
24-hour total for future scenario - Standard Buses (2)
24-hour total for future scenario - Small Buses (5)
One-hour average Period total (extrapolated)
Page 139
Scenario 1, the existing (2023) emission from jeepneys was estimated at 951.74 tons while the future (with the new diesel buses) the emission is estimated 190.46 tons translating to a 761.28 tons of CO2e. Scenario 2A, the emissions from the replacement 10m and 12m was estimated at 122.99 tons CO2e. Scenario 2A, which utilizes 18m EV buses for Metro Davao has the potential to reduce GHG emissions by 50.60 tons CO2e. Total emissions reductions from Scenario 2 is estimated at 778.15 tons annually.
Climate Adaptation Climate Adjustments for the Detailed Flood Design
276. Cognizant to the projected increase in rainfall due to climate change and the susceptibility of the project site, in general, to flooding there is a need to revisit the current DPWH design guideline in sizing hydraulic structures like culverts. Hydraulic structures like bridges and culverts have traditionally been designed assuming stationarity in rainfall records, like return period, as required by extreme value statistics. This concept is popular for design and risk assessment based on frequency analysis of extreme events from a stationarity distribution and are independent of one another18. Stationarity means that there will be no significant long-term changes in rainfall intensities and patterns19. However, the projected climate change will alter the rainfall intensities and patterns from historical records which puts these structures at uncertain risk of failure. Although there is consensus on climate change, there are still uncertainties among hydrologist on what adjustments should be taken in engineering practice (Galloway, 2011)20.
277. One approach to account for non-stationarity in the design of bridges and culverts is to adjust the rainfall intensity-duration-frequency (IDF) curves (Cheng and Aghakouchak, 2014). IDF curve is a tool to design hydraulic structures based on exceedance probability for extreme precipitation events between two events of the same intensity or magnitude referred to as return period. IDF curves are typically developed assuming stationarity, however several studies have examined the updating or adjusting of IDF curves with a non-stationarity viewpoint with mixed conclusions 21 . The range of conclusion includes no practical benefit22 to a significant underestimation of design storms if stationarity is assumed compared to non-stationarity. A key point of these studies is that historical records and climate projections must be considered for specific places to determine the right course of
18 E. Volpi et al.(2015). “One hundred years of return period: Strengths and limitations.” https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/2015WR017820 19 Bhatkoti, R., Moglen, G.E., Murray-Tuite, P.M., Triantis, K.P. Changes to Bridge Flood Risk under Climate Change. Journal of Hydrologic. Engineering, Vol. 21, Iss. 12, Dec. 2016. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HE.1943-5584.0001448. 20 Galloway, G.E. If stationarity is dead, what do we do now? Journal of American Water Resources Association Vol. 47, Iss. 3, Jun. 2011, pp 563–570. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1752-1688.2011.00550.x. 21 M. MORSY et al (2019). “Incorporating Potential Climate Change Impacts in Bridge and Culvert Design.” http://www.virginiadot.org/vtrc/main/online_reports/pdf/20-r13.pdf 22 Yilmaz, A.G., Perera, B.J.C. Extreme Rainfall Nonstationarity Investigation and Intensity–Frequency–Duration Relationship, Journal of Hydrologic Engineering, Vol. 19, Iss. 6, Jun. 2014, pp 1160–1172. https://doi.org/10.1061/(asce)he.1943-5584.0000878.
Page 140
action. A study on updating IDF curves by the Virginia Department of Transportation (DOT) 23 recommended that the city increase all of the volumes of their design storms by 20% given the historic trend and simulated future climate conditions, which suggest that extreme rainfall events will be occurring more frequently in coming decades.
278. This study adopted non-stationarity viewpoint by following the ADB’s Manual on Climate Change Adjustments for Detailed Engineering Design of Roads Using Examples From Viet Nam (2020)24 and the Guidelines for Climate Proofing Investment in the Transport Sector (ADB) and Manual for Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment (CRVA) Tool (2018).
279. The ADB developed procedure and adopted for this Project was based on the representative concentration pathways (RCP) 8.5 representing the high emission scenario. Extreme rainfall data were downloaded from the KNMI Climate Explorer that provided 25 CMIP5 climate model results for the project and were all considered in the assessment. The steps taken in estimating the adjustments on the design values that accounts for future extreme rainfall are as follows:
• Step 1: Specify project objectives • Step 2: Check for contextual climate risks at the project concept stage and
adjust the site selection or design accordingly • Step 3: Obtain the design value(s) from historical rainfall data • Step 4: Download climate change scenarios for the design variable(s) • Step 5: Calculate the design values for specified baseline and future
periods • Step 6: Derive the change factor for the specified design variable(s) and
return period(s) • Step 7: Calculate the new design value for the future period at the
specified return period and confidence level
280. The level of precaution adopted for the project is 90.0 percentile and a stress test level of 97.5%. Rx1day series (1900–2100) for the project area were downloaded from the KNMI Climate Change Atlas for CMIP5 extremes ensemble under RCP8.5 with the setup illustrated in the following figures below. The climate model outputs are separated for 1850–2005 and 2006–2100. Individual model results are provided in each subfolder for the specified RCP8.5 scenario. For the project site, 23 CMIP5 climate models are available and used in the assessment.
23 Smirnov, D., Giovannettone, J., Lawler, S., Sreetharan, M., Plummer, J., Workman, B. Analysis of Historical and Future Heavy Precipitation: City of Virginia Beach, Virginia, CIP 7- 030, PWCN-15-0014, Work Order 9A, 2018. https://www.hrpdcva.gov/uploads/docs/5A_Attachment_AnalysisofHistoricalandFutureH eavyPrecipitation_Finalrev_20180326.pdf. 24 https://www.adb.org/publications/manual-climate-change-adjustments-design-roads-viet-nam
Page 141
Figure 4.41 Analysis Results for period 2016-2035
Figure 4.42 Analysis Results for period 2025-2044
Figure 4.43 Calculated Increasing Amount for Rainfall for the Period 2016-2035 at 97 Percentile
Step 5: Calculate the design value(s) for specified baseline and future periods
Here the baseline period is 1986-2005 and the future period is 2016-2035.
The table below gives the mean and standard deviation (SD) for each climate model and time period.
1986-2005 ACCESS1-0bcc-csm1-1CanESM2 CCSM4 CMCC-CM CMCC-CM CNRM-CMCSIRO-Mk3GFDL-CM3GFDL-ESMGFDL-ESMHadGEM2 HadGEM2-inmcm4 IPSL-CM5AIPSL-CM5AIPSL-CM5BMIROC5 MIROC-ES MIROC-ES MPI-ESM-LMPI-ESM-MMRI-CGCMNorESM1-MMean 43.54237 158.163 71.02697 69.8246 53.89635 50.25392 139.2371 67.40066 81.6941 87.36019 71.0756 #REF! 47.87201 30.04568 50.11576 78.54759 153.7448 53.13171 24.79925 24.54562 67.98624 64.7367 165.6147 58.07355SD 10.05526 26.16765 41.66169 26.00914 17.54204 9.090008 27.10088 29.5022 30.67204 58.39199 53.5171 #REF! 10.52257 3.022144 13.46595 44.45841 25.84994 16.30133 3.924279 3.283233 7.894356 7.501095 41.85146 10.581172016-2035Mean 41.72897 174.8503 71.47703 79.92457 60.94839 46.84776 136.4283 70.81929 87.73622 80.41774 125.0837 #REF! 45.61662 29.26202 58.10873 82.55579 151.155 41.01346 24.14405 28.5776 72.52447 66.46222 168.4853 57.69615SD 10.57218 30.23713 37.72084 38.39854 34.24189 6.470375 23.71236 16.4528 30.66746 46.93172 69.16312 #REF! 12.38161 2.709955 16.03954 38.05077 38.67544 13.20368 2.792571 4.115956 7.467643 9.279593 39.88974 9.138684
For illustrative purposes a Gumbel distribution (with location and scale parameters) is fit to the Rx1day values of each climate model and time period using their respective means and standard deviations.
1986-2005Location 39.0175 146.3875 52.27921 58.12049 46.00243 46.16342 127.0417 54.12467 67.89168 61.08379 46.9929 #REF! 43.13685 28.68571 44.05608 58.5413 142.1123 45.79611 23.03332 23.06816 64.43377 61.3612 146.7815 53.31202Scale 7.840089 20.40292 32.48362 20.27932 13.67753 7.087479 21.13056 23.00286 23.91499 45.52823 41.72728 #REF! 8.204452 2.356366 10.4994 34.66422 20.1552 12.71015 3.05976 2.559936 6.155229 5.848603 32.63158 8.2501412016-2035Location 36.97149 161.2436 54.50265 62.64523 45.53954 43.93609 125.7577 63.41553 73.93586 59.29846 93.96034 #REF! 40.04489 28.04254 50.89093 65.43294 133.751 35.07181 22.88739 26.72541 69.16403 62.2864 150.5349 53.58374Scale 8.243128 23.57589 29.41094 29.93935 26.6984 5.044952 18.48852 12.82825 23.91142 36.59266 53.92648 #REF! 9.653941 2.112952 12.50603 29.66819 30.15524 10.29491 2.177368 3.209211 5.822521 7.235299 31.10203 7.125432
Extreme Rx1day values can then be determined for the specified return period: 10 years
1986-2005R1xday 56.66058 192.3016 125.3793 103.7564 76.78189 62.11285 174.5932 105.8896 121.7092 163.539 140.8946 #REF! 61.59988 33.9884 67.68358 136.5485 187.4689 74.39861 29.91891 28.82896 78.2853 74.52271 220.2146 71.877872016-2035R1xday 55.52156 214.298 120.6881 130.0197 105.6208 55.28909 167.3637 92.2838 127.7453 141.6454 215.3147 #REF! 61.7698 32.79745 79.0341 132.1973 201.6114 58.23913 27.78727 33.94732 82.26684 78.56848 220.5259 69.61858
0
50
100
150
200
250
ACC
ESS1
-0
bcc-
csm
1-1
Can
ESM
2
CC
SM4
CM
CC
-CM
CM
CC
-CM
S
CN
RM
-CM
5
CSI
RO
-Mk3
-6-0
GFD
L-C
M3
GFD
L-ES
M2G
GFD
L-ES
M2M
Had
GEM
2-C
C
Had
GEM
2-ES
inm
cm4
IPSL
-CM
5A-L
R
IPSL
-CM
5A-M
R
IPSL
-CM
5B-L
R
MIR
OC
5
MIR
OC
-ESM
MIR
OC
-ESM
-…
MPI
-ESM
-LR
MPI
-ESM
-MR
MR
I-CG
CM
3
Nor
ESM
1-M
Rx1d
ay (m
m)
Climate models
1986-2005 2016-2035
Step 6: Derive the change factor for the design variable
The table below gives the % change in R1xday between the baseline (1986-2005) and future period (2016-2035) for each climate model
ACCESS1-0bcc-csm1-1CanESM2 CCSM4 CMCC-CM CMCC-CM CNRM-CMCSIRO-Mk GFDL-CM3GFDL-ESMGFDL-ESMHadGEM2 HadGEM2 inmcm4 IPSL-CM5AIPSL-CM5AIPSL-CM5BMIROC5 MIROC-ES MIROC-ES MPI-ESM-LMPI-ESM-MMRI-CGCM% change -2.01025 11.43851 -3.74162 25.31249 37.55946 -10.9861 -4.14079 -12.849 4.959477 -13.3874 52.81971 0.275857 -3.50397 16.76997 -3.18662 7.543904 -21.7201 -7.12472 17.75423 5.085937 5.428908 0.141356
Extract the required percentile from the climate model ensemble: 97.5 percentile
Change factor: 44.42657 %
Round the above change factor to the nearest 5%
Change factor: 45 %
Percentile R1xday (% change)0 -21.7201 0.975
0.01 -19.8869 0.9750.02 -18.0537 0.9750.03 -16.2205 0.9750.04 -14.3873 0.9750.05 -13.3336 0.9750.06 -13.2151 0.9750.07 -13.0967 0.9750.08 -12.9782 0.9750.09 -12.8598 0.975
0.1 -12.4764 0.9750.11 -12.0666 0.975
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
-40 -20 0 20 40 60
Perc
entil
e
Rx1day (% change)
Page 142
281. The assessment indicated a change factor of 45%, necessary to adjust the design Rx1day to account for at least 90 percentile of the anticipated increase in maximum daily rainfall due to climate change. The cost of adapting the drainage facilities was estimated at 7% of the total drainage equivalent to $0.595 million.
Bus and Charging Station Climate Adaptation Measures
282. In addition to increasing the capacity of the drainage facilities by 40%, all new buses able to wade in flood water at least 300 mm depth. All charging infrastructure will be located to a minimum of 300 mm above the 100-year flood level
4.2.10 Ambient Air Quality 283. As the project involves civil works, it is expected that ambient air quality
and noise will be altered during the construction phase. Sensitive receptors, such as built-up areas, schools, and other crowded areas, within or near the construction area, are the areas for observation to study the magnitude of impacts during project implementation.
Ambient Air Quality
284. Following the Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines – General EHS Guidelines: Environmental - Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality under the IFC guidelines, emissions should not result in pollutant concentrations that reach or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated standards.
285. From previous study by GHD, the study shows that the air quality among eight sampling stations25 were within NAAQGV for SO2, NO2, and CO. While stations A4 and A6 exceeded the NAAQGV for TSP and PM10 during the 24-hour sampling. These two sampling stations are in a highly urbanized area, hence satisfy the exceedances in TSP and PM10. Presented in Table 4.20 is the summarized result in 2018.
Table 4.20 Ambient Air Results, GHD 2018
Station Location TSP PM10 SO2 NO2 CO*
(µg/Ncm)
A1 Near residential area/creek 40 37 <4 <0.4 2
A2 Near Gaisano Mall Calinan 59 23 <4 <0.4 <1
A4 Davao Adventist Hospital 616 447 <4 <0.4 <1
25 A1 – Near Residential Area/ Creek, A2 – Near Gaisano mall Calinan, A3 – Near National Road, A4 – Davao Adventist Hospital, A5 – Ecoland Subdivision, A6 – Kapitan Tomas Monteverde Sr. Elementary School, A7 – Assumption College of Davao High School, and A8 – Carmelite Monastery and Church (These were selected based on the representation of sensitive receptors)
Page 143
Station Location TSP PM10 SO2 NO2 CO*
(µg/Ncm)
A6 Kapitan Tomas Monteverde St. Elementary School
445 332 <4 9.8 <1
A8 Carmelite Monastery and Church 64 50 <4 <0.4 1
NAAQGV (24-hour) 230 150 180 150 9
A3 Near National Road 23 14 <7 12 <1
A5 Ecoland Subdivision 27 23 <7 7 <1
A7 Assumption College of Davao High School 51 47 <7 28 2
NAAQS (1-hour) 300 200 340 260 30
*8 hour sampling. Exceedances are in red text.
286. Another study was conducted last 5 to 22 May 2021 and 25 - 27 November 2021 to capture the current ambient air quality of the area through one-hour and 24 hours’ time scale. There are 18 selected sampling stations established near the sensitive receptor for the eight (8) project sites of depots, terminals, and driving school. The results were released in July 2021, November 2021 and January 2022 and presented in Table 4.21. Sampling station maps are attached in Appendix G4.
287. The results show that the air quality in 18 sampling stations for the time scale of 24-hours are all within the DENR NAAQ Standards for all the parameters except for PM 2.5 value at Station 1, which is located near Toril Terminal and Depot. This was primarily detected due to fugitive dusts from the constant passing of vehicles in the area during sampling activity.
288. Meanwhile, the air quality results for the time scale of one-hour are all within the DENR NAAQ Standards for all the parameters except Station 4 that is located at Calinan Depot. The values of PM10 slightly exceeded the standard values at 289.1 µg/Nm3. This exceedance can be due to fugitive dust caused by constant passing of vehicles during the time of sampling. The results shows that the quality of air is classified as good, based on the AQI in reference to the DAO 2000-81.
Table 4.21 Ambient Air Quality Result, 2021
Station Location Sampling Date/Time
SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 TSP
(µg/Nm3)
24-Hr Sampling
1 Toril Terminal and Depot
May 5 – 6, 2021 (1640H – 1640H) ND ND 26.2 190.9 43.2
2 May 21 – 22, 2021 (1000H – 1000H)
ND ND 9.7 2.4 6.4
Page 144
Station Location Sampling Date/Time
SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 TSP
(µg/Nm3)
3 Calinan Depot
May 6 – 7, 2021 (2140H – 2140H) 0.9 ND 10.3 0.2 21.3
4 May 18 – 19, 2021 (1515H – 1515H)
ND ND 3.2 6.9 5.5
5 Calinan Driving School
May 7 – 8, 2021 (2230H – 2230H) ND ND 27.7 10.2 61.7
6 May 20 – 21, 2021 (1945H – 1945H)
ND ND 10.6 2.4 1.4
7 Calinan Terminal
May 8 – 9, 2021 (2330H – 2330H) ND ND 2.4 1.6 14.6
8 May 17 – 18, 2021 (1300H – 1300H)
ND ND 14.4 5.4 14.8
9
Sto. Niño Depot
May 10 – 11, 2021 (0025H – 0025H)
1.2 ND 11 2.8 34.9
10 May 16 – 17, 2021 (1200H – 1200H)
ND ND 49.2 19.0 41.8
11 November 26-27, 2021 (1300H-1300H)
ND 0.13 23.6 21.5 30.7
12 Sasa Depot
May 11 – 12, 2021 (0050H – 0050H)
0.9 ND 25.1 29.4 53.5
13 May 15 – 16, 2021 (1035H – 1035H)
ND ND 42.3 23.5 63.4
14 Buhangin Depot
May 12 – 13, 2021 (0200H – 0200H)
ND ND 14.5 13.7 39.8
15 May 19 – 20, 2021 (1700H – 1700H)
ND ND 11.5 4.0 24.8
16
Bunawan Terminal
May 13 – 14, 2021 (0900H – 0900H)
ND ND 21.4 5.5 90.2
17 May 14 – 15, 2021 (0930H – 0930H)
ND ND 54.5 49.3 40.1
18 November 25-26, 2021 (2230H-2230H)
0.44 0.09 30.7 27.6 56.3
Page 145
Station Location Sampling Date/Time
SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 TSP
(µg/Nm3)
DENR NAAQ Standards (NAAQGV) 180 150 150 50 230
WHO Guidelines 20 - 50 25 -
1-Hr Sampling
1 Toril Terminal and Depot
May 5, 2021 (1520H-1620H) ND 1.89 4.3 10.7 87.3
2 May 21, 2021 (2050H – 2150H)
ND 24.1 44.7 6.1 28.2
3 Calinan Depot
May 6, 2021 (1920H-2020H) ND 1.24 3.3 8.7 11
4 May 18, 2021 (1400H – 1500H)
ND 0.4 289.1 268.6 22.9
5 Calinan Driving School
May 7, 2021 (1300H-1400H) ND 1.67 32.1 8.6 14
6 May 20, 2021 (1825H – 1925H)
ND 0.8 66.3 36.3 250
7 Calinan Terminal
May 8, 2021 (1000H-1100H) ND 1.1 11.7 43.7 24.8
8 May 17, 2021 (1300H – 1400H)
6.1 9.6 67.3 59.7 58.4
9
Sto. Niño Depot
May 10, 2021 (1100H-1200H) ND 1.6 7.4 20.1 46.3
10 May 16, 2021 (1200H – 1300H)
ND ND 21.1 19.8 29.8
11 November 27, 2021 (2345H-0045H)
65.1 0.82 100.6 7.0 125.8
12 Sasa Depot
May 11, 2021 (1000H-1100H) 4.1 14.6 55.4 12.6 231.2
13 May 15, 2021 (1035H – 1135H)
ND 0.26 96 13.5 72.6
14 Buhangin Depot
May 12, 2021 (1340H-1440H) 15.1 10 86.4 69.6 26.1
15 May 19, 2021 (1600H – 1700H)
11.9 ND 79.4 283 52.1
16
Bunawan Terminal
May 13, 2021 (0730H-0830H) 12.5 28 75 40.7 101.2
17 May 14, 2021 (0930H – 1030H)
29.1 3.01 45.9 36.3 50.8
18 November 25, 2021 (0900H-1000H)
ND ND 57.2 46.0 117.2
DENR NAAQ Standards (NAAQS) 340 260 200 - 300
Page 146
Station Location Sampling Date/Time
SO2 NO2 PM10 PM2.5 TSP
(µg/Nm3)
WHO Guidelines - 200 - - -
*ND- Not detected
4.2.11 Noise Level 289. This noise impact assessment section aims to identify the noise baseline
condition at the project vicinity, to know the possible effects during project implementation in order to propose mitigation measures.
290. Like Section 4.2.10 for ambient air quality, noise level will also be comparing the results of the collected primary data to both national and international environmental standards.
291. Noise sampling locations are consistent to the ambient air stations, conducted on 5 to 22 May 2021 and 25 to 27 November 2021. It was randomly collected using different time period of the day using the Lutron Sound Level Meter. The meter used for noise level monitoring was an A-weighted, dB (A), frequency filter to approximate the sounds humans hear. This digital sound level meter was calibrated using Lutron Sound Level Calibrator (Appendix G7).
292. There were 18 sampling stations established near the sensitive receptor areas from depots, terminals, and driving school. Results are presented in Table 4.22. from the 18 sampling stations, 14 have exceeded the IFC standards and fifteen (15) have exceeded the NPCC standards at different time periods. These exceedances are detected due to active anthropogenic activities, such as constant passing of vehicles and noise coming from nearby houses at the time of sampling.
293. Aside from the local standards or guidelines used to compare compliance of background noise levels (i.e., from the NPCC), this study also referred to the IFC-WB (2007) noise guidelines that specifies the allowance for a +3dBA limit from the background noise of the nearest receptor. From the 18 sampling stations, 14 stations have exceeded the IFC standards.
Page 147
Table 4.22 One-hour LAeq Noise Results as compared to NPCC Noise Standards and IFC-WB Guidelines, 2021
Station Location Date Time Time Period Noise Level (dBA)
Area Class NPCC Standards IFC Standards
1 Toril Terminal and Depot May 5, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 49.7 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 48.6 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 49.0 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 50.2 Class A 45 45
2 Toril Terminal and Depot May 21, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 57.0 Class A 50 55
1300H-1400H Daytime 56.1 Class A 55 1900H-2000H Evening 50.6 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 48.8 Class A 45 45
3 Calinan Depot May 6, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 48.9 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 51.3 Class A 55
1800H-1900H Evening 48.0 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 44.8 Class A 45 45
4 Calinan Depot May 18, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 68.1 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 68.9 Class A 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 54.3 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 42.4 Class A 45 45
5 Calinan Driving School May 7, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 52.3 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 48.0 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 48.2 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 45.1 Class A 45 45
6 Calinan Driving School May 20, 2021 0700H-0800H Morning 57.4 Class A 50
55 1300H-1400H Daytime 58.34 Class A 55
Page 148
Station Location Date Time Time Period Noise Level (dBA)
Area Class NPCC Standards IFC Standards
1900H-2000H Evening 49.57 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 49.56 Class A 45 45
7 Calinan Terminal May 8, 2021
0600H-0700H Morning 48.5 Class A 50 55 1400H-1500H Daytime 49.1 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 49.4 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 43.2 Class A 45 45
8 Calinan Terminal May 17, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 55.4 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 55.8 Class A 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 50.9 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 48.4 Class A 45 45
9 Sto. Niño Depot May 10, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 48.4 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 49.5 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 49.7 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 49.3 Class A 45 45
10 Sto. Niño Depot May 16, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 56.4 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 58.2 Class A 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 48.2 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 47.4 Class A 45 45
11 Sto. Niño Depot November 27, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 57.7 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 56.8 Class A 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 58.4 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 52.5 Class A 45 45
12 Sasa Depot May 11, 2021 0700H-0800H Morning 50.0 Class A 50
55 1300H-1400H Daytime 54.0 Class A 55
Page 149
Station Location Date Time Time Period Noise Level (dBA)
Area Class NPCC Standards IFC Standards
1900H-2000H Evening 47.9 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 47.0 Class A 45 45
13 Sasa Depot May 15, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 52.7 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 53.6 Class A 55 1800H – 1900H Evening 53.2 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 42.8 Class A 45 45
14 Buhangin Depot May 12, 2021
0700H-0800H Morning 50.4 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 50.0 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 50.2 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 46.0 Class A 45 45
15 Buhangin Depot (Cabantian) May 19, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 55.9 Class A 50 55 1300H – 1400H Daytime 55.6 Class A 55
1900H – 2000H Evening 53.1 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 48.1 Class A 45 45
16 Bunawan Terminal May 13, 2021
0600H-0700H Morning 53.7 Class A 50 55 1300H-1400H Daytime 54.6 Class A 55
1900H-2000H Evening 48.7 Class A 50 0100H-0200H Night-time 47.6 Class A 45 45
17 Bunawan Terminal May 14, 2021
0700H – 0800H Morning 57.9 Class A 50 55
1300H – 1400H Daytime 51.6 Class A 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 46.7 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 47.6 Class A 45 45
18 Bunawan Terminal 0700H – 0800H Morning 48.5 Class A 50
Page 150
Station Location Date Time Time Period Noise Level (dBA)
Area Class NPCC Standards IFC Standards
November 25, 2021
1300H – 1400H Daytime 54.3 Class A 55 55 1900H – 2000H Evening 47.3 Class A 50 0100H – 0200H Night-time 43.6 Class A 45 45
*Note: Exceedances in red text
Page 151
4.2.11.1 Construction Noise Assessment 294. At this early stage, the construction program and construction plant
inventory are considered preliminary (see Appendix G9) and are likely to be revised at detailed design stage. Based on the information currently available, it is identified that the construction activities proposed for Buhangin Depot differ slightly from other sites. Meanwhile, the shortest separation distance between site boundary and noise sensitive receivers was identified at Sto. Niño Depot. In view of above, quantitative construction noise impact assessments were carried out for Buhangin Depot (BUH) and Sto. Niño Depot (STO) as representative cases.
295. As a conservative assessment, it is assumed that all the construction plants would operate concurrently for a particular construction activity, which may not be the truth in the reality. Therefore, less construction impacts as evaluated in this assessment are anticipated in the reality.
296. Information regarding the exact locations of the construction plants is unavailable at this moment. In addition, most of the activities are mobile in nature, and would move along the workfront from time to time. For assessment purpose, it is assumed that the powered mobile equipment (PME) are located at the center of the workfronts (see Figure 4.44 and Figure 4.45).
Figure 4.44 Locations of workfronts and noise sensitive receivers in Buhangin Depot
Page 152
Figure 4.45 Locations of workfronts and noise sensitive receivers in Sto. Niño Depot
297. Based on the preliminary noise modelling, it is expected that the project may cause disturbance to the sensitive receptors during the construction stage due to its proximity to the project boundary. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure environmental compliance prior to the commencement of construction works, based on the finalized construction program, work area and construction plant inventory. It is recommended to use a quiet PME, noise enclosure and noise barriers to alleviate noise disturbances. With such mitigations in place, the maximum predicted cumulative noise levels at BUH and STO are 67dB(A) and 66dB(A), respectively, which will be taken into account during the detailed design stage.
4.3 Ecological Environment 298. From the 2019-2028 CLUP of Davao City, the city is planning on increasing
their forest cover from 119,411.31 ha to 127,355.00 ha by revitalizing the forest density through planting and reforestation. A comprehensive tree inventory will ensure that the proper species and number of trees would be planted, in order to keep the ecological balance throughout the activity. 29,535.21 ha of the forest cover has been designated as a protected area which encompasses a critical watershed to ensure the regeneration of the aquifers.
299. The New CDP for Davao also mentions the designation of an area for a green park on the undeveloped area of Toril called Eden (105 ha). As such, the Eden Master Development Plan will be formulated, and the process of titling by the land owned by the government, and the acquisition of other lands will be underway.
Page 153
300. Whilst these ongoing reforestation plans of the government; development plans are also being implemented including the HPBS Project as already considered part of the plans of the city that has been discussed in the recent 2019-2028 CLUP. It was mentioned that they have already considered designation of terminals of the buses for the safety and ease of access, especially for the women, the elderly and the differently abled.
301. Therefore, this terrestrial ecology study has been undertaken to be able to determine the existing conditions of the study area and later be able to identify the potential environmental and social risks and impacts that the project may cause. Through this study, the underlying damage to a wide landscape and biological communities will be identified to propose measures to minimize the impacts or recommend alternative procedures for species conservation and watershed rehabilitation. This assessment was carried out to provide baseline information on the population, structure, and composition of the flora and fauna thriving within the project vicinity, and to make recommendations for the management and planning of the area based on existing environmental laws, rules, and regulations.
Biodiversity Assessment Based on ADB SPS 2009
302. The ADB Safeguard Requirement 1 was arranged to set environmental safeguards for all ADB projects including environmental assessment, biodiversity conservation and sustainable natural resource management.
303. This section discusses the type of habitat per facility location based on the definition below:
• Natural habitats are land and water areas where biological communities are formed largely by native plant and animal species, and where human activity has not essentially modified the area’s primary ecological functions.
• Modified habitats are areas where the natural habitat has apparently been altered, often through the introduction of alien species of plants and animals, such as in agricultural areas.
• Critical habitats are a subset of both natural and modified habitats that deserve particular attention. The following characterizes critical habitats:
Assessment Criteria
304. As outlined in ADB SPS 2009, with further supporting definition as outlined within IFC Performance Note 6 and Guidance Note (GN) 626, critical habitat is defined as “a subset of both natural and modified habitat that deserves particular attention.” Critical habitat includes:
305. Criterion 1: Critically Endangered and Endangered Species
26 International Finance Corporation., 2019. International Finance Corporation’s Guidance Note 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resource. 2nd Edition.
Page 154
• Areas supporting species threatened with global extinction: those listed as CR (Critically Endangered) and EN (Endangered) on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.
• Areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed Vulnerable (VU) species, the loss of which would result in the change of the IUCN Red List status to EN or CR and meet the threshold of areas that support globally important concentrations of an IUCN Red-listed EN or CR species (≥ 0.5% of the global population AND ≥ 5 reproductive units of a CR or EN species).
• As appropriate, areas containing important concentrations of a nationally or regionally listed EN or CR species.
306. Criterion 2: Endemic and Restricted-range Species
• Areas with globally restricted-range or endemic species, where an area regularly holds ≥ 10% of the global population size AND ≥ 10 reproductive units of a species.
307. Criterion 3: Migratory and Congregatory Species
• Areas that sustain on a cyclical or otherwise regular basis, ≥ 1% of the global population of a migratory or congregatory species at any point of the species’lifecycle Areas that sustain on a cyclical or otherwise regular basis, ≥ 1% of the global population of a migratory or congregatory species at any point of the species’lifecycle.
• Areas that predictably support ≥ 10 percent of the global population of a species during periods of environmental stress.
308. Criterion 4: Highly Threatened or Unique Ecosystems
• Areas representing ≥ 5% of the global extent of an ecosystem type meeting the criteria for IUCN status of CR or EN.
• Other areas not yet assessed by IUCN but determined to be of high priority for conservation by regional or national systematic conservation planning.
309. Criterion 5: Evolutionary Processes
• Areas with unique assemblages of species or that are associated with key evolutionary processes or provide key ecosystem services.
Other Critical Habitat definitions, as outlined within ADB’s SPS
• Areas having biodiversity of significant social, economic, or cultural importance to local communities.
• Areas either legally protected or officially proposed for protection, such as areas that meet the criteria of the World Conservation Union classification, the Ramsar List of Wetlands of International Importance, and the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization’s world natural heritage sites.
Screening Study
Page 155
310. To identify potential Critical Habitats triggers, the screening study comprised of the following steps:
311. A desk study search of species of conservation concern (CR, EN and VU) on the IUCN Red List. A desk study search was conducted using IBAT, which highlighted CR and EN species within a 50km buffer of each site, encompassing the whole EAAA, according to their IUCN global range. A further search using the IUCN Red List was undertaken to identify VU species within the EAAA, according to their IUCN global range.
312. The results of the Davao HPBS Flora and Fauna surveys undertaken between 1-9 May 2021 and 11-12 September 2021 were also included in the screening process. This included assessing species encountered on site as to whether they were a species of conservation concern (CR, EN and VU), restricted range, or migratory/ congregatory.
313. In addition to the use of the IUCN Red List, the DAO National List of Threatened Philippine Fauna and their Categories and the DAO Updated National List of Threatened Philippine Plants and their Categories and was utilised to assess whether any of the species identified during the screening exercise, or those found during ecological field surveys, were a species of conservation concern (CR or EN) nationally.
314. IFC PS6 (Guidance Note 6 Rev 2019) notes “the inclusion in Criterion 1 of species that are listed nationally/regionally as CR or EN in countries that adhere to IUCN guidance shall be determined on a project-by-project basis in consultation with competent professionals”. Based on IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria and Guidelines for Application of IUCN Red List Criteria at Regional and National Levels, the DAO classification system does not adhere to the IUCN Guidance referenced in IFC GN6. However, species included in the screening process that are CR or EN according to the DAO are noted to determine their local ecological status, regardless of this notable difference in classification systems.
315. Species identified with the potential to trigger critical habitat during the screening were progressed to detailed assessment to determine if these species could meet the thresholds to trigger critical habitat as assigned by IFC PS6 (Guidance Note 6 Rev 2019).
316. A desk study search of Legally Protected Areas, to identify qualifying species of the site that could trigger Critical Habitat. An iBAT search for Legally Protected Areas within a 50km buffer of each proposed site within the EAAA was undertaken. The following Legally Protected Areas (or areas of biodiversity conservation importance) were searched for:
• Biodiversity hotspots;
• Key Biodiversity Areas (including Important Bird Areas, Important Plant Areas and Alliance for Zero Extinction Sites);
• Endemic Bird Areas;
• World Heritage Areas;
Page 156
• Ramsar sites;
• Nature Reserves;
• Marine Protected Areas; and
• National Parks.
317. An Environmentally Appropriate Area of Assessment (EAAA) is required by the IFC approach to critical habitat assessment. The EAAA should not be limited to the projects area of influence but should be defined based on appropriate ecological units/habitats and physical features. The EAAA is set out in the critical habitat screening report and includes the eight (8) sites for development as part of this project. The EAAA is considered appropriate given the use of natural and anthropogenic barriers used to determine the EAAA, such as elevation changes at Mt Apo, rivers and the distinction between natural and anthropogenic habitat that would impact the species found inhabiting the area.
4.3.1 Biodiversity Survey Results 318. As cited from GHD IEE FS report conducted last 2018, they recorded a total
of 34 plant species (19 Indigenous species, 14 Exotic/ Introduced species, and 1 Endemic) and a total of 49 animal species (39 birds (29 Residents, 4 Migrants, and six Philippine endemic), five mammals (four non-endemic and one Mindanao endemic), and five herps (two non-endemic and three Philippine endemic) during their vegetation rapid assessment and opportunistic ocular observation for faunal composition. Out of the total species of plants and animals, there were seven invasive species recorded within the indicative location of the depots and terminals. Table 4.23 presents the invasive species of plants and animals recorded within the project site in 2018.
Table 4.23 Invasive Species of Plants/Animals Recorded at Project Site, 2018
Species Name Common Name Remarks
Leucaena leucocephala
Ipil-Ipil Cultivated as a fodder plant, for green manure, as a windbreak, for reforestation, as a biofuel crop etc. This tree species can form dense monospecific thickets and is difficult to eradicate once established. It renders extensive areas unusable and inaccessible and threatens native plants.
Psidium guajava Guava Psidium guajava is a tropical tree or shrub native to central America from Mexico to Northern South America. Pastures and fields are overrun, and native plants are outcompeted by this species, which can form dense thickets.
Cyonodon dactylon
Carabao Grass Carabao grass is adapted to survive both extended dry periods and flooding conditions. It is a potential agricultural weed and commonly used as a lawn grass.
Page 157
Species Name Common Name Remarks
Thunbergia grandiflora
Skyflower The root system of this species persistently sprouts from its many buds when cut back or pruned. Tubers can damage riverbanks, paths, fences and building foundations. It is a vigorous climber and can smother vegetation up to 12 metres above ground, reducing light levels for lower vegetation. The weight of the stems can kill trees during infestations.
Gmelina arborea Gmelina Gmelina is a fast-growing tree, highly adaptable to different environments and is a habitat generalist. U can alter trophic level of the soul and known to transmit pest and disease to native and indigenous plants.
Rhinella marina Cane Toad This species feed on almost any terrestrial animal and compete with native amphibians for food and breeding habitats. Their toxic secretions are known to cause illness and death in domestic animals that encounter them, such as dogs and cats, and wildlife, such as snakes and lizards. Human fatalities have been recorded following ingestion of the eggs or adults.
Pomacea canaliculata
Golden Snail Originally introduced to increase the protein source of Filipino diet, but now a major pest hindering the promotion and adoption of direct-seeded rice. Blamed to displace the native edible snail, Pila conica, in Luzon. The species is also considered a vector of rat lungworm parasite that affects humans.
319. The Smooth Narra (Pterocarpus indicus spp. Indicus) and the Manila Palm (Adonidia merrilii) were, according to the IUCN, CITES Appendix II, and DAO 2017-11: National List of Philippine Plants, species for conservation.
320. Another survey was conducted in 2021, specifically to the selected depots, terminals and driving school sites. Table 4.24 summarizes the screening results of survey conducted on May 2021 and September 2021. IBAT screening report was also used as added information to check the possible presence of protected sites and to identify possible CR, EN and VU species in project area.
321. IBAT World Bank Group Diversity Risk Screen was generated on 12 May 2021 for each site. The report uses a buffer of 1 km, 10 and 50 km to identify potential priority species, including listed in IUCN Red List for critical and endangered species within the 50 km AOI, and protected areas and key biodiversity areas listed within 1, 10 and 50 km AOI (Figure 4.46 and Figure 4.47). There are no noted protected or key biodiversity sites found within 1 km buffer, but there were some found within 10 and 50km, including potential presence of CR and EN species (Table 4.24). The IBAT Screening Report has assessed the project’s likely impacts to critical habitat for 50km AOI (Appendix D2).
Page 158
Figure 4.46 IBAT Key Biodiversity Areas Map
Figure 4.47 IBAT World Database on Protected Areas
Page 159
Table 4.24 Terrestrial Screening Results, May 2021, and Critical Habitat Assessment
Location Description Images
Toril Depot and Terminal
Toril Depot and Terminal are within the boundary of Barangay Bato with a total of 8.26 ha of land for the project. Within the wider landscape, it is situated primarily within existing agricultural (monocrop and agroforestry) land, with small patches of woodland area. Grazing animals are present including cows, carabaos and goats. The site is primarily situated in agricultural habitat, which contains the economically important crop Saging Latundan (5.05% of flora). A flora survey recorded a total of 145 species which include the CR Shorea guiso, the EN Coffea arabica, and 4 VU Intsia bijuga, Koordersiodendron pinnatum, Vitex parviflora and Artocarpus blancoi (a Philippine endemic species). Fauna recorded during the survey included native and endemic birds, these are common in disturbed and open agricultural habitats, and native tokay gecko, rat snake, vine snake, and the endemic Samar cobra. One EN and Threatened species was identified- the Philippine Sailfin Lizard. A desktop search using IBAT was conducted to identify protected areas or key biodiversity areas within or adjacent to the site boundary. The nearest protected site screened is Mt Apo Natural Park and it is located within an 50km radius from the site boundary. The IBAT search and a review of the IUCN Red list identified several CR and EN species ranges that overlap at the site. As the site is some way inland, all marine species have been screened out from further assessment. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present in the area. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN showed that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Philippine Eagle: This species nests primarily in primary and disturbed forest and therefore there is potential for this species to use this site due to the patches of woodland present.
Endangered (EN) Species - Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present in the area. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
Coconut trees present
Agricultural area as an example of habitat
Page 160
Location Description Images • The Golden-capped fruit bat27: This species often roosts on steep slopes and cliff edges in
areas isolated from humans and therefore is unlikely to be found roosting at this site. The habitat of the Golden-capped fruit bat is subtropical/tropical moist forest and therefore there is potential for this species to use this site due to the patches of woodland present.
• Southeast Asian Box Turtle28: This species is largely restricted to standing bodies of water and opportunistically occupies most types of waterbodies. It does not appear that there are any standing bodies of water at this site. However, seasonally flooded agricultural land, canals, drainage channels and ditches present suitable habitat for this species. Therefore, it is possible that this species may be present at this site.
• Far Eastern Curlew29: This species is reported as non-breeding in this area. This species roosts in saltmarshes, behind mangroves or sandy beaches so it is unlikely roosting at this site. Suitable habitat includes wetland, boreal forest, freshwater lakes, mud and salt flats and saltmarshes therefore it is unlikely to be present at this site.
• South Philippine Hawk Eagle 30: This species inhabits primary, disturbed and selectively logged forest and occasionally frequents open areas. Suitable habitats include subtropical/tropical moist lowland and montane forest. Therefore, there is potential for this species to use this site due to the patches of woodland present.
• Calostoma insigne31: This species of fungi is found in regions of humid and tropical lowland rainforest, and therefore there is potential for this species to use this site due to the patches of woodland present.
27 Mildenstein, T. & Paguntalan, L. 2016. Acerodon jubatus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T139A21988328. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-2.RLTS.T139A21988328.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021. 28 Cota, M., Hoang, H., Horne, B.D., Kusrini, M.D., McCormack, T., Platt, K., Schoppe, S. & Shepherd, C. 2020. Cuora amboinensis. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T5958A3078812. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-2.RLTS.T5958A3078812.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021. 29 BirdLife International. 2017. Numenius madagascariensis (amended version of 2016 assessment). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2017: e.T22693199A118601473. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2017-3.RLTS.T22693199A118601473.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021. 30 BirdLife International. 2016. Nisaetus pinskeri. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T22734083A95073986. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-3.RLTS.T22734083A95073986.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021. 31 Ngadin, A.A. 2019. Calostoma insigne. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2019: e.T125434353A125435555. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2019-3.RLTS.T125434353A125435555.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021.
Page 161
Location Description Images Kindly note that the citing of the above-mentioned species during field survey is within the 50km radius.
Calinan Depot and Driving School
Calinan Depot is located at Barangay Calinan Proper and Lacson along the national highway with a total of 7.91 ha of land for the project. Calinan driving school is located within the boundary of Barangay Lacson and Malagos and covers a total area of 2.44 ha. Within the wider landscape, Calinan Depot is situated primarily within existing agricultural land, whilst Calinan Driving School is situated within primarily woodland habitats and rural dwellings immediately adjacent to agricultural habitat. Calinan Depot is found to comprise of two main habitat types; regenerating forest patches and plantations of economically important crops, which include banana, papaya, cassava, and mango plantation. While Calinan Driving School is found to comprise of different plantations – some areas are regenerated forest, and some are natural creek system. Plantations of economically important crops such as cacao, coconut, and mangosteen were recorded. A floral survey recorded a total of 96 species in depot, which include, native tree species such as Bakan, Narra, Igyo, Alim, Talisay and Ficus spp; and 114 species in driving school, which includes native and endemic to the Philippines. Fauna recorded during the survey in both locations included native and endemic birds, e.g., Yellow-vented, Chestnut munia in depot and endemic sticky frog, and rat snakes in driving school. From the IBAT screening, the nearest protected site is Malagos Watershed Reservation and is located within a 10km radius from the site boundary. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius). Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew
Banana Plantation
Regenerating forest patch
Page 162
Location Description Images • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne • Drepanosticta clados32: This species inhabits subtropical/tropical moist lowland forest and
therefore there is potential for this species to use this site due to the areas of regenerating forest.
Cacao Plantation
Calinan Terminals
Calinan Terminal is along the national highway with a secondary road at the center going to the community at the back of the project site. Calinan Terminal is located in an area of grassland where domestic grazing species are present. It is found to comprise of common grasses and sedges grazed by ruminants. On its boundary, ecologically important tree species of Igyo, Antipolo and Bakan are present. Shallow ponds that are associated with the site, are important for wetland associated wildlife. A total of 102 species including 29 native species, 2 endemic and 3 VU i.e., Araucaria heterophylla, Artocarpus blancoi (Philippine endemic) and Adonidia merrillii, are found in the flora survey. Fauna recorded during the survey included native and endemic birds. No other native terrestrial vertebrate fauna was observed during the survey. From the IBAT screening, the nearest protected site is Malagos Watershed Reservation and is located within a 10km radius from the site boundary. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius).
Grassland ecotype
32 Dow, R.A. 2020. Drepanosticta clados. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T139566082A146602570. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-1.RLTS.T139566082A146602570.en. Downloaded on 27 May 2021.
Page 163
Location Description Images Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne • Drepanosticta clados
Swampy Habitat
Sasa Depot
Sasa Depot is located in Barangay Panacan and is located along the national highway, with a total of 7.20 ha of land. Within the wider landscape, Sasa Depot is located within existing agricultural land. This site is found to comprise mainly of an agricultural plantation of the economically important crop coconut, with other crops such as malunggay and cassava planted all over the area. As the plantation is unmaintained, pioneer plant species have been able to grow. Small ponds are also present within the area. A flora survey recorded a total of 132 species, 31 of which were native and 4 of which were considered endemic to the Philippines. Additionally, 1 species was identified as CR, Crinum asiaticum and 3 species as VU, Artocarpus blancoi (Philippine endemic), Adonidia merrillii and Vitex parviflora. Fauna recorded during the survey included endemic birds and common tree frog and endemic Philippine Bronzeback tree snake. The nearest protected site is Mangrove from Baculin Point to Lakud Point, From Tanuip Point to Quinablangan Island and Samal Island Mangrove Swamp Forest Reserve and is located within an 10km radius from the site boundary. Coconut Plantation
Page 164
Location Description Images Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius). Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne
Patches of scrublands
Bunawan Terminal
Bunawan Terminal is along the national highway of Barangay Bunawan Proper with a total of 1.60 ha of land for the project. Within the wider landscape, the site is situated primarily within an existing important agricultural area for coconut. The site is primarily situated in agricultural habitat, which contains the economically important crop coconut, alongside mangosteen, lanzones, guyabano and other species. Additionally, swamp and forest habitats are present. A flora survey recorded a total of 175 species, of which 68 were recorded as native and 7 as endemic. Additionally, 5 species were classified as VU, Artocapus blancoi (Philippine endemic), Clerodendrum auadriloculare, Dracontomelon edule, Vitex parviflora and Adonidia merrillii, and two were identified as Other Threatened Species, Calamus mollis (Philippine endemic) and Saribus rotundifolius. Fauna recorded on the survey included native and endemic bird species, vine snakes, Tokay gecko and Draco sp. It was also noted that wetland provides important habitat for the endemic species e.g., fanged frog.
Agricultural habitats - forest patch
Page 165
Location Description Images From the IBAT desktop screening, the nearest protected site found is Mangrove from Baculin Point to Lakud Point, from Tanuip Point to Quinablangan Island and Samal Island Mangrove Swamp Forest Reserve and is located within an 10km radius from the site boundary. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius). Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified present within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne
Coconut plantation
Showing swampy areas with small ponds
Page 166
Location Description Images
Buhangin Depot
Buhangin Depot is comprised of agricultural plantation and secondary forest, separated by a highway from urban dwellings. From the partial access, Buhangin Depot is found to comprise of small parcels of economically important crop which include mango plantation, amongst others. Additionally, secondary forest is present within the area where primary forest species are thriving (Antipolo, Alim, Binunga and Bakan), and forest-depended faunal species are observed. A flora survey recorded a total of 112 species which included 44 native species, 5 endemic, and 3 VU species: Artocarpus blancoi (Philippine endemic), Dracontomelon dao, and Pterospermum obliquum. Fauna recorded during the survey included endemic birds. No other native terrestrial vertebrate fauna was observed during the survey. From a desktop search using IBAT, it was found that the nearest protected site is Mangrove from Baculin Point to Lakud Point, From Tanuip Point to Quinablangan Island and Samal Island Mangrove Swamp Forest Reserve and is located within a10km radius from the site boundary. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius). Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne • Drepanosticta clados
Mango Plantation
Page 167
Location Description Images
Sto. Niño Depot
Sto. Niño is situated primarily within agricultural habitat, with an area of apparent housing immediately adjacent to the west of the site. From the partial access, Sto. Niño site is found to comprise of cash crops including coconut and banana. Swamps, artificial ponds, scrubland habitat and creeks are present along the boundary and used for aquaculture farming. A flora survey recorded a total of 75 birds including 23 native species and 2 EN. One of the total species is considered EN, Coffea arabica, and 4 VU, Artocarpus blancoi (endemic Philippine), Clerodendrum quadriloculare, Dracontomelon dao and Vitex parviflora. Notable native plant species observed at the site boundary include Ficus spp., Igyo, Bakan, Antipolo and Alim. Fauna recorded during the survey included native and endemic birds and the Philippine rat snake. The EN and Threatened Philippine sailfin lizard was observed in the creek at the boundary of the project site. Based on the desktop screening, IBAT did not identify any sites that overlap with the site boundary. The nearest protected site is Mt Apo Natural Park and is located within an 50km radius from the site boundary. Critically Endangered (CR) Species – Based on IBAT screening, Philippine Eagle was identified present are extant in this area (within the 50km radius). Endangered (EN) Species – Based on IBAT screening, the species mentioned below were identified within the 50km radius. The description on Habitat and Distribution of the species on IUCN shown that the following species are extant in this area:
• The Golden-capped fruit bat • Southeast Asian Box Turtle • Far Eastern Curlew • South Philippine Hawk Eagle • Calostoma insigne
Creek Ecotype
Banana Plantation
Page 168
4.3.1.1 Toril Depot Site 322. The Toril depot site is located within the boundary of Barangay Crossing Bato. The
large part of the area is agricultural (monocrop and agroforestry) in nature (Figure 4.48), with small patches of woodland areas. Different agricultural crops and fruit bearing trees are present in the area. Grazing animals such as cows, carabaos and goats were also observed.
Figure 4.48 Major Habitats at Toril Depot Site
Page 169
323. Flora survey recorded a total of 144 vascular plant species, of which 47 were classified as trees, two palms, 23 shrubs, 66 understory Angiospermae, six ferns and fern allies, and one orchid species (Table 4.25). Of the 144 species recorded at the study site, six (4.17%) were identified as endemic to the Philippines (Appendix G8). In terms of their conservation status, six (4.17%) species were classified as threatened according to the IUCN criteria and DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.24; see also Appendix G8). Of the six threatened species, one species was categorized as Vulnerable ‘guijo’ (Shorea guiso (Blco.) Blume), one Endangered ‘kape’ (Coffea arabica Linn.), and four Vulnerable species ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi (Elmer) Merr., ‘ipil’ (Intsia bijuga Colebr.). O. Kuntze, ‘amugis’ (Koordersiodendron pinnatum Merr.), and ‘molave’ (Vitex parviflora Juss.). Among these threatened species, one species (A. blancoi) was considered as Philippine endemic.
324. In terms of relative abundance in the site, the top five plant species are coconuts (Cocos nucifera L.) accounting for 7.41%, followed by the dominant weeds in the understory which are ‘kulape’ (Axonopus compressus Sw. Beauv.) at 5.90% and ’Japanese lovegrass’ (Eragrostis tenella (L.) Roem. and Schult.) at 5.14%, then, the economical crop ‘saging latundan’ (Musa acuminata x Musa balbisiana ‘Silk’) with 5.14% and lastly, the invasive non-native vine ‘balatong-aso’ (Calopogonium mucunoides) at 4.87%.
325. Among the recorded trees, the most abundant species are ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa Rchb. & Zoll.) at 2.27%, ‘hauili’ (Ficus septica Blume f.) with 1.37% and ‘Panama rubber’ (Castilla elastica Cerv.) with 1.22%. Meanwhile, the most abundant shrubs are mostly non-native and non-threatened species such as ‘dalupang’ (Urena lobata L.) at 3.33%, ‘payang-payang’ (Flemingia strobilifera) at 2.84%, ‘hagonoy’ (Chromolaena odorata) at 2.72%, and ‘kandi-kandilaan’ (Stachytarpheta jamaicensis) at 1.79%. Lastly, the most abundant fern species is ‘Christella’ (Dryopteris sp.) which is also found in the understory.
326. Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index of the site (Table 4.26) revealed very high plant species diversity in the area (H’ = 4.10). In terms of evenness, the plant community in the area has an E value of 0.83 which is close to the evenness value of 1. Accordingly, the plant community is seamless even if every species present are in equal proportions (E = 1), and uneven if one species dominates (E = 0) (Daly et al. 2018). This means that the area is relatively dominated by a particular species which is the coconut palm (Cocos nucifera).
Table 4.25 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of plants in Toril Depot Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 47 4 1 4
Palms 2 1 0 0
Shrubs 22 0 1 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
66 1 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 6 0 0 0
Orchids 1 0 0 0
Page 170
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Total 144 6 2 4
Table 4.26 Diversity Indices of Plants at Toril Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 144 N/A
Abundance 4088 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 4.10 Very High
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.83 N/A
327. The bird survey conducted in Toril Depot recorded a total of 18 species representing 16 families (Table 4.27) in which the Eurasian Tree Sparrow (Passer montanus) and the Chestnut Munia (Lonchura atricapilla) were noted to be the most abundant species. In terms of bird diversity indices (Table 4.27), the computed Shannon-Wiener Index value (H’) is 2.78, indicating moderating diversity, and Evenness (E) value is 0.89, which is also closer to a completely even community.
328. Despite its diversity, there were no threatened bird species recorded. However, five (27.8%) endemics (White-eared Brown Dove [Phapitreron leucotis], Philippine Coucal [Centropus viridis], Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum austral], Philippine Hanging Parrot [Loriculus philippensis] and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidura nigritorquis] were listed, which, according to Kennedy et al. (2000) are common in disturbed and open agricultural habitats.
329. Other native fauna species (Table 4.28) observed include tokay gecko (Gekko gecko), the Philippine rat snake (Coelognathus erythrurus), vine snake (Ahaetulla prasina) and the endemic Samar cobra (Naja samarensis). There is also one threatened species identified- the Philippine Sailfin Lizard (Hydrosaurus pustulatus). This species was observed along the riparian vegetation located along the boundary of the project site.
Table 4.27 Diversity Indices of Birds at Toril Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 18 N/A
Abundance 208 N/A
Shannon-Weiner Index (H’) 2.78 Moderate
Evenness (E) 0.89 N/A
Page 171
Table 4.28 List of Birds Recorded at Toril Depot Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 4.33
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 3.37
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 4.81
Columbidae
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 1.44
Phapitreron leucotis White-eared Brown Dove Philippine Endemic Least Concern 1.92
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 5.77
Cuculidae Centropus viridis Philippine Coucal Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.88
Dicaeidae
Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 8.17
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 7.69
Estrildidae Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 9.62
Locustellidae Megalurus timoriensis Tawny grassbird Resident Least Concern 6.73
Megalaimidae Psilopogon haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet Resident Least Concern 4.33
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 8.65
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 9.13
Psittacidae Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parrot Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.40
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 6.25
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 7.21
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 5.29
Page 172
Table 4.29 Other Native Faunal Species at Toril Depot Site
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Cane toad Introduced Least Concern
Reptiles Lamprolepis smaragdina Emerald tree skink Native /Non- endemic Least Concern
Coelognathus erythrurus Philippine rat snake Native/ Non- endemic Data Deficient
Ahaetulla prasina Asian vine snake Native/ Non- endemic Least Concern
Varanus cumingi Cuming's water monitor Mindanao Faunal Region Endemic Least Concern
Hydrosaurus pustulatus Philippine sailfin lizard Philippine Endemic Vulnerable
Gekko gecko Tokay gecko Native Least Concern
Naja samarensis Samar cobra Mindanao Faunal Region Endemic Least Concern
Page 173
4.3.1.2 Toril Terminal Site 330. Terrestrial vegetation communities within the proposed Toril Terminal Site (i.e., 2.58
ha land area; Figure 4.48) were based on the previously conducted parcellary and appraisal survey. A total of 24 species under 16 families were recorded (see Table 4.30). Of these, one Philippine endemic (i.e., kamansi [Artocarpus camansi]) and seven native, non-endemic species (i.e., coconut [Cocos nucifera], narra [Pterocarpus indicus], lanzones [Lansium parasiticum], santol [Sandoricum koetjape], wild banana [Musa acuminata], calamansi [Citrus microcarpa], rambutan [Nephelium lappaceum]) were noted, along with one Endangered species (i.e., narra [Pterocarpus indicus]), one Near Threatened species (i.e., marang [Artocarpus odoratissimus]), and one Vulnerable species (i.e., big leaf mahogany [Swietenia macrophylla] based on IUCN 2021.
331. Narra (Pterocarpus indicus) dominated the vegetation assemblages within Toril Terminal with a total of 2,021 individuals (43.45%), followed by big leaf mahogany (Swietenia macrophylla; 1,118 individuals; 24.04%), coconut (Cocos nucifera; 556 individuals, 11.95%), wild banana (Musa acuminata; 283 individuals, 6.08%), cacao (Theobroma cacao; 220 individuals, 4.73%), mango (Mangifera indica; 109 individuals, 2.34%), malunggay (Moringa oleifera; 98 individuals, 2.11%), and lanzones (Lansium parasiticum; 75 individuals, 1.61%). As for calculated biodiversity index values, species diversity (H = -1.61) and species evenness (J = -0.19) were both very low, as evidenced by the relatively high species dominance (C = 13.32). Such values are likely attributable to the sheer number of select species used for agroforestry, which predominated majority of the survey area.
Page 174
Table 4.30 Terrestrial Vegetation Species Recorded at Toril Terminal Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
RA (%)
Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Mango Introduced Data Deficient 2.34
Annonaceae Anona muricata Guyabano Introduced Not Assessed 0.37
Arecaceae Arenga sp. Palm tree - - 0.32
Cocos nucifera Coconut Native, Non-endemic Not Assessed 11.95
Caricaceae Carica papaya Papaya Introduced Data Deficient 0.09
Fabaceae Pterocarpus indicus Narra Native, Non-endemic Endangered 43.45
Lauraceae Persea americana Avocado Introduced Least Concern 0.17
Malvaceae Durio zibethinu Durian Introduced Not Assessed 0.47
Theobroma cacao Cacao Introduced Not Assessed 4.73
Meliaceae Lansium parasiticum Lanzones Native, Non-endemic Not Assessed 1.61
Sandoricum koetjape Santol Native, Non-endemic Least Concern 0.15
Swietenia macrophylla Mahogany Introduced Vulnerable 24.04
Moraceae Artocarpus camansi Kamansi Philippine Endemic Not Assessed 0.04
Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Introduced Not Assessed 0.13
Artocarpus odoratissimus Marang Introduced Near Threatened 0.11
Moringaceae Moringa oleifera Malunggay Introduced Least Concern 2.11
Muntingiaceae Muntingia calabura Aratiles Introduced Not Assessed 0.24
Musaceae Musa acuminata Banana Native, Non-endemic Least Concern 6.08
Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Guava Introduced Least Concern 0.62
Syzygium samarangennse Macopa Introduced Not Assessed 0.11
Oxalidaceae Averrhoa carambola Balimbing Introduced Not Assessed 0.02
Rutaceae Citrus maxima Pomelo Introduced Least Concern 0.19
Page 175
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
RA (%)
Citrus microcarpa Calamansi Native, Non-endemic Not Assessed 0.34
Sapindaceae Nephelium lappaceum Rambutan Native, Non-endemic Least Concern 0.30
Page 176
4.3.1.3 Calinan Depot Site
332. This area is located at Barangay Lacson along the national highway. It has two main habitat types (Figure 4.49); a regenerating forest patch and plantations of economically important crops. No grazing animals were seen during the survey, but other domesticated animals were observed (e.g., cats, dogs, chicken).
Figure 4.49 Major Habitat Types at Calinan Depot Site
Page 177
333. The flora survey recorded a total of 96 species of vascular plants. Of these, 31 were considered trees, two palms, 14 shrubs, 47 understory Angiospermae, two ferns, and no orchid species recorded. With regards to species distribution, two (2.08%) were considered endemic to the Philippines (see Table 4.31; Appendix G8) and for the conservation status of the species, two (2.08%) were classified as threatened according to DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.31; Appendix G8). These are ‘smooth narra’ (Pterocarpus indicus forma indicus Willd.) and ‘molave’ Vitex parviflora, which were categorized as Vulnerable.
334. The Calinan Depot site, which is mainly an open grassland, is dominated by the following weeds mainly ‘hagonoy’ (Chromolaena odorata) at 7.43%, ‘agingay’ (Rottboellia cochinchinensis) at 6.04%, ‘sili-sili’ (Asystasia gangetica) at 5.75%, and the invasive vines ‘calopo’ (Calopogonium mucunoides) at 5.27%, and ‘bitter vine’ (Mikania micrantha) at 4.43%. Native trees like ‘anabiong’ (Trema orientalis (L.) Blume) at 4.22%, a fast-growing pioneer species (Rodrigues and Rodrigues, 2014), ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum (A. Juss.) Miq.) at 2.54% and ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa Rchb. & Zoll.) at 1.68% were observed in the area.
335. In terms of plant species diversity (Table 4.32), Shannon-Wiener Index also revealed very high diversity (H’= 3.79) with a E value of 0.46. The dominance is attributed to the understory species such as ‘hagonoy’ (Chromolaena odorata L.), ‘sili-sili’ (Asystasia gangetica (L.) T.Anderson), and ‘agingay’ (Rottboellia cochinchinensis (Lour.) W.D. Clayton) which are considered weeds and invasive (DENR-BMB 2016). The area which has an open canopy which may contribute to the dominance of these weed species.
336. Native plant species such as ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum), ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa), ‘talisay’ (Terminalia catappa), ‘figs’ (Ficus spp.) and ‘narra’ (Pterocarpus indicus) were some of the ecologically important plants seen in the area which serves as an important habitat for native wildlife species.
Table 4.31 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of Plants at Calinan Depot Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 31 1 0 2
Palms 2 1 0 0
Shrubs 14 0 0 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
47 0 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 2 0 0 0
Orchids 0 0 0 0
Total 96 2 0 2
Page 178
Table 4.32 Diversity Indices of Plants at Calinan Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 96 N/A
Abundance 4175 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 3.79 Very high
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.46 N/A
337. The birds in Calinan Depot recorded a total of 21 species representing 18 families (Table 4.33). The most abundant species during the survey were Yellow-vented (Pycnonotus goiavier), Chestnut munia (Lonchura atricapilla) and the Eurasian Tree Sparrow (Passer montanus). According to Kennedy et al. (2000), these birds are commonly seen in groups in open and agricultural areas. Moreover, there were three (14.3%) endemics (Philippine Coucal [Centropus viridis], Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum austral], and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidora nigritorquis]) with no threatened species recorded. In terms of diversity (Table 4.33), the computed Shannon-Wiener Index value (H’) is 2.50 and Evenness (E) value is 0.83. This also indicates a moderate diversity (Kerkhoff 2010).
Page 179
Table 4.33 List of Birds observed at Calinan Depot
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 0.63
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 2.52
Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Resident Least Concern 0.63
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 1.26
Columbidae
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 7.55
Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted Dove Resident Least Concern 2.52
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 3.14
Cuculidae Centropus viridis Philippine Coucal Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.63
Dicaeidae
Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 3.77
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 3.77
Estrildidae
Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 16.35
Lonchura leucogastra White-bellied Munia Resident Least Concern 5.03
Locustellidae Megalurus timoriensis Tawny grassbird Resident Least Concern 0.63
Meropidae Merops viridis Blue-throated Bee-eater Resident Least Concern 3.14
Motacillidae Anthus rufulus Paddyfield Pipit Resident Least Concern 0.63
Muscicapidae Saxicola caprata* Pied Bushcat Resident Least Concern -
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 4.40
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 14.47
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 21.38
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 5.03
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.52
*randomly observed
Page 180
Table 4.34 Diversity Indices of Birds at Calinan Depot
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 20 N/A
Abundance 159 N/A
Shannon-Weiner Index (H’) 2.50 Moderate
Evenness (E) 0.61 N/A
Page 181
4.3.1.4 Calinan Driving School Site
338. This agroforest area is located within the boundary of Barangay Lacson and Malagos with a natural creek system present beside the target sampling area (Figure 4.50). It is composed of different plantations of economically important crops such as cacao, coconut, and mangosteen. Although in small numbers, grazing and domesticated animals are present which include goats, cats, and dogs.
Figure 4.50 Major Habitat Type at Calinan Driving School Site
339. Floral surveys recorded a total of 114 species in the area. Of these numbers, 35 were considered trees, three palms, 14 shrubs, 52 understory Angiospermae, eight ferns and fern allies, and two are orchid species. For the distribution of the species, four (3.51%)
Page 182
were considered endemic to the Philippines (see Table 4.35; Appendix G8). In terms of their conservation status, five (4.39%) species were classified as threatened according to the IUCN criteria and DAO 2017-11 (see Table 4.35; Appendix G8). Among these threatened species, one species was categorized as Endangered ‘kape’ (Coffea arabica), one Vulnerable ‘molave’ (Vitex parviflora), and three Other Threatened Species ‘pili’ (Canarium ovatum Engl.), ‘anahaw’ (Saribus rotundifolius), and ‘king fern’ (Angiopteris evecta (G.Forst.) Hoffm.), Among these threatened species, one species (C. ovatum) was considered as Philippine endemic.
340. The site is characterized mainly by agricultural fruit bearing trees with coconut plantation (9.1%) intermixed with cacao (10.93%) attributing to almost 20% of the vegetation. Other economically important fruit trees growing in the orchard are ‘durian’ (Durio zibethinus), ‘mangosteen’ (Garcinia mangostana), ‘rambutan’ (Nephelium lappaceum), ‘lanzones’ (Lansium domesticum) and ‘coffee’ (Coffea arabica). The next abundant species are the non-native weeds found in the understory dominated by ‘Japanese lovegrass’ (Eragrostis tenella (L.) Roem. & Schult) at 7.22%, ‘spike sedge’ (Cyperus kyllingia Endl.) at 6.88%), and ‘kulape’ (Axonopus compressus (Sw.) Beauv.) at 6.12%. Among the fern species, the creeping ‘nito’ (Lygodium circinnatum) was mostly observed thriving in the area and two notable young ‘king fern’ (Angiopteris evecta) categorized as Other Threatened Species.
341. In terms of diversity (Table 4.36) a very high species diversity was also observed (H’= 3.58). The proportion of species abundance was at the evenness value of 0.32 with coconut and cacao being the dominant species in the area.
Table 4.35 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of plants in Calinan Driving School Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 35 3 0 2
Palms 3 1 0 1
Shrubs 14 0 1 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
52 0 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 8 0 0 1
Orchids 2 0 0 0
Total 114 4 1 4
Table 4.36 Diversity Indices of Plants in Calinan Driving School Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 114 N/A
Abundance 2744 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 3.58 Very High
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.32 N/A
Page 183
342. Wildlife can also be observed in the area which includes 17 species of birds, in which five (29.4%) are endemics (Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum australe], Buzzing Flowerpecker [Dicaeum hypoleucum], Guaiabero [Bolbopsittacus lunulatus], Philippine Hanging Parrot [Loriculus philippensis], and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidora nigritorquis]) and no threatened species (Table 4.37). Like any other agricultural area, the most common species is the Yellow-vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus goiavier). Most species recorded here are widely known to adapt and inhabit disturbed habitats such as agricultural and within human settlement areas while some (such as Dicaeum hypoleucum) are known to exist in areas where secondary forest is present (Kennedy et al. 2000).
343. Table 4.38 shows the diversity values computed for birds in the Calinan Driving school site, H’ is 2.35 and E is 0.61, which shows low diversity.
344. Other native fauna species recorded also include the endemic sticky frog (Kalophrynus sinensis), Tokay gecko (Gekko gecko) and the Philippine rat snake (Coelognathus erythrurus) (Table 4.39). All these species can tolerate anthropogenic disturbances.
Page 184
Table 4.37 List of Birds observed at Calinan Driving School
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 7.84
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 1.96
Columbidae Chalcophaps indica Common Emerald Dove Resident Least Concern 1.96
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 11.76
Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted Dove Resident Least Concern 1.96
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 0.98
Dicaeidae Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.94
Dicaeum hypoleucum Buzzing Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.98
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 4.90
Meropidae Merops viridis Blue-throated Bee-eater Resident Least Concern 2.94
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 11.76
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 8.82
Psittacidae Bolbopsittacus lunulatus Guaiabero Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.98
Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parrot Philippine Endemic Least Concern 1.96
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 27.45
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 0.98
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 9.80
Page 185
Table 4.38 Diversity Indices of Birds at Calinan Driving School Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 17 N/A
Abundance 102 N/A
Shannon-Weiner Index (H’) 2.35 Low
Evenness (E) 0.61 N/A
Table 4.39 Other Faunal Species in Calinan Driving School
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Kalophrynus sinensis Philippine Sticky Frog Mindanao Faunal Region Endemic
Data Deficient
Reptiles Gekko gecko Tokay Gecko Native/ Non-endemic
Least Concern
Coelognathus erythrurus
Philippine Rat Snake Native/ Non- endemic
Data Deficient
Page 186
4.3.1.5 Calinan Terminal Site
345. This site is along the national highway with a secondary road at the center going to the community at the back of the project site (Figure 4.51). The site is dominated by common grasses and sedges where ruminant animals such as cattle and goats are present. On its boundary, ecologically important tree species are present including ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum), ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi), and ‘bakan (Litsea philippinensis). The area has shallow ponds which are important for wetland associated wildlife.
Figure 4.51 Major Habitat Types in Calinan Terminal Site
Page 187
346. In this site, 85 total species of vascular plants were recorded of which 22 are trees, four palms, 13 shrubs, and 46 understory angiospermae. Of the recorded species, two (1.58%) were considered endemic to the Philippines which are ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi (Elmer) Merr.) and ‘alangas’ (Ficus heteropoda Miq.) (See Table 4.40; Appendix G8).
347. For the conservation status, three species were classified as threatened according to the IUCN criteria and DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.40; Appendix G8). All three threatened species were categorized as Vulnerable. These are the ‘Norfolk pine’ (Araucaria heterophylla (Salisb.) Franco), ‘antipolo’ (A. blancoi), and ‘Manila palm’ (Adonidia merrillii Becc.). Among these, one species ‘antipolo’ (A. blancoi) was considered as Philippine endemic.
348. In addition, the plant species diversity in the area is also considered high (H’=3.21; E= 0.72) (Table 4.41). The remaining 28% is dominated by species with high abundance. In particular, the understory species was dominated by non-natives which are ‘kulape’ grass (Axonopus compressus), ‘carabao’ grass (Paspalum conjugatum) and ‘hagonoy’ (Chromolaena odorata) that greatly contributed to the unevenness in the species abundance distribution. These three species accounted for 33.39% abundance. Among the trees recorded, the most abundant is non-native ‘ipil-ipil’ (Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit.) (0.49%). Native trees such as ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum Hyland.), ‘hauili’ (Ficus septica) and ‘bakan’ (Litsea philippinensis Merr.) together contribute to about 0.75% abundance.
Table 4.40 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of Plants at Calinan Terminal Site
Taxa Species Richness
Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 22 2 1 1
Palms 4 0 0 1
Shrubs 13 0 0 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
46 0 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 0 0 0 0
Orchids 0 0 0 0
Total 85 2 1 2
Table 4.41 Diversity Indices of Plants at Calinan Terminal Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 85 N/A
Abundance 4525 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 3.21 High
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.72 N/A
349. Table 4.44 indicates the area is inhabited by 11 species of birds. Most birds seen here are common species of open habitat dominated by grasses, while the presence of the Cattle Egret (Bubulcus ibis), Common Bittern (Ixobrychus cinnamomeus) and the
Page 188
Paddy field Pipit (Anthus rufulus) indicates the presence of pond shown in Figure 4.51. The site is also dominated by Lonchura atricapilla and Passer montanus, which are seen in groups, perching, and feeding on grasses.
350. In terms of diversity values, H’ is 2.27 indicating a low diversity with an E value of 0.95 (Table 4.42). Moreover, the invasive cane toad (Rhinella marina), the native common tree frog, and the endemic small, disked frog were observed in the area. These frogs are known to tolerate a wide range of habitat disturbances (Gersava et al. 2020). In the boundary of the site, trees serve as habitats for the native Emerald tree skink.
Table 4.42 Diversity Indices of Birds in Calinan Terminal
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 11 N/A
Abundance 61 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 2.27 Low
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.95 N/A
Table 4.43 Other Faunal Species in Calinan Terminal
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Cane Toad Introduced Least Concern
Limnonectes leytensis Small Disked Frog Mindanao Faunal Region Endemic
Least Concern
Polypedates leucomystax
Common Tree Frog Native / Non- endemic
Least Concern
Reptiles Lamprolepis smaragdina
Emerald Tree Skink Native/ Non- endemic
Least Concern
Page 189
Table 4.44 List of Birds observed at Calinan Terminal Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021) Relative Abundance (%)
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 8.20%
Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Resident Least Concern 6.56%
Ixobrychus cinnamomeus Cinnamon Bittern Resident Least Concern 3.28%
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 6.56%
Columbidae Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 11.48%
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 3.28%
Estrildidae Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 16.39%
Locustellidae Megalurus palustris Striated Grassbird Resident Least Concern 9.84%
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 4.92%
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 16.39%
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 13.11%
Page 190
4.3.1.6 Sasa Depot Site
351. This area is within the boundary of Panacan-Sasa and is strategically located along the national highway. The area, with a total of 7.20 hectares, is mainly an agricultural area for coconut (Figure 4.), with other crops (e.g., malunggay, cassava) planted all over the area. The plantation is unmaintained which allows pioneer plant species to grow. Small ponds were also observed in the area which are used by both wildlife and domesticated animals.
Figure 4.52 Major Habitat Types at Sasa Depot Site
Page 191
352. Survey for plants recorded a total of 132 species. Among the recorded species, 39 were classified as trees, four palms, 24 shrubs, 63 understory angiospermae, two ferns, and no orchid species observed. Of these recorded species, four (3.03%) were considered endemic to the Philippines (see Table 4.45; Appendix G8) and three (2.27%) species were classified as Vulnerable according to DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.45; Appendix G8). These are ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi), ‘Manila palm’ (Adonidia merrillii), and ‘molave’ (Vitex parviflora), Among these threatened species, one species (Artocarpus blancoi) was considered as Philippine endemic.
353. In terms of relative abundance, the top plant species growing on site are primarily the trees ‘ipil-ipil’ (Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit) at 9.84% and ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa Rchb. & Zoll.) at 9.01%, followed by understory weeds dominated by Panicum sp. (3.89%), ‘minnieroot’ (Ruellia tuberosa) at 3.43%, and ‘arm grass millet’ (Brachiaria distachya) at 3.02% and finally the tall variety of coconuts (2.74%).
354. Other trees growing along with ipil-ipil and alim trees are ‘binunga’ (Macaranga tanarius) at 2.61% and ‘talisay’ (Terminalia catappa) at 1.74%. Meanwhile, the understory is dominated by non-native invasive shrub species which are ‘wild sunflower’ (Tithonia tubaeformis) at 2.74% and ‘pigeonberry’ (Rivina humilis) at 2.61%. Weeds are also mostly non-native and non-threatened species of grasses, herbs, vines and sedges. Few other crops such as ‘alugbati’ (Basella alba), ‘tanglad’ (Cymbopogon citratus) and ‘saging saba’ (Musa acuminata x balbisiana) are present on site. Important tree species in the area includes Ficus spp., ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum), ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa), ‘talisay’ (Terminalia catappa), ‘molave’ (Vitex parviflora), and ‘narra’ (Pterocarpus indicus).
355. With regards to plant diversity (Table 4.46), the area also has very high species diversity as revealed by its H’ index of 4.04. The proportion of species abundance in the area is shown by its evenness index (E) of 0.43. This is mainly attributed to the abundance of ‘ipil-ipil’ (L. leucocephala) and ‘alim’ (M. multiglandulosa) trees, which accounted for 18% (412) of the total individual counts.
Table 4.45 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of Plants at Sasa Depot Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 39 3 0 2
Palms 4 1 0 1
Shrubs 24 0 0 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
63 0 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 2 0 0 0
Orchids 0 0 0 0
Total 132 4 0 3
Page 192
Table 4.46 Diversity Indices of Plants in Sasa Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 132 N/A
Abundance 2186 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 4.04 Very high
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.43 N/A
356. Bird survey recorded a total of 21 species, with four (19%) endemics (White-eared Brown Dove [Phapitreron leucotis], Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum australe], Guaiabero [Bolbopsittacus lunulatus], and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidura nigritorquis]) and no threatened species (Table 4.47). The family Columbidae tops the most represented family with four species including the domesticated Rock Dove (Columba livia). The presence of the Barred Rail (Hypotaennidia torquata) indicates the presence of streams or other bodies of water nearby.
357. In terms of diversity indices, the computed Shannon-Wiener Index value (H’) is 2.40 and Evenness (E) value is 0.79 (Table 4.48). This indicates low diversity (Kerkhoff 2010).
358. Other native fauna observed include the common tree frog (Polypedates leucomystax) and the endemic Philippine Bronzeback tree snake (Dendrelaphis philippinensis). There were also invasive introduced anuran species in the area, the Cane Toad (Rhinella marina) and the Banded Bullfrog (Kaloula pulchra).
Page 193
Table 4.47 List of Birds observed at Sasa Depot
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 3.96
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 4.46
Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Resident Least Concern 1.49
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 0.99
Columbidae
Columba livia Rock Dove Introduced Least Concern 0.99
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 19.31
Phapitreron leucotis White-eared Brown Dove Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.50
Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted Dove Resident Least Concern 0.50
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 1.98
Dicaeidae Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.99
Estrildidae Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 7.43
Locustellidae
Megalurus palustris Striated Grassbird Resident Least Concern 1.49
Megalurus timoriensis Tawny grassbird Resident Least Concern 0.50
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 5.45
Oriolidae Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Resident Least Concern 0.50
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 9.90
Psittacidae Bolbopsottacus lunulatus Guaiabero Philippine Endemic Least Concern 0.50
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 21.78
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 11.88
Rallidae Hypotaennidia torquata Barred Rail Resident Least Concern 0.99
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 4.46
Page 194
Table 4.48 Diversity Indices of Birds at Sasa Depot
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 21 N/A
Abundance 202 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 2.40 Low
Evenness (E) 0.52 N/A
Table 4.49 Other Faunal Species in Sasa Depot
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Cane Toad Introduced Least Concern
Polypedates leucomystax Common tree frog Native/ Non-endemic
Least Concern
Kaloula pulchra Banded bullfrog Introduced Least Concern
Reptile Dendrelaphis philippinensis
Philippine Bronze-back Tree Snake
Philippine Endemic
Data Deficient
Page 195
4.3.1.7 Bunawan Terminal Site
359. The project site is located along the national highway. It is an important agricultural area for coconut (Figure 4.53), with other economically important crops planted all over the area such as mangosteen, lanzones, guyabano, and many other species. The area also has a swampy habitat with small natural ponds that covers almost half of the project site. A forest patch is also present further inside from the national highway, but this is not fall inside the boundary of the terminal.
Figure 4.53 Major Habitat Types at Bunawan Terminal Site
Page 196
360. A total of 136 species of vascular plants were recorded in the area wherein 37 are trees, five palms, 21 shrubs, 68 understory angiospermae, four ferns and fern allies, and one orchid species. Of these recorded species at the study site, six were considered endemic to the Philippines (see Table 4.50; Appendix G8) and five species were classified as threatened according to DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.50; Appendix G8). Among the threatened species, three species were categorized as Vulnerable which are ‘lamio’ (Dracontomelon edule (Blanco) Skeels), ‘molave’ (Vitex parviflora), and ‘Manila palm’ (Adonidia merrillii Becc.) and two were Other Threatened Species, ‘rattan’ (Calamus mollis Blanco) and ‘anahaw’ (Saribus rotundifolius (Lam.) Blume). Among these threatened species, one specie (C. mollis) was considered as Philippine endemic.
361. In terms of relative abundance, the top five plant species include whorled pennywort’ (Hydrocotyle verticillata) at 6.79% which is a creeping plant that grows abundantly in the swampy area, ‘molave’ tree (Vitex parviflora) at 5.85%, the economical ‘saging saba’ (Musa acuminata × balbisiana) at 5.04%, ‘floating primrose-willow’ (Ludwigia peploides (Kunth) P.H.Raven) at 3.83%, and finally, ‘bulrush’ (Typha angustifolia) at 3.77%, a perennial invasive weed species (CABI 2021).
362. Among the trees recorded, the molave tree which is native to the country and categorized as vulnerable (DAO 2017-11) was the most abundant. Other abundant tree species growing in the area are ‘anabiong’ (Trema orientalis) at 2.3%, ‘talisay’ (Terminalia catappa) at 2.1%, and ‘sampalok’ (Tamarindus indica) at 0.87%. As an agro-forest site, coconuts (1.88%) and ‘saging saba’ were commonly observed in the area.
363. With regards to plant diversity, Shannon-Wiener index indicates very high species diversity in the area with a value of H’ = 4.17 (Table 4.51). For the abundance distribution of species, it shows that the plant community in the area also has an Evenness value of 0.85.
Table 4.50 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of Plants at Bunawan Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 37 4 0 2
Palms 5 1 0 3
Shrubs 21 0 0 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
68 1 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 4 0 0 0
Orchids 1 0 0 0
Total 136 6 0 5
Page 197
Table 4.51 Diversity Indices of Plants at Bunawan Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Rating
Species Richness (S) 136 N/A
Abundance 1487 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 4.17 Very high
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.85 N/A
364. Wildlife can also be observed which includes 18 species of birds, in which three are endemic (White-eared Brown Dove [Phapitreron leucotis], Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum australe], and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidura nigritorquis]) and no threatened species. Two of the most common species are the Yellow-vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus goiavier) and the Eurasian Tree Sparrow (Passer montanus), which according to Kennedy et al. (2000) are common and inhabit areas near human settlements. The presence of the Barred Rail (Hypotaennidia torquata) seen during the survey indicates it uses the small wetlands identified in the area.
Page 198
Table 4.52 List of Birds observed at Bunawan Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 2.56%
Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Resident Least Concern 2.56%
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 1.28%
Columbidae Chalcopaps indica* Common Emerald Dove Resident Least Concern -
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 21.79%
Phapitreron leucotis White-eared Brown Dove Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.56%
Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted Dove Resident Least Concern 2.56%
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 1.28%
Dicaeidae Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 3.85%
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 7.69%
Estrildidae Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 2.56%
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 6.41%
Oriolidae Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Resident Least Concern 1.28%
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 15.38%
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 20.51%
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 3.85%
Rallidae Hypotaennidia torquata Barred Rail Resident Least Concern 1.28%
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 2.56%
* randomly observed
Page 199
365. Table 4.53 shows the diversity values computed for birds in the Bunawan Terminal site, H’ is 2.36 and E is 0.82.
366. Other fauna noted include livestock animals such as cows, carabaos, goats, pigs and chickens while wild native fauna include vine snakes (Ahaetulla prasina), Tokay gecko (Gekko gecko) and Draco sp. which are common in agricultural ecosystem. Moreover, a relatively large wetland in the area serves as an important habitat for an endemic species of fanged frog (Limnonectes sp.) and for the invasive cane toad (Rhinella marina) (Alcala and Brown 1998).
Table 4.53 Diversity Indices of Birds at Bunawan Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 18 N/A
Abundance 78 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 2.36 Low
Evenness (E) 0.82 N/A
Table 4.54 Other Faunal Species at Bunawan Site
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Cane Toad Introduced Least Concern
Limnonectes sp. Fanged frog Endemic -
Reptiles Ahaetulla prasina Asian vine snake Native/ Non-endemic
Least Concern
Gekko gecko Tokay gecko Native/ Non-endemic
Least Concern
Draco sp. Gliding lizard Native/ Non-endemic
-
Page 200
4.3.1.8 Buhangin Depot Site
367. The team was not able to conduct sampling in the whole area due to conflict with the tenants. However, based on the rough survey, a small parcel of the land was used as a mango plantation (Figure 4.54) and for other economically important plant species. Moreover, secondary forest is still present in the area where several native and endemic plant species as well as forest-dependent faunal species were observed thriving.
Figure 4.54 Major Habitat Types at Buhangin Depot Site
Page 201
368. In this site, a total of 112 species of vascular plants were recorded of which 42 are trees, six palms, eight shrubs, 50 understory Angiospermae, five ferns and fern allies, and one orchid species were classified respectively. Of these species recorded at the study site, five (4.46%) were considered endemic to the Philippines (Table 4.55; Appendix G8). In terms of their conservation status, 4 (3.57%) species were classified as threatened according to the DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.55; Appendix G8). Of the four threatened species, three species were categorized as Vulnerable (Artocarpus blancoi, Dracontomelon dao (Blanco) Merr. & Rolfe, and Pterospermum obliquum Blanco), and one Other Threatened species (Saribus rotundifolius). Among these threatened species, one species (Artocarpus blancoi) was considered as Philippine endemic.
369. In terms of diversity, the area also has very high species diversity of H’= 3.93 with an evenness value 0.46 (Table 4.56). The dominant species are ‘mangga’ (Mangifera indica L.) tree and an understory weed species ‘sili-sili’ (Asystasia gangetica) with the highest number of individual counts. This site is characterized mainly by a mango plantation attributing to almost 6% in relative abundance. Antipolo (Artocarpus blancoi), an endemic and vulnerable tree species, is the next most abundant tree species (3.77%). Native tree species such as 'balitbitan' (Cynometra ramiflora) at 2.94% and 'binunga' (Macaranga orientalis) at 1.93% were also found especially in the forested portion within the site. Among the six palm species, ‘fishtail palm’ (Caryota cumingii) and ‘rattan’ (Calamus mollis) are commonly found. The main shrubs include ‘Castor bean’ (Ricinus communis) and ‘nightshade plant’ (Solanum diphyllum) accounting for 2% of the vegetation. Meanwhile, the understory is dominated by ‘sili-sili’ (Asystasia gangetica) accounting for 12.22% relative abundance. The invasive vine ‘merremia’ (Merremia peltata) was also growing profusely (6.43%) followed by herbaceous weeds ‘tuhod-manok’ (Synedrella nodiflora) at 4.87% and ‘little ironweed’ (Cyanthillium cinereum) at 3.22%. Moreover, secondary forest is still present in the area where primary forest species are thriving which includes ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi), ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa), ‘binunga’ (Macaranga tanarius) and ‘bakan’ (Litsea philippinensis).
Table 4.55 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of plants in Buhangin Depot Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021)
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 42 3 0 3
Palms 6 1 0 1
Shrubs 8 0 0 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
50 1 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies
5 0 0 0
Orchids 1 0 0 0
Total 112 5 0 4
Page 202
Table 4.56 Diversity Indices of Plants at Buhangin Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 112 N/A
Abundance 1088 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 3.93 Very high
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.46 N/A
370. Table 4.57 shows the birds recorded in the area. There were 16 species listed representing 11 families. There were also six (37.5%) endemics including the forest dependent species Philippine Bulbul (Hypsipetes philippinus). Two of the most common species are the disturbance-tolerant species, Yellow-vented Bulbul – [Pycnonotus goiavier] and Eurasian Tree Sparrow [Passer montanus]. There were no threatened species recorded. Furthermore, it also shows low bird diversity of H’ = 2.45 and even bird community at E = 0.73 (Table 4.58).
371. In terms of other faunal species, small numbers of livestock and domesticated animals were observed such as cats, dogs, and chicken. Aside from birds, no other native terrestrial vertebrate fauna was observed during the survey in the area.
Page 203
Table 4.57 Birds Recorded at Buhangin Depot Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 4.62
Columbidae
Chalcophaps indica Common Emerald Dove Resident Least Concern 1.54
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 4.62
Phapitreron leucotis White-eared Brown Dove Philippine Endemic Least Concern 4.62
Dicaeidae Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic Least Concern 4.62
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 4.62
Locustellidae Megalurus palustris Striated Grassbird Resident Least Concern 1.54
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 10.77
Oriolidae Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Resident Least Concern 1.54
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 15.38
Psittacidae
Bolbopsottacus lunulatus Guaiabero Philippine Endemic Least Concern 1.54
Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parrot Philippine Endemic Least Concern 1.54
Pycnonotidae
Hypsipetes philippinus Philippine Bulbul Philippine Endemic Least Concern 6.15
Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 20.00
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 10.77
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic Least Concern 6.15
Page 204
Table 4.58 Diversity Indices of Birds at Buhangin Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 16 N/A
Abundance 65 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 2.45 Low
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.73 N/A
Table 4.59 Other Faunal Species in Buhangin Depot Site
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Marine Toad Introduced Least Concern
Page 205
4.3.1.9 Sto. Niño Depot Site
This site is located in Bry. Sto. Niño along the Davao-Bukidnon Road. The area is mainly an agricultural and agroforest area where native plant species were observed in the boundaries of the project site which include Ficus spp., ‘igyo’ (Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum), ‘bakan’ (Litsea philippinensis), ‘antipolo’ (Artocarpus blancoi), and ‘alim’ (Melanolepis multiglandulosa). Swamps, artificial ponds, scrubland habitat, and creeks along the boundary are also present, which were used by the owner for aquaculture farming (Figure 4.55).
Figure 4.55 Major Habitat Types in Sto. Niño Depot Site
Page 206
372. In this site a total of 113 species of vascular plants were recorded. Of these numbers, 48 are trees, two palms, 12 shrubs, 46 understory angiospermae, five ferns and fern allies, and no orchid species was recorded. Among the species recorded at the study site, 35 (30.97%) were identified as native and three (2.65%) were considered endemic to the Philippines which are A. blancoi, L. philippinensis, and Caryota cumingii (see Table 4.60; Appendix G8).
373. In terms of species conservation status, five (6.76%) species were classified as threatened according to the IUCN criteria and DAO 2017-11 (Table 4.60; Appendix G8). These include one species of Endangered (Coffea arabica) and four Vulnerable (Artocarpus blancoi, Clerodendrum quadriloculare, Dracontomelon dao, and Vitex parviflora).
374. Diversity analysis (Table 4.61) on this site showed high diversity (H’ = 3.35) based on the diversity classification scheme of Fernando (1998). In terms of species evenness, Shannon Equitability index (E = 0.708) is relatively high. This implies that about 71% of the total species has more even distribution while about 29% in the community contributed to uneven distribution due to very high abundance. The most abundant species are weeds in the understory comprised of non-native and native ground cover species which include Paspalum conjugatum, Axonopus compressus, Mimosa pudica, Brachiaria mutica and Digitaria cillaris. Altogether, they comprise about 42% of the vegetation’s total abundance. Agricultural crops are also prominent in the area such as Musa acuminata (5.73%), Cocos nucifera (3.42%) and other fruit trees like durian, mango, mangosteen and lanzones. Further, the top six abundant native trees contributing to a total of 1.23% are Macaranga tanarius, Melanolepis multiglandulosa, Ficus callosa, Sterculia foetida, Dysoxylum gaudichaudianum and lastly the endemic Litsea philippinensis.
Table 4.60 Summary of Species Richness, Distribution, and Conservation Status of plants in Sto. Niño Site
Taxa Species Richness Philippine Endemic
Threatened (IUCN 2021
Threatened (DAO 2017-11)
Trees 48 2 0 4
Palms 2 0 0 0
Shrubs 12 0 1 0
Understory plants (herbs, grasses, vines, sedges)
46 0 0 0
Ferns and Fern Allies 5 0 0 0
Orchids 0 0 0 0
Total 113 2 1 4
Table 4.61 Diversity Indices of Plants in Sto. Niño Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 113 N/A
Abundance 19208 N/A
Shannon-Weiner Index (H’) 3.35 High
Page 207
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.71 N/A
375. Birds were also seen thriving in the area (Table 4.62). The team recorded a total of 30 species, with seven endemics including the Near Threatened Southern Silvery Kingfisher [Ceyx argentatus] (other endemic include Guaiabero [Bolbopsittacus lunulatus], Philippine Coucal [Centropus viridis], Red-keeled Flowerpecker [Dicaeum australe], Philippine Hanging Parrot [Loriculus philippensis], White-eared Brown Dove [Phapitreron leucotis], and Philippine Fantail [Rhipidura nigritorquis]). The family Columbidae was the most represented family with five species including the domesticated Rock Dove (Columba livia). Bird diversity also shows moderate diversity (H’ = 2.81, E = 0.82). Most of the species are listed as least concern in the IUCN.
376. Other faunal species include the endemic, Philippine rat snake (Coelognathus erythrurus) and the invasive introduced Cane Toad (Rhinella marina) and Banded bullfrog (Kaloula pulchra). It is also noteworthy to mention the presence of the endemic and threatened Philippine sailfin lizard (Hydrosaurus pustulatus) (Ledesma et al. 2009), classified under other threatened species (OTS) based on DAO 2019-19, Updated National List of Threatened Philippine Fauna, and their Categories, along in the creek located at the boundary of the project site. Moreover, domesticated and farm animals are also present such as dogs, cats, chicken, and turkey.
Page 208
Table 4.62 List of Birds observed at Sto. Niño Depot Site
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Alcedinidae Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher Resident Least Concern 2.53
Ceyx argentatus Southern Silvery Kingfisher Mindanao Faunal Region Endemic
Near Threatened 0.36
Apodidae Collocalia esculenta Glossy Swiftlet Resident Least Concern 1.81
Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Resident Least Concern 6.5
Ixobrychus cinnamomeus Cinnamon Bittern Resident Least Concern 0.36
Ardeola speciosa Javan Pond Heron Resident Least Concern 0.36
Egretta garzetta Little Egret Resident Least Concern 1.81
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow Resident Least Concern 0.36
Columbidae
Chalcophaps indica Common Emerald Dove Resident Least Concern 0.72
Columba livia Rock Dove Introduced Least Concern 4.33
Geopelia striata Zebra Dove Resident Least Concern 10.83
Phapitreron leucotis White-eared Brown Dove Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 0.36
Spilopelia chinensis Eastern Spotted Dove Resident Least Concern 1.44
Corvidae Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow Resident Least Concern 6.14
Cuculidae Centropus viridis Philippine Coucal Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 0.36
Dicaeidae Dicaeum australe Red-keeled Flowerpecker Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 1.08
Dicaeum trigonostigma Orange-bellied Flowerpecker Resident Least Concern 2.17
Estrildidae Lonchura atricapilla Chestnut Munia Resident Least Concern 3.97
Locustellidae Megalurus palustris Striated Grassbird Resident Least Concern 2.53
Page 209
Family Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Relative Abundance (%)
Megalaimidae Psilopogon haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet Resident Least Concern 2.89
Meropidae Merops viridis Blue-throated Bee-eater Resident Least Concern 0.72
Nectariniidae Cinnyris jugularis Olive-backed Sunbird Resident Least Concern 4.33
Oriolidae Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Resident Least Concern 1.08
Passeridae Passer montanus Eurasian Tree Sparrow Resident Least Concern 8.3
Psittacidae Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parrot Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 0.36
Bolbopsittacus lunulatus Guaiabero Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 0.36
Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus goiavier Yellow-vented Bulbul Resident Least Concern 21.3
Rallidae Hypotaennidia torquata Barred Rail Resident Least Concern 1.08
Rhipiduridae Rhipidura nigritorquis Philippine Pied Fantail Philippine Endemic
Least Concern 5.42
Sturnidae Aplonis panayensis Asian Glossy Starling Resident Least Concern 6.14
Page 210
Table 4.63 Diversity Indices of Birds at the Sto. Niño Depot Site
Diversity Index Value Condition Ratings
Species Richness (S) 30 N/A
Abundance 277 N/A
Shannon-Wiener Index (H’) 2.81 Moderate
Shannon’s Evenness (E) 0.82 N/A
Table 4.64 Other Faunal Species at the Sto. Niño Depot Site
Group Scientific Name Common Name Endemicity Conservation Status (IUCN 2021)
Anurans Rhinella marina Cane Toad Introduced Least Concern
Kaloula pulchra Banded bullfrog Introduced Least Concern
Hoplobatrachus rugulosus
Chinese edible frog
Introduced Least Concern
Reptiles Hydrosaurus pustulatus
Philippine sailfin lizard
Endemic Vulnerable
Draco sp. Gliding Lizard Native/ Non- endemic
-
Gekko gecko Tokay gecko Native/ Non- endemic
Least Concern
Hemidactylus frenatus
Common House gecko
Native/ Non- endemic
Least Concern
Coelognathus erythrurus
Philippine rat snake
Native Data Deficient
4.3.1.10 Loss of Crops and Trees 377. Based on the surveys conducted by parcellary team, LN Realty and
Surveying services, a total of 56,630 m2 of agri-crops largely planted to banana will be affected by the project implementation. While, about 8,403 trees that will also need to be cleared out are comprised of different tree species (i.e., fruit bearing, non-fruit bearing, timber trees, and Undetermined). Table 4.65 and Table 4.66 provide the breakdown of all affected crops and trees to be removed.
Table 4.65 Loss of Crops
Project Components Total APs
Loss of Crops (m2)
Bananas (m2) Total Area (m2)
Calinan Terminal 1 270 270
Calinan Driving School 2 615 615
Calinan Depot 2 1,780 1,780
Page 211
Project Components Total APs
Loss of Crops (m2)
Bananas (m2) Total Area (m2)
Sto. Niño Depot 5 38,780 38,780
Buhangin Depot 1 240 240
Bunawan Terminal 2 220 220
Toril Depot 5 11,420 11,420
Sasa Depot 2 3,305 3,305
Total 18 56,630 56,630
Table 4.66 Loss of Trees
Project Components
Fruit Bearing Trees
Non-fruit Bearing Trees
Timber Trees Undetermined*
No. APs No. APs No. APs No. APs
Calinan Terminal
15 1 0 0 0 0 53 1
Calinan Driving School
2,419
2 20 2 55 2 0 0
Calinan Depot
239 4 23 4 149 4 1 1
Sto. Niño Depot
1,594
5 51 4 61 4 193 1
Buhangin Depot
205 2 38 1 312 1 605 1
Bunawan Terminal
162 2 10 2 56 2 0 0
Toril Depot 1,271 6 138 4 62 4 0 0
Sasa Depot 352 2 60 2 259 2 0 0
Total 6,257 24 340 19 954 19 852 4
* Taken from the aerial surveys, for physical verification during DED RAP.
Page 212
4.3.2 Critical Habitat Assessment 378. The Critical Habitat screening identified 1CR species, 6 EN species according to the IUCN Red List.
379. Species identified as endemic, range restricted and migratory/ congregatory in accordance with the IUCN Red List were assessed against the IFC Critical Habitat Criteria thresholds.
380. Species considered for further assessment under Criterion 1, Criterion 2 and Criterion 3 are presented in Table 4.67.
4.3.2.1 Critical Habitat Assessment under Criterion 1, Criterion 2, and Criterion 3 381. The following may trigger Critical Habitat as a result of the area being of “significant importance to IUCN Endangered species”.
Table 4.67 Species considered for further assessment within the Critical Habitat Screening Assessment.
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
Pithecophaga jefferyi (Philippine Eagle)
CR CR Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as a Critically Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is found only on four islands in the Philippines, one of which is Mindanao. On Mindanao this species has been observed nesting from September to December in
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Page 213
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
primary and disturbed forests33. It has a strong association with its primary prey species the Philippine Flying Lemur Cynocephalus volans34. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. However, it is considered possible that the species may use the EAAA as forest habitats present are considered generally suitable, although the agricultural and urban habitat are considered generally unsuitable across large areas of the EAAA. It is of note that this species has been observed within the survey area, including observations of the species following riverine forests along Davao River between Davao City and Bukidnon35. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
33 BirdLife International. 2018. Pithecophaga jefferyi (amended version of 2017 assessment). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2018: e.T22696012A129595746. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2017-3.RLTS.T22696012A129595746.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021. 34 Hurrell, S. 2014. The king of the birds. World Birdwatch 36(3): 16-19. 35 Philippine Eagle Foundation. 2019. Annual Report 2019.
Page 214
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
Acerodon jubatus Golden-capped Fruit Bat
EN CR Endemic to the Philippines
P O P This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is listed as a congregatory species and is assessed under Criterion 3 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to the Philippines and has been recorded on Mindanao and have been observed at the Malagos Forest Watershed Reserve, Davao which is within the EAAA36. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. Typically, roost sites for this species are located on steep slopes and cliff edges in areas difficult to access by humans 37 and therefore the EAAA is not considered to provide core roosting opportunities. However, this species is forest dependent, preferentially selecting primary and high-quality secondary forest for foraging, with the tree genus Fiscus dominating the species’ diet38. This species will also leave this habitat type to forage along streams where fig trees grow and rarely forage in orchards on agricultural trees. Therefore, it is
Yes (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
36 N.R. Ingle pers. obs. 2004, Gomez in litt. 2007, Mildenstein, T.L. 2011 & Bat count Philippines, final report to the conservation leadership program. 37 Mildenstein, T. & Paguntalan, L. 2016. Acerodon jubatus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T139A21988328. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-2.RLTS.T139A21988328.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021. 38 Stier, S. C. and Mildenstein, T. L. 2005. Dietary habits of the world’s largest bats: the Philippine flying foxes, Acerodon jubatus and Pteropus vampyrus lanensis. Journal of Mammalogy 86(4): 719-728
Page 215
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
considered likely that this species utilises the EAAA due to the present of suitable habitat and food source. There is reason to believe that the EAAA could support a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) due to the apparent abundance of suitable foraging habitat including abundance of a range of fig tree species (Ficus spp.) and therefore a precautionary classification of this site as CH for this species under Criterion 1 has been taken. Under Criterion 3 there is no reason to believe that the EAAA sustains ≥1% of the global population or ≥10% of the global population of this species during periods of environmental stress. This is due to a lack of suitable roosting habitat and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species, as assessed under Criterion 3. At a site-specific assessment level, there is no reason to believe that any sites provide CH for this species. All sites have low numbers of Ficus spp. present and therefore is unlikely to provide suitable foraging habitat that supports a globally significant population. The greatest number of Ficus spp. was recorded at the proposed Toril Depot site. Ficus spp. makes up 1.35% of the recorded trees at Toril Depot, and the site itself is comprised of agricultural monocrop and agroforest making it unlikely to present extensive foraging habitat for this species.
Page 216
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
Calostoma insigne EN N/A Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species has a fragmented distribution across Southeast Asia and forms symbiotic associations with Dipterocarpaceae trees, mainly found in tropical lowland rainforests39. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. Only one species of Dipterocarpaceae trees was observed during the ecological surveys, with an abundance of one. Whilst this was not a survey of the entire EAAA, there is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Coffea arabica Kape Plant
EN N/A Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is an introduced farming crop to the Philippines that is native to Ethiopia and South Sudan. This species is
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2)
39 Ngadin, A.A. 2019. Calostoma insigne. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2019: e.T125434353A125435555. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2019-3.RLTS.T125434353A125435555.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021.
Page 217
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
naturally found in cool humid, evergreen tropical montane forest40. This species was directly observed during ecological surveys within the EAAA and therefore it is known that the EAAA supports suitable habitat for this species. As this species has been introduced for agricultural purposes, there is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
No (Criterion 3)
Cuora amboinensis Southeast Asian Box Turtle
EN OT N/A not endemic
P O O This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is found throughout Southeast Asia and is extant on Mindanao. The species is largely restricted to standing water bodies but will opportunistically occupy most types of water bodies, excluding reservoirs and large rivers. Within the Philippines, populations of this species are common in both natural and artificial habitats41.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
40 Moat, J., O'Sullivan, R.J., Gole, T. & Davis, A.P. 2020. Coffea arabica (amended version of 2018 assessment). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T18289789A174149937. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-2.RLTS.T18289789A174149937.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021. 41 Cota, M., Hoang, H., Horne, B.D., Kusrini, M.D., McCormack, T., Platt, K., Schoppe, S. & Shepherd, C. 2020. yCuora amboinensis. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T5958A3078812. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-2.RLTS.T5958A3078812.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021.
Page 218
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. It is considered possible that this species is present within the EAAA due to the presence of wetlands, natural creek systems, ponds and other suitable waterbodies. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
Drepanosticta clados Damsel Fly
EN N/A Endemic to Eastern Mindanao
P P O This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is an endemic species with a restricted range, although the area is not defined by IUCN, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is found only in three locations of eastern Mindanao with a declining estimated area of occupancy below 500km2. Suitable habitat is considered to be subtropical/tropical moist lowland forest and permanent rivers, streams and creeks42. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. However, suitable habitat of
Yes (Criterion 1) Yes* (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3) *assigned on a precautionary basis due to data deficiency
42 Dow, R.A. 2020. Drepanosticta clados. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T139566082A146602570. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-1.RLTS.T139566082A146602570.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021.
Page 219
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
forest and waterbodies such as creeks and rivers are recorded within this EAAA, therefore it is possible that this species utilises habitat within this EAAA. On a precautionary basis the EAAA is considered to be Critical Habitat for this species, as it is possible that this EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units). Due to a lack of data availability on the extent of occurrence of this species, a precautionary classification as CH under Criterion 2 has been assigned. At a site-specific assessment level, there is no reason to believe that any sites should be classified as CH for this species. This species is, according to the IUCN, not extant at the proposed Toril Depot site, Sasa Depot site, Bunawan Terminal site and Sto Niño site. Of the remaining sites only one site, Buhangin Depot site, supports an area of secondary forest. However, an assessment using aerial imagery, as survey of the whole site was not possible, did not identify any waterbodies. As a result, this site is not considered likely to provide suitable habitat for this species.
Nisaetus pinskeri South Philippine Hawk Eagle
EN EN Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2)
Page 220
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species is found on at least 12 islands within the Philippines. It inhabits primary, selectively logged, and disturbed forest, occasionally frequenting open areas, from the lowlands to lower mountain slopes below 1000m. Habitat of major importance for this species is subtropical/tropical moist lowland forest43. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. Whilst some patches of secondary forest were recorded during the ecological surveys, it has been cited that much of the forest at or below 1000m from Mt Apo, neighboring Davao, have been cleared, suggesting that the availability of suitable habitat within the EAAA will be greatly limited44. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
No (Criterion 3)
Numenius madagascariensis Far Eastern Curlew
EN EN Passage Migrant
P O P This species is listed as an Endangered species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2)
43 BirdLife International. 2016. Nisaetus pinskeri. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T22734083A95073986. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-3.RLTS.T22734083A95073986.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021. 44 http://datazone.birdlife.org/site/factsheet/9801/text
Page 221
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
trigger. This species is listed as a migratory species and is assessed under Criterion 3 as a potential CH trigger. This species breeds in Russia and Mongolia, with up to 75% of the population wintering in Australia. The Philippines is used by this species as a stop for a short period during its seasonal migration. During non-breeding season, as relevant to the EAAA, this species occupies predominantly coastal habitat including estuaries, mangrove swamps, saltmarshes, intertidal flats, and inland wetlands45. This species was not directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. It is considered possible that this species is present within the EAAA due to the presence of wetland habitat, which is considered a habitat of major importance for this species. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH under Criterion 1 for this species. There is no reason to believe that this EAAA sustains a globally significant proportion of this migratory species (≥1% of the global population on a regular basis or ≥10% of the global population of this species during periods of
No (Criterion 3)
45 BirdLife International. 2017. Numenius madagascariensis (amended version of 2016 assessment). The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2017: e.T22693199A118601473. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2017-3.RLTS.T22693199A118601473.en. Downloaded on 05 July 2021.
Page 222
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
environmental stress) and therefore it does not qualify as CH under Criterion 3 for this species. Whilst wetlands are present and may provide refuge for this passage migrant species, it is considered unlikely that this study sit supports ≥1% population at any point in this species' lifecycle as the majority of the EAAA is comprised of urban and agricultural habitat which is not suitable habitat for this species.
Hydrosaurus pustulatus Philippine Sailfin Lizard
VU OT Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as a Vulnerable species on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a Critical Habitat trigger. This species is endemic to and widespread within the Philippines, however it is noted that there is a lack of clarity around this species’ distribution due to confusion in identification with other species of its genus46. This is a semi-aquatic species with suitable habitat including lowland tropical moist forest, wetlands and arable/ pastureland with the presence of flowing water such as rivers and streams, as well as coastal forests and mangroves47.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
46 Ledesma, M., Brown, R., Sy, E. & Rico, E.L. 2009. Hydrosaurus pustulatus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2009: e.T10335A3194587. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2009-2.RLTS.T10335A3194587.en. Downloaded on 08 July 2021. 47 Sanguila, M. B., Cobb, K. A., Siler, C. D., Diesmos, A. C., Alcala, A. C., & Brown, R. M., 2016. The amphibians and reptiles of Mindanao Island, southern Philippines, II: the herpetofauna of northeast Mindanao and adjacent islands. ZooKeys, (624), 1.
Page 223
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species was directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys. It is therefore known that the EAAA provides suitable habitat for this species. However, due to the widespread distribution of this species within the Philippines, there is no reason to believe that this EAAA sustains a globally significant proportion of this species (the loss of which would result in the change of the IUCN Red List status to EN or CR and meet the threshold in GN72(a)48).
Drepanosticta aries Damsel Fly
VU VU Endemic to Mindanao
P P O This species is listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1. This species is an endemic species with a restricted range, although the area is not defined by IUCN, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao and is only found on or around Mount Apo, adjacent to the EAAA, and Lake Sebu49. Limited data is available on this species however it is noted that it is likely forest-dependent and breeds in streams. As a result of decline in quality and extent of
Yes (Criterion 1) Yes* (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3) *assigned on a precautionary basis due to data deficiency
48 International Finance Corporation., 2019. International Finance Corporation’s Guidance Note 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resource. 2nd Edition. 49 Dow, R.A. 2020. Drepanosticta aries. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T139566036A146602555. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-1.RLTS.T139566036A146602555.en. Downloaded on 08 July 2021.
Page 224
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
suitable habitat, and with additional data, it is not unlikely that this species would be re-assessed to endangered. Therefore, it is considered possible that this EAAA sustains a globally significant proportion of this species (the loss of which would result in the change of the IUCN Red List status to EN or CR and meet the threshold in GN72(a)) and therefore qualifies as CH under Criterion 1 for this species. Due to a lack of data availability on the extent of occurrence of this species, a precautionary classification as CH under Criterion 2 is also assigned. At a site-specific assessment level, there is no reason to believe that any sites should be classified as CH for this species. This species is, according to the IUCN, not extant at Sasa Depot, Bunawan Terminal, Buhanjin Depot, Calinan Depot and Calinan Driving School. Of the remaining sites only one has a creek system along its boundary however there is no forest habitat associated with this, suggesting it is not suitable habitat for this species.
Pseudagrion buenafei Damsel Fly
VU N/A Endemic to Mindanao
P P O This species is listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao with a restricted range and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species has been recorded in Mount Apo, adjacent to the EAAA. There is a lack of published data on the habitat
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Page 225
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
of this species, however it has been stated that this species inhabits forested streams: slow flowing water with abundant vegetation in upland and montane areas. This species can be found in elevations between 1000m and 1800m asl50. This species was not directly observed during ecological surveys of the EAAA. However, patches of forest and riverine systems are available and therefore it is possible that this species could inhabit the EAAA. Given the elevation constraints of this species is thought to limit its distribution within the EAAA. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) or (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units) and therefore does not qualify as a CH under Criterion 1 or Criterion 2 for this species.
Coeliccia exoleta VU N/A Endemic to Mindanao and Camiguin islands
P P O This species is listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to the Philippines with a restricted range and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger.
Yes (Criterion 1) Yes* (Criterion 2)
50 Dow, R.A. 2020. Pseudagrion buenafei. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T139347548A146602095. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-1.RLTS.T139347548A146602095.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 226
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species inhabits clear forest streams with a rich vegetation ensemble51. Subtropical/Tropical moist lowland forest is also noted as habitat of major importance for this species. This species was not directly observed during ecological surveys of the EAAA. However, patches of forest and riverine systems are available and therefore it is possible that this species could inhabit the EAAA. Due to a data deficiency on the geographic range, distribution, and specific habitat requirements this EAAA is classified as Critical Habitat for this species under Criterion 1 and Criterion 2 on a precautionary basis. This is because there is insufficient evidence to rule out this habitat for supporting a globally significant population of this species (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) or (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size AND ≥10 reproductive units).
No (Criterion 3) *assigned on a precautionary basis due to data deficiency
Otus mirus Mindanao Highland Scops-owl
NT N/A Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2)
51 Villanueva, R.J.T. 2009. Coeliccia exoleta. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2009: e.T169293A6607978. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2009.RLTS.T169293A6607978.en. Downloaded on 08 July 2021.
Page 227
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species is endemic to Mindanao Island. It is restricted to high elevations between 1,500 and 2,950m asl and has been recorded from Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits montane forest52. This species was not directly observed at the survey area during ecological site visits. This species is considered unlikely to be present within large expanses of this EAAA as the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
No (Criterion 3)
Trichoglossus johnstoniae Mindanao Lorikeet
NT N/A Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao Island. It is restricted to elevations above 1000m asl and has been recorded from Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
52 BirdLife International. 2016. Otus mirus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T22688614A93202795. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-3.RLTS.T22688614A93202795.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 228
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
primary montane and mossy rainforest but also occurs at forest edge and in degraded and logged areas. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. It is possible that this species utilises habitat within the survey site at the edge of Mt Apo and in areas of logged and degraded forest. However, the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
Loriculus philippensis Philippine Hanging Parrot
LC CR Endemic to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as a species of Least Concern on the IUCN Red List. However, it is listed as a Critically Endangered species by the DAO and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species inhabits tropical moist lowland forest, tropical moist montane forest, and bamboo forests. It can also be found in anthropogenically modified and disturbed habitats such as secondary forest and coconut groves. This species
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Page 229
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
has an upper elevation limit of approximately 1250m asl53. This species is extant across the whole of the Philippines with a very large range and is reported to be common throughout most of its range. This species was directly observed during ecological surveys within the EAAA. Therefore, the EAAA is known to support suitable habitat for this species. In addition to this, suitable habitat was identified during the ecological surveys further demonstrating the ability of the EAAA to support this species. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
Vitex parviflora Molave
LC EN Native to the Philippines
P O O This species is listed as a species of Least Concern on the IUCN Red List. However, it is listed as an Endangered species by the DAO and is assessed under Criterion 1 as a potential CH trigger. This species occurs commonly in lowland, often deciduous, forest on rocky ground, grassy slopes and on dry limestone
53 Collar, N., 1997. "Family Psittacidae (Parrots)" in Handbook of the Birds of the World Volume 4; Sandgrouse to Cuckoos (eds del Hoyo J, Elliott A, Sargatal J) Lynx Edicions:Barcelona
Page 230
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
soils54. This species \is found in both secondary and mixed primary forest. It is often found alongside streams between 30-650m above sea level55. This species was directly observed within the EAAA during ecological surveys at multiple proposed sites. There is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports a globally significant population (≥0.5% of the global population AND ≥5 reproductive units) and therefore it does not qualify as CH for this species.
Limnomys sibuanus White-bellied Limnomys
LC N/A Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao Island. It is restricted to high elevations between 2,000 and 2,800m asl and has been recorded from Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits primary montane and mossy rainforest56.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
54 Orwa et al.2009. Vitex parviflora Agroforestry Database 4.0. http://apps.worldagroforestry.org/treedb/AFTPDFS/Vitex_parviflora.PDF Downloaded on 08 July 2021. 55 de Kok, R. 2020. Vitex parviflora. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T33339A67741355. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-1.RLTS.T33339A67741355.en. Downloaded on 08 July 2021. 56 Heaney, L. & Tabaranza, B. 2016. Limnomys sibuanus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T11980A22429309. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-2.RLTS.T11980A22429309.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 231
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species was not directly observed at the survey area during ecological site visits. This species is considered unlikely to be present within large expanses of this EAAA as the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
Podogymnura truei Mindanao Gymnure
LC N/A Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao Island and has been recorded in Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits primary montane and mossy forest above 1,300m and up to 2,900m asl57. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. It is possible that this species utilises habitat within the survey site at the edge of Mt Apo. However, the majority of the survey area is below
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
57 Heaney, L., Balete, D. & Tabao, M. 2016. Podogymnura truei. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T17828A22326078. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-2.RLTS.T17828A22326078.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 232
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
Tarsomys apoensis Dusky Tarsomys
LC N/A Endemic to the Philippines
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to the Philippines and is known originally from the highlands of Mindanao. This species has been recorded in Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits primary montane and mossy forest above 1,550m and up to 2,400m asl. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. It is possible that this species utilises habitat within the survey site at the edge of Mt Apo. However, the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Page 233
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
Ichthyophis mindanaoensis Todaya Caecilian
LC N/A Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao. This species inhabits lowland and submontane primary and secondary rainforest, where adults are subterranean. This species has also been recorded in agricultural plantations and flooded rice fields adjacent to forest patches. Larvae of this species inhabit unpolluted streams, rivers, and quiet pools near streams58. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. Patches of forest and agricultural plantations with adjacent forest available are present within the EAAA and therefore it is possible that this species could inhabit the survey site. However, as the extant indicated by the IUCN only shows a small area of the EAAA, adjacent to Mt Apo limiting the presence of this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
58 IUCN SSC Amphibian Specialist Group. 2018. Ichthyophis mindanaoensis. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2018: e.T25390A114869665. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2018-1.RLTS.T25390A114869665.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021
Page 234
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
Aethopyga primigenia Grey-hooded Sunbird
LC OT Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger. This species is endemic to Mindanao. This species has been recorded in Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site. This species inhabits moist montane forest and forest edges above 1,000m and up to 1,700m asl59. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. It is possible that this species utilises habitat within the survey site at the edge of Mt Apo. However, the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2) No (Criterion 3)
Aethopyga boltoni Apo Sunbird
LC OT Endemic to Mindanao
O P O This species is endemic with a restricted range, as defined by IFC, and is assessed under Criterion 2 as a potential CH trigger.
No (Criterion 1) No (Criterion 2)
59 BirdLife International. 2020. Aethopyga primigenia. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T22718048A179048340. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-3.RLTS.T22718048A179048340.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 235
Species
Status
IFC PS6 CH Assessment Criterion Undertaken Assessment
Critical Habitat within EAAA (Yes/No) IUCN
Global status
DAO status Range 1 2 3
This species is endemic to Mindanao. This species has been recorded in Mt Apo, adjacent to the survey site and is rarely recorded below 1,800m asl on Mt Apo. This species occupies stunted mossy and upper montane forests of Mt Apo60. This species was not directly observed within the survey area during ecological surveys. It is possible that this species utilises habitat within the survey site at the edge of Mt Apo. However, the majority of the survey area is below 1000m asl, and is agricultural and urban habitat, limiting the area of habitat that would be occupied by this species. There is no reason to believe this area supports a globally significant population (regularly holds ≥10% of the global population size and ≥10 reproductive units of a species) and therefore does not qualify as a CH for this species.
No (Criterion 3)
60 BirdLife International. 2020. Aethopyga boltoni. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2020: e.T22718059A179061446. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2020-3.RLTS.T22718059A179061446.en. Downloaded on 09 July 2021.
Page 236
4.3.2.2 Critical Habitat Assessment under Criterion 4 382. Within the EAAA, Mount Apo is identified within the IBAT report as both
a Protected Area and a Key Biodiversity Area. It should be noted that only a very small proportion of this protected area is within the EAAA boundary as the EAAA was selected based upon changes in habitat type, elevation, and anthropogenic barriers. Due to elevation requirements of many habitats, that may otherwise be classified as critical, and restricted range species, there is no reason to believe that the EAAA supports “Highly Threatened and/or Unique Ecosystems” i.e.
• at risk of significantly decreasing in area or quality;
• with a small spatial extent; and/or
• containing unique assemblages of species including assemblages or concentrations of biome-restricted species.
383. None of the proposed development sites (depots) are present within the Mount Apo KBA and therefore the project does not pose any direct impact (land take, construction of any access roads, borrow area etc) to this Protected and Key Biodiversity Area. The majority of the EAAA is dominated by the city of Davao and areas of modified agriculture and modified forests. There is no reason to believe that these habitats could meet the thresholds for Criterion 4 including ‘areas representing ≥5% of the global extent of an ecosystem type meeting the criteria for IUCN status of CR or EN’ or ‘other areas not yet assessed by IUCN but determined to be of high priority for conservation by regional or national systematic conservation planning’.
4.3.2.3 Critical Habitat Assessment under Criterion 5 384. Due to the dominance of urban habitats, farmland and modified habitats,
there is no reason to believe that the EAAA is Critical Habitat supporting unique assemblages of species or associated with key evolutionary processes or provide key ecosystem services.
4.3.2.4 Legally Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas 385. Details of the legally protected and key biodiversity areas within the EAAA
are presented in Table 4.68 and detailed discussion are presented in Table 4.69. Due to the distances of the proposed sites, no impacts to these sites or the qualifying biodiversity values are anticipated.
Table 4.68 Legally Protected Areas and Key Biodiversity Areas within the EAAA
Area Name Designation Proximity to Proposed Sites (approximate)
Mount Apo Key Biodiversity Area 8km West of Calinan Driving School
Page 237
Area Name Designation Proximity to Proposed Sites (approximate)
Mount Apo Natural Park Key Biodiversity Area & Legally Protected Area
9km West of Toril Terminals
Malagos Watershed Reservation
Legally Protected Area 3km West of Calinan Driving School
Page 238
4.4 Environmental Critical Areas and Sensitive Receptors
4.4.1 Environmental Critical Areas Table 4.69 Environmental Critical Areas
ECA Distance from Project Site IUCN Category Designation Description
Mangrove from Baculin Point to Lakud Point, from Tanuip Point to Quinablangan Island and Samal Island Mangrove Swamp Forest Reserve
10 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Terminal, Calinan Driving School, Sasa, Sto. Niño, and Toril Terminal. 50 km from Calinan Depot, and Toril Depot
Not assigned Mangrove Swamp Forest Reserve
Based on the Participatory Coastal Resource Assessment of Coastal Habitats conducted in Davao City, mangrove areas are dominantly occupied with Bacauan Lalake species, other species identified are Bungalon, Pagatpat, Bacauan Babae, Pedada, Piagao, Tualis, Tui, Nipa and Api-Api. Based on the study, the average height of mangrove trees is at 3.6 meters.
Mabini Protected Landscape and Seascape
50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Depot, Calinan Driving School, Calinan Terminal, Sasa, Sto Niño, Toril Depot, Toril Terminal
V61 Protected Landscape and Seascape
Located in Mabini, Davao del Norte and was proclaimed under Proclamation No. 316, s. 2000 62 Declaring the Pindasan Island Mangrove Wilderness Area, Kopiat Island and Surrounding Portions of Davao Gulf Situated in the Municipality of Mabini, Province of Davao Del Norte as a Protected Area which shall be known as the Mabini Protected Landscape and Seascape. This is a terrestrial and marine protected area that extends along the coast of Mabini, coming from the mouth of Pandasan River to the southern
61 IUCN Category V: Protected landscape/Seascape – A protected area where the interaction of people and nature over time has produced an area of distinct character with significant ecological, biological, cultural, and scenic value: and where safeguarding the integrity of this interaction is vital to protecting and sustaining the area and its associated nature conservation and other values. 62 Official Declaration of Mabini Protected Landscape and Seascape. Official Gazette of the Republic of the Philippines. Website: https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2000/05/31/proclamation-no-316-s-2000/ [Accessed 27 May 2021]
Page 239
ECA Distance from Project Site IUCN Category Designation Description tip of Kopiat Island. It has mangrove forests, white sand beaches and rich coral reef systems.
Malagos Watershed Reservation
50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Sasa, Sto Niño, Toril Depot, Toril Terminal 10 km from Calinan Depot, Calinan Driving School, Calinan Terminal
Not assigned Watershed Reservation
Malagos watershed is considered as a key biodiversity area in Davao which is a home to varying animal and plant species. Based on the CLUP of Davao City, the Philippine Eagle Center/ Malagos Watershed area, Marilog District, and parts of Talomo mountain range (which includes Mt. Apo) all have patches of low to mid-altitude forests with high bird population. Within Malagos Waterhsed, there are also production wells that extract water using vertical turbines and submersible pumps.
Mt. Apo Natural Park (Buffer Zone IUCN Category: Not assigned)
50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Depot, Calinan Driving School, Calinan Terminal, Sasa, Sto Niño, Toril Depot, Toril Terminal
II63 ASEAN Heritage Park/ Natural Park/ Key Biodiversity Area
In 2018 land classification of Davao City, Mt. Apo Natural Park or (MANP) covers 11,104.00 hectares or (5%) of land in the city. The major indigenous cultural community in MANP is the Bagobo Tagabawa tribe with 95,878 people in 2018. Four (4) watersheds travers the MANP area, these are Davao River, Lipadas River, Sibulan River, and Talomo River. Based on the biodiversity record in the CLUP of Davao City, in Mt. Apo area there are 16 vulnerable animal species found: 12 are mammals, one reptile (King Cobra), and three (3) bird species (Southern Rufous Hornbill) which is endemic in Mindanao. 21 animal species threatened: five (5) are reptiles, wherein two (2) are endemic to Philippine and three (3) are Mindanao Island endemic, nine (9) amphibian species, and six bird species. The Philippine Eagle is identified as the most critically endangered.
Mt. Apo (Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Depot:10 km, Calinan Driving School: 10km, Sasa, Sto Niño, Toril Depot:10 km, Toril Terminal:10 km
50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Sasa, Sto Niño 10km from Calinan Depot, Calinan Driving School, Toril Depot, Toril Terminal
- Key Biodiversity Area
63 IUCN Category II: National Park – Large natural or near natural areas set aside to protect large-scale ecological processes, along with the complement of species and ecosystems characteristic of the area, which also provide a foundation for environmentally and culturally compatible spiritual, scientific, educational, recreational, and visitor opportunities.
Page 240
ECA Distance from Project Site IUCN Category Designation Description
Mount Kampalili-Puting Bato 50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Terminal, Sasa, Sto Niño
- Key Biodiversity Area
Mount Kampalili - Puting Bato is located along the boundaries of south-eastern side of Davao del Norte and Davao Oriental Province. The area is reported to be inaccessible and comprises a large block of forest. There were reported communities of Mandayas in the mountains who practice slash-and-burn agriculture and plantation farming in portions with flatter slopes. There were recorded threatened and restricted-range species of the Mindanao and Eastern Visayas Endemic Bird Area such as Philippine Eagle, Philippine Cockatoo and Lina's Sunbird. 64
Mount Sinaka 50 km from Buhangin, Bunawan, Calinan Depot, Calinan Driving School, Calinan Terminal, Sto Niño
- Key Biodiversity Area
Mt. Sinaka is located in the north-east of North Cotabato Province which used to be logged in the past, but the remaining forest is now reported to be surrounded with open grassland and agricultural land. Some of the species recorded in this area include Philippine Eagle, Philippine Hawk-eagle, Mindanao Brown-dove and Philippine Leafbird.65
Mainit Hotspring Protected Landscape
50 km from Bunawan V Protected Landscape
The proclamation no. 320, s.2000 declares the Mainit Hotsprings National Park situated in the municipality of Nabunturan,Province of Davao del Norte as a protected area and its peripheral areas which shall be known as mainit hot springs protected landscape.66 This area is located in the province of Davao de Oro in municipality of Nabunturan characterized by sulfuric hot springs and surrounding forest in the municipality.
64 Bird Life International. Website: http://datazone.birdlife.org/site/factsheet/mount-kampalili-puting-bato-iba-philippines [Accessed 27 May 2021] 65 Bird Life International. Website: http://datazone.birdlife.org/site/factsheet/mount-sinaka-iba-philippines [Accessed 27 May 2021] 66 Official Proclamation No. 320, s.2000, Official Gazette of the Republic of the Philippines. Website: https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2000/05/31/proclamation-no-320-s-2000/ [Accessed 27 May 2021]
Page 241
386. In Davao City, the watersheds and sub-watersheds serve varying uses such as for annual crop brush/shrubs, areas identified as built-up closed forest, grassland, inland water, open forest, open barren, perennial crops, and mangrove forests. Davao River is the largest watershed area of the city given its coverage of 84,853.09 hectares. Among all the other watersheds, Sibulan river is the ideal because if its 100% vegetative cover.
387. Based on the Davao City CLUP 2019-2028, the conservation areas in the city are found in Davao River and Talomo River Watershed areas. The distribution of biodiversity conservation area by watershed is presented in Table 4.70.
Table 4.70 Conservation Area (in hectares) by Watershed, Davao City
Watershed Total
Alienable and Disposable Lands
Forestlands Coastal Threats (for Each Ecosystem)
Davao River
130,143.88 216.84 0.20 54.32 Illegal poaching
Bunawan River
10,619.68 - - - Illegal fishing
Lasang River
28,650.39 - - - Illegal fishing
Lipadas River
16,858.56 - 16.54 3,607.81 Illegal poaching
Matina River
7,758.64 - - - Illegal poaching
Sibulan River
10,180.46 - 0.01 5,514.80 Illegal poaching
Talomo River
22,362.94 4.43 16.11 1,927.31 Illegal poaching
Tuganay River
17,425.44 - - - Illegal poaching
388. Davao City is a home to many and varying animal and plant species. The key biodiversity areas identified in the CLUP include the Malagos Watershed Reservation, ancestral domains of the Obu-Manuvu, Matigsalug Manobo, Ata Manobo, Bagobo-Klata, Bagobo Tagabawa tribes, Bunawan to Lasang, Magtuod, Binugao to Talomo, and the marine protected areas at Punta Dumalag.
4.4.2 Sensitive Receptors 389. The sensitive receptors for Davao HPBS were identified based on their
proximity to the locations of the project. In Buhangin, the project will directly affect two private properties in Barangay Cabantian. A mixture of subdivision, school, and church may be indirectly affected. Two private properties in Bunawan Proper are anticipated to be affected, while impacts may also affect schools, businesses, and churches in this area. In Calinan
Page 242
Poblacion, there are two landowners whose properties are anticipated to be directly affected and gas station, accommodations, and a hospital may be indirectly affected. There are Four property owners that will be directly affected by the Calinan Depot, however, only the school in Lacson may potentially experience indirect impacts from the project. In Calinan Driving School, there are also two private property owners that will be directly affected while churches, an office, and a private property may also be affected, although indirectly. In Sasa, direct impacts are on the 3 private properties while indirect impacts may be on mixed-uses wherein there are subdivisions, businesses, accommodations, and churches. In Sto. Niño there will be three properties affected to which, one of these properties is the Assumption College of Davao. Indirect impact areas are perceived in subdivisions, businesses, and churches. Lastly, in Toril, there are eight landowners identified whose properties will be directly affected by the project. Subdivisions, churches, and an accommodation may be indirectly affected.
390. Presented in Table 4.71 are the list of structures and areas that are expected to have direct and indirect impacts from the project activities.
Table 4.71 Davao HPBS List of Sensitive Receptors
Location Direct Impact Indirect Impact
Buhangin (See Figure 4.56)
Barangay Cabantian Landowners/Private Properties: Delza Tallafer Panlilio Ang Property
Northtown Subdivision Cabantian Elementary School NCCC Cabanatian Cabantian National High School Sr. San Roque Church
Bunawan (See Figure 4.57)
Barangay Bunawan Proper Landowners/ Private Properties: Florentino Bantan Jesus Fortunato Lim
Davao Light and Power Corporation (DLPC) Substation -Bunawan Holy Cross of Bunawan Daniel Perez Elementary School See’s International Food Manufacturing New Asia Oil Incorporated Pacific 123 Calderon Elementary School Charverson Wood Industry Corporation Petronas Energy Davao Plant 3M Auto Care and Repair Shop Sr. Santo Niño Purok -1A Bunawan Living Hope Foursquare Bunawan St. James Parish Brgy. Lasang Brgy. Hall Seaoil Gas Station Bunawan Bud-Bud Machine Shop Shell Bunawan Holy Cross of Bunawan
Page 243
Location Direct Impact Indirect Impact
Calinan Terminal (See Figure 4.58)
Barangay Calinan Poblacion Landowners/Private Properties: Lorna May Q. Marrs Victor A. Quiambao
Sonreir Apartelle and Inn Schatz Inn Isaac T. Robillo Hospital Corporation Phoenix Gasoline Station - Calinan District
Calinan Depot (See Figure 4.59)
Barangay Lacson Landowners/Private Properties: Fidez R. Ababon Jonas Mauro Virgilio Mauro Rosalino C. Tamayo, Jr
Paaralang Elementarya ng Lacson
Calinan Driving School (See Figure 4.59)
Barangay Lacson Landowners/ Private Properties: Noli S. Buñol Carina A. Salinas
Our Lady of Guadalupe Chapel -SSPX Calinan DXRB 594 Radyo Bagito Davao Church of Christ Calinan Southern Baptist Church of Calinan Federation of Davao Dairy Farmer’s Cooperative Landowner at the back of the proposed site
Sasa (See Figure 4.60)
Barangay Km. 12 Relocation –Panacan Landowners/Private Properties: Mindanao Coco Development Corp. Ject Firma Resources, Inc. Francisca Cruz Liu
Wilcon Depot (Panacan) MINOIL Valle Verde Subdivision Sr. Sto Niño GKK Chapel Buhangin Police Station 8 Suites Hotel Davao BB Inn Apartelle My Home Depot CYA Industries Inc Texicon Agri Ventures Corporation Sanitary Care Products Asia Iglesia ni Cristo Church -Panacan
Sto Niño (See Figure 4.61)
Barangay Catalunan Pequeño Landowners/Private Properties: Assumption College of Davao, Inc. Pedro Capili Merelyan Realty Corporation
Green Meadows Subdivision GKK Sr. Sto. Niño 7-Eleven Café -Talomo Overflowing Fellowship Church Shell Talomo Rd. RJ Car Wash Brewfresco Cafe Catalunan Pequeño Bambu Estate Subdivision Gaisano Capital Mintal King's Chapel Family Center - Catalunan Pequeño Philippine Science High School - Southern Mindanao Campus Mintal Alliance Evangelical Church
Page 244
Location Direct Impact Indirect Impact
United Church of Christ in the Philippines
Toril (See Figure 4.62)
Barangay Bato Landowners/ Private Properties: Jose Antonio Angliongto Elsa Neri Denia Elpidio Neri Susan B. Pascua Junio E Esteban Erasto Batongmalaque
Idmay Inn Pag Tulun An Gikan Sa Dios Amahan (Church) Don Lorenzo Homes Subdivision GKK Sr. San Agustin Chapel Love the Children Foundation, Inc. South Hill Community Church
Page 245
Figure 4.56 Direct Impact Area Map in Buhangin
Page 246
Figure 4.57 Direct Impact Area Map in Bunawan
Page 247
Figure 4.58 Direct Impact Area Map in Calinan Terminal
Page 248
Figure 4.59 Direct Impact Area Map in Calinan Depot and Calinan Driving School
Page 249
Figure 4.60 Direct Impact Area Map in Sasa Site
Page 250
Figure 4.61 Direct Impact Area Map in Sto. Niño
Page 251
Figure 4.62 Direct Impact Area Map in Toril
Page 252
4.5 Socio-Economic Profile
4.5.1 Geography: Davao City 391. Davao City is the largest city in the country in terms of its land area with
244,000 hectares (Socio Economic Indicator of Davao City, 2018). The city is politically subdivided into three congressional districts and 11 administrative districts. It is a premiere tourist destination not only in Mindanao, but as well as a domestic and international destination.
392. In 2020, Davao City has a total population of 1,776,94967. From the period of 2015 to 2020, the city population increased by 1.46% annually.
393. Out of the 182 barangays in Davao City, Barangay 19-B (Poblacion) is recorded to have the biggest population in 2020, which accounts for 30,752 people, while the smallest in population size is Barangay 13-B (Poblacion) with only 366 people.
394. Agriculture remains the largest economic sector comprising of banana, pineapple, coffee, and coconut plantations in the city. It is the island's leading exporter of fruits such as mangoes, pomelos, bananas, coconut products, pineapples, papayas, mangosteens, and cacao68. Whereas banana is the city’s largest fruit export while durian fruit which is locally grown is also a notable export which is being traded to Japan, China and currently in Australia. Meanwhile, Davao City has also been declared as Philippines Chocolate Capital under Republic Act No. 11547 for its reputation as the country's top cacao producer as well as its contribution in making the Philippines world renowned and sought after by chocolate makers from the US, Japan, and Europe.
395. In terms of livelihood, Davao Gulf is one of the main sources for fishermen that provides varying fish products including yellow fin tuna, brackish water milkfish, mudfish, shrimp, and crab. There is also a fishing port in Barangay Toril.
396. Davao City also has sprawling commercial areas wherein shopping centres, financial hubs, retail centres and supermarkets are located. These areas are in downtown, which is also known as the City Centre, Davao Chinatown (Uyanguren), Bajada, Lanang, Matina, Ecoland, Agdao, Buhangin, Tibungco, Toril, Mintal and Calinan while manufacturing firms can be found in Barangays Bunawan, Buhangin, Talomo, Poblacion, and Toril.
67 2020 Census of Population. Philippine Statistics Authority, Davao Region. Website: http://rsso11.psa.gov.ph/ [Accessed 2021-05-20] 68 National Economic Development Authority Region 11 – Davao Region Website: Davao City | NEDA Region XI | Davao Region
Page 253
4.5.2 Geography: Panabo City 397. Panabo City is part of the Davao Metropolitan Area in Davao del Norte with
a land area of 25,123 hectares and populated with 184,599 people in 2015. It is politically subdivided into 40 barangays.
398. Historically, Panabo was a former barangay of Tagum and later was created into a component of city of Davao del Norte. Banana cultivation and exportation are the main economic livelihood of the people in Panabo. The city is known as the ‘Banana Capital of the Philippines’ with it being an agro-industrial city. There are several banana plantations that can be found within Panabo and one of the world’s biggest banana plantations is also in the city.
399. The city has the capacity to export various fruit products including mangoes, bananas, papayas and pineapples to Japan, Korea, China, and even countries in the Middle East and Europe as there are two privately-owned port facilities in Panabo.
400. Aligned with the city’s goals to provide quality education, the city of Panabo also has established universities, colleges, and high schools that cater to the school-going population.69
401. Barangays that will be affected by the major infrastructure are discussed previously in Table 4.1, while bus stops are seen in Table 4.72. Location map of depots, terminals and driving school, and bus stops are shown in Figure 4.63 and Figure 4.64, respectively.
69 Panabo City Government Website: http://panabocity.gov.ph/ [Accessed 2021-05-25]
Page 254
Figure 4.63 Depots, Terminals, Driving School Barangay Boundary
Page 255
Figure 4.64 Bus Stops Barangay Boundaries
Panabo City
Page 256
Table 4.72 Bus Stops Barangay Location
District Barangays
Davao (133 barangays)
Poblacion 15-B 4-A
19-B 30-C
18-B 28-C
13-B 29-C
12-B 20-B
14-B 27-C
11-B 23-C
2-A 26-C
6-A 22-C
3-A 32-D
5-A 36-D
7-A 37-D
9-A 39-D
8-A 40-D
38-D 10-A
35-D 25-C
34-D 24-C
Talomo Catalunan Grande Magtuod
Dumoy Matina Aplaya
Baliok Matina Crossing
Bago Aplaya Matina Pangi
Ma-a Talomo
Langub Catalunan Pequeño
Bucana Bago Gallera
Bunawan Lasang Ilang
Bunawan Gatungan
Mahayag Mudiang
Panacan San Isidro
Tibungco
Agdao Centro Paciano Bangoy
R. Castillo San Antonio
Gov. Vicente Duterte Leon Garcia Sr.
Wilfredo Aquino Ubalde
Agdao Proper Tomas Monteverde
Buhangin Communal Waan
Page 257
District Barangays
Vicente Hizon Mandug
A. Angliongto Mudiang
Acacia San Isidro
Indangan Sasa
Tigatto Cabantian
Buhangin
Marilog Marilog Salaysay
Malamba Tamugan
Baguio Gumalang Carmen
Baguio Malagos
Cadalian Tambubong
Tugbok Tugbok Talandang
Mintal Los Amigos
Ula Angalan
Matina Biao Bago Oshiro
Tacunan New Valencia
Tagakpan New Carmen
Biao Escuela Santo Niño
Bia Guianga Balengaeng
Calinan Calinan Talomo River
Lamanan Riverside
Biao Joaquin Lamanan
Subasta Lacson
Wangan
Toril Sirawan Kilate
Lubogan Tagurano
Lizada Sibulan
Marapangi Catigan
Daliao Baracatan
Daliaon Plantation Bayabas
Camansi Binugao
Alambre Eden
Bangkas Heights Toril
Panabo (6 barangays)
San Francisco Santo Niño Poblacion
New Pandan Gredu
Cagangohan JP Laurel
Page 258
4.5.3 Population 402. Davao City. Out of 11 districts in Davao City, 10 districts (133 barangays)
will be traversed by the bus routes of the project. These districts include Poblacion, Talomo, Agdao, Buhangin, Bunawan, Baguio, Calinan, Marilog, Toril, and Tugbok. The 2020 population per district covered by the project is presented in Table 4.73.
Table 4.73 Population by Geographic Location of Project-Affected Areas, 2020
District Gross Land Area (Ha) Barangays 2020 Population
Poblacion 1,138 40 173,896
Talomo 8,916 14 444,833
Agdao 593 11 98,891
Buhangin 9,508 13 310,094
Bunawan 6,694 9 172,327
Baguio 19,023 8 38,919
Calinan 23,236 19 102,485
Marilog 63,800 12 61,005
Toril 29,459 25 171,032
Tugbok 15,391 18 150,621
Source: 2020 Census of Population and Housing (Philippine Statistics Authority)
403. From the 2015 data, Davao City has reached a household population of 1,622,427 that is 99.35% of the total population in the city with an average of four persons per household. The remaining 0.65% is the institutional population, those that are reported to be residing in collective or institutional living quarters (i.e., hotels, hospitals, orphanages, home for the aged, corrective, and penal institutions and military camps. The household population by age group and sex (2015) is in Table 4.74.
Table 4.74 Household Population by Age Group and Sex, 2015
Age Group
Census Year 2 (2015) Census Year 1 (2010)
Male Female Total Male Female Total
Under 1 17,312 16,401 33,713 16,823 15,522 32,345
1-4 70,078 64,533 134,611 66,597 61,870 128,467
5-9 86,044 80,260 166,304 77,182 72,222 149,404
10-14 81,916 78,994 160,910 73,167 70,303 143,470
15-19 83,123 83,897 167,020 72,551 79,575 152,126
20-24 82,497 84,101 166,598 71,610 75,090 146,700
25-29 75,650 73,765 149,415 63,466 63,690 127,156
30-34 64,326 60,908 125,234 58,025 56,069 114,094
35-39 57,444 54,020 111,464 50,173 47,966 98,139
40-44 48,117 45,378 93,495 42,578 42,039 84,617
Page 259
Age Group
Census Year 2 (2015) Census Year 1 (2010)
Male Female Total Male Female Total
45-49 40,915 39,923 80,338 35,264 35,787 71,051
50-54 33,091 33,776 66,867 30,189 31,295 61,484
55-59 27,638 29,116 56,754 23,759 24,366 48,125
60-64 21,193 22,544 43,737 16,462 17,258 33,270
65-69 13,562 15,278 28,840 9,979 11,227 21,206
70-74 7,512 9,236 16,748 6,799 8,320 15,119
75-79 4,553 6,460 11,013 3,676 5,045 8,721
80 and over
3,246 5,620 8,866 3,053 4,893 7,946
Total 818,217 804,210 1,622,427 721,353 722,537 1,443,890
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
404. Most local residents in Davao City (which is also commonly called as Davaoeños) are Visayans – Cebuanos, Boholano, and Hiligaynons, and other ethnicities70.
Table 4.75 Household Population by Ethnicity, Davao City, 2010
Ethnicity Household Population
Bisaya/ Binisaya 533,645
Cebuano 307,576
Boholano 117,481
Davaweño 112,425
Hiligaynon, Ilonggo 71,759
Tagalog 30,409
Ilocano 29,534
Waray 22,611
Bagobo 18,987
Mandaya 18,163
Foreign Ethnicity 2,205
Others 179,091
Not Reported 4
405. Majority of the people in Davao City are unmarried with 45.05% of its population is single. This is followed by married people which comprises 38.69% of the total population of the city. The remaining percentages account for those who are widowed (4.08%), divorced/separated (1.54%), common law/ live-in (10.60%).
70 National Economic and Development Authority (NEDA) Region XI. Website: https://nro11.neda.gov.ph/ [Accessed 2021-05-20]
Page 260
Table 4.76 Household Population 20 Years Old and Over by Marital Status and Sex, Davao City, 2015
Marital Status Both Sexes Male Female Percentage to Total (%)
Single 580,152 309,011 271,141 45.05
Married 498,145 247,676 250,469 38.69
Widowed 52,542 12,430 40,112 4.08
Divorced/Separated 19,879 7,718 12,161 1.54
Common Law/Live-in 136,569 68,746 67,823 10.60
Unknown 512 125 387 0.04
Total 1,287,799 644,783 643,016 100
Source: Davao City Socio-Economic Indicators, 2018
406. Panabo City. Panabo City is the second most populous city in Davao del Norte, which makes up 18.2 percent of the total provincial population. According to the 2015 census of population by the PSA, the city’s average household size is at 4.3 persons. The household population has reached 184,123 persons in 2015, which is 99.74 percent of the total population in Panabo. The remaining 0.26 percent is the identified institutional population or those that are residing in collective or institutional living quarters such as hotels, hospitals, orphanages and home for the aged, corrective and penal institutions and military camps.
Table 4.77 Population in Panabo City, 2015
Population Number Percentage
Total Population 184,599 100
Household Population 184,123 99.74
Institutional Population 476 0.26
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, Davao Del Norte Provincial Statistical Office, 2015
407. As seen in Table 4.78, majority of Panabo City’s population is aged 5 to 9 years old. This is followed by 10 to 14 years old and 15 to 19 years old. Least populous are people whose age is 80 years and over.
Table 4.78 Population by Age Group and Sex, Panabo City, 2015
Age Group Male Female Both Sexes
All Ages 93,696 90,903 184,599
Under 1 2,081 1,953 4,034
1-4 8,168 7,982 16,150
5-9 10,161 9,535 19,696
10-14 9,500 9,159 18,659
15-19 8,787 8,748 17,535
20-24 8,528 8,344 16,872
Page 261
Age Group Male Female Both Sexes
25-29 8,372 7,997 16,369
30-34 7,546 6,950 14,496
35-39 6,605 6,038 12,643
40-44 5,419 5,157 10,576
45-49 4,796 4,627 9,423
50-54 4,011 4,001 8,012
55-59 3,544 3,561 7,105
60-64 2,712 2,879 5,591
65-69 1,662 1,635 3,297
70-74 875 1,038 1,913
75-79 530 687 1,217
80 years and over 399 612 1,011
Age Group Male Female Both Sexes
0-4 years 10,249 9,935 20,184
0-14 years 29,910 28,629 58,539
15-64 years 60,320 58,302 118,622
18 years and over 58,429 56,993 115,422
60 years and over 6,178 6,851 13,029
65 years and over 3,466 3,972 7,438
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, Davao Del Norte Provincial Statistical Office, 2015
408. The number of unmarried persons in Panabo (60,112) is almost as many as those who are married (60,269). People who are divorced/ separated accounts to 2,015 people, while those in common-law/ live-in setup is at 15,781, only 14 accounts for those with unknown marital status. The population of Panabo City based on marital status is presented in Table 4.79.
Table 4.79 Population by Marital Status, Panabo City, 2015
Age Group Single Married Widowed
Divorced/ Separated
Common-Law/Live-in
Unknown
Below 20 36,128 35,041 168 1 15 901
20 - 24 16,788 11,148 2,122 16 67 3,433
25 - 29 16,289 6,403 5,926 36 169 3,752
30 - 34 14,409 3,104 8,347 88 235 2,632
35 - 39 12,573 1,533 8,794 151 304 1,789
40 - 44 10,547 861 7,987 265 284 1,150
45 - 49 9,396 653 7,249 367 285 840
50 - 54 7,997 422 6,252 581 206 536
Page 262
Age Group Single Married Widowed
Divorced/ Separated
Common-Law/Live-in
Unknown
55 - 59 7,094 354 5,415 813 180 332
60 - 64 5,588 245 3,959 995 149 240
65 - 69 3,296 137 2,128 864 69 98
70 - 74 1,912 94 1,048 696 31 43
75 - 79 1,216 62 558 559 13 24
80 years and over
1,010 55 316 620 8 11
Total 60,112 60,269 6,052 2,015 15,781 14
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, Davao Del Norte Provincial Statistical Office, 2015
4.5.4 Educational Profile 409. Davao City. In the school-going population, elementary has the highest
number of populations which is 31.19%. It has been observed that from 2010, the working age population has increased and reached 1,061,422 and the labor force makes up 69.43% of the population. For the dependents, it has been accounted that for every 100 persons, there are 53 dependents. The population composition by school-age, working-age, and dependent age group and sex (2015) is shown in Table 4.80.
Table 4.80 Population Composition by School-Age, Working-Age, Dependent-Age Group and Sex, 2015
Age Group Both Sexes %
Male Female Sex Ratio No. % No. %
School-going Population
Pre-school (3-6) 134,824 21.41 70,012 21.89 64,807 20.91 108
Elementary (7-12) 196,430 31.19 101,076 31.60 95,354 30.77 106
Secondary (13-16) 126,156 20.03 63,882 19.97 62,274 20.10 103
Tertiary (17-21) 172,289 27.36 84,879 26.54 87,410 28.21 97
Working Age (15-64)
1,061,422 65.42 533,994 65.26 527,428 65.58 101
Labor Force (15 and over)
1,126,469 69.43 562,867 68.79 564,022 70.13 100
Dependent Population
Young (0-14) 495,538 30.54 255,350 31.21 240,188 29.87 106
Old (65 and over) 65,467 4.04 28,873 3.53 36,594 4.55 78
Total 1,622,427 100 818,217 100 804,210 100 102
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
410. Based on the literacy rate of Davao City, it shows that most of the population who are 10 years old above are literate. In comparison with the literacy rate
Page 263
of females and males, females have a literacy rate of 99.14% while males have 99.05% literacy.
Table 4.81 Davao City Literacy Rate, 2015
Indicator
Davao City Davao Region
Male Female Both Sex Male Female Both Sex
No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %
Literate
638,657
99.05
637,473
99.14
1,276,130
99.09
1,897,640
97.8
1,817,010
98.03
3,714,650
97.9
Illiterate
6,126
0.95
5,543
0.86
11,669
0.91
42,732
2.2
36,466
1.97
79,198
2.1
(Household Population >10yr)
644,783
100
643,016
100
1,287,799
100
1,940,372
100
1,853,476
100
3,793,848
100
*% as rate; Source: Philippine Statistics Authority, Region XI
411. Panabo City. Majority of people in Panabo are high school graduates with 40, 346 people graduated last 2015. About 18,755 people are elementary graduates while 16,582 people were able to graduate from college.
Table 4.82 Educational Attainment, Panabo City, 2015
Grade/Year Completed Population
No grade completed 3,061
Preschool 4,682
Special education 84
Elementary 50,897
1st - 4th grade 24,376
5th - 6th grade 7,766
Graduate 18,755
High school 67,543
Undergraduate 27,197
Graduate 40,346
Postsecondary 3,277
Undergraduate 106
Graduate 3,171
College undergraduate 18,006
Baccalaureate/college graduate 16,582
Post baccalaureate 154
Not stated 129
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
Page 264
4.5.5 Health Profile 412. Davao City. The crude birth rate (CBR) in Davao City is at 23.86 in 2018.
This has increased by 8.95% from the previous year with CBR of 21.90. On the other hand, the crude death rate (CDR) is at 7.46 in 2018 and the reported main causes of deaths according to the City Health Office are Pneumonia, Cerebrovascular disease, diseases of the heart, diseases of the arteries, arterioles and capillaries and Diabetes mellitus. Table 4.83 shows the CDR and CBR from 2011-2018.
Table 4.83 Crude Birth Rate (CBR) and Crude Death Rate (CDR), 2011-2018
Period CBR % Increase/ Decrease from Previous Year CDR % Increase/ Decrease from
Previous Year
2011 20.98 - 5.64 -
2012 21.62 3.05 5.75 1.95
2013 27.97 29.37 5.71 -0.7
2014 27.28 2.47 5.90 3.33
2015 27.91 2.31 5.81 -1.53
2016 26.30 5.77 5.80 -0.17
2017 21.90 -16.73 6.05 4.31
2018 23.86 8.95 7.46 23.31
CBR refers to the number of live births per 1,000 population.
CDR refers to the number of deaths per 1,000 population.
413. Panabo City. The CBR in Panabo for 2015 is at 20.4 while the CDR is at 5.9 (per 1,000 population). Infant death rate is at 8.2, fetal deaths ratio is at 2.1, and maternal death rate is at 1.6.
Table 4.84 Livebirths, Total Deaths, Infant Deaths, and Maternal Deaths, Panabo City, 2015
City Livebirths Total Deaths Infant Deaths Fetal Deaths Maternal
Deaths
Num. Rate* Num. Rate* Num. Rate** Num. Ratio** Num. Rate**
Panabo 3,762 20.4 1,091 5.9 31 8.2 8 2.1 6 1.6
*per 1,000 population
**per 1000 livebirths
Source: The 2015 Philippine Health Statistics, Department of Health
Page 265
4.5.6 Utilities
Power Supply
414. According to the 2017-2022 Davao Regional and Development Plan, Mindanao Power Grid supplies the power requirements in Mindanao. About 35% are supplied by hydroelectric power wherein in cases of long drought resulted to power interruption. The following services the electric requirement of Davao and Panabo City:
• Davao del Norte Electric Cooperative (DANECO): Panabo City
• Davao Light and Power Company (DLPC): Davao City
Communications
415. Telephone and mobile services that are in Davao (and in Panabo) are CRUZTELCO (PLDT), Bayantel, TelOf and DATELCO (Philcom). While the major cellular networks available are Sun cellular/ Digitel, Smart Communications, Inc. and Globe Telecom.
4.5.7 Transportation 416. The need for network has always been a pre-requisite of growth.
Connectivity manifests in the efficient delivery of basic services. Access thorough internal and external linkages assures development in the economy that enables the community to avail of jobs and provide food sustenance. Transportation is a very important factor that defines the communities’ future capacity, development, and growth.
417. Transportation access can be through air, water, and land. Davao region’s arterial road networks link the cities and provinces to different parts of Mindanao and the rest of the country.
418. There are two (2) public airports and twenty-eight (28) private airstrips in the region, where (10) are in Davao del Norte. One of the public airports is the international airport in Davao City. The Davao International Airport serves the region’s air cargo and passenger traffic needs.
419. Davao Region is served by forty (40) port facilities for its cargo and passenger traffic. Seventeen (17) of its port facilities are administered by the government and the rest are privately-owned ports.
420. For land access at present, there are three major ingress and egress points that link it to other cities and provinces through land transportation, namely Davao-Bukidnon Road, Daang Maharlika Road, and Davao Cotabato Road. The Davao Bukidnon Road is the main highway connecting the northern Bukidnon-Cagayan de Oro Area, while Daang Maharlika Road or also known as Davao-Agusan Road connecting the northeastern provinces of Davao del Norte and Compostela Valley, and, the Davao-Cotabato Road it
Page 266
connects the southern part of General Santos City, Davao del Sur, and Cotabato provinces.
421. Traffic Volume. According to the 2015 survey for bypass road of DPWH, as cited in 2019-2028 Davao City CLUP, Bankerohan Bridge along McArthur Highway had the highest volume of vehicles with 3,328 vehicles per hour; Bolton Bridge with 2,916 vehicles per hour; Mc Arthur Highway (East of Catalunan Grande Road) with 2,389 vehicles per hour; C.P. Garcia Highway (East of Catalunan Grande Road) with 1,830 vehicles per hour; and Dacudao Avenue Buhangin Road (between C.P Garcia and J.P. Laurel) with 1,770 vehicles per hour. The volume of tricycles/motorcycles is composed of 35-50% of the traffic volume. Furthermore, volume of trucks at the Sasa Port reaches an average of 1,414 vehicles/16 hours.
422. Transportation System. Davao city has an increasing number of vehicles, which is like the other cities in the Philippines. From 2012 to 2016, the number of vehicles in the city has increased 1.6 times especially during traffic or rush hour.
423. The mode of public transport system in Davao City consists of utility vehicles that includes bus, jeepney, Filcab, van, taxi, tricycle, and ferry. Based on the LTFRB 2018 data, there is a total of 14,111 vehicles with franchises plying different routes to, from, and within the city (2019-2028 Davao City CLUP). On the same year, the City Government of Davao adapted the HPBS as the next main public transport system.
424. The HPBS is a product of three technical studies supported by ADB and the DOTr since 2011. As an offshoot, the Davao Integrated Bus System (DIBS) has been rationalized. Starting August 2019, the city began testing the buses initially as augmentation during the rush hour. As part of this trial, the local government identified six specific routes for DIBS, routes Toril to Poblacion and Catalunan Grande going to downtown Davao City are prioritized due to low number of public utility vehicle servicing the area.
425. Road Hazard Susceptibility. As discussed in 2019-2028 Davao City CLUP, a total of 405.18kms of roads are susceptible to flooding across all districts. A total of 4.84 kms are susceptible to earthquake (Roads in Districts Talomo, Paquibato, Baguio, Calinan, Toril, and Tugbok). Moreover, Districts Paquibato and Marilog, and C.P. Garcia Highway are highly susceptible to landslide.
426. Ancillary Roads Facility. Ancillary road facilities are the facilities that assure proper flow of motor vehicles and pedestrians within and across the thoroughfares of the city. The highest number of ancillary road facilities are found in Davao-Cotabato Road with 16 pedestrian crossings, four (4) traffic lights, five (5) pedestrian overpass, and five (5) road signages.
427. Terminals. Davao City has a total of five terminals, with the biggest located in Ecoland. The Davao City Overland Transport Terminal (DCOTT) is a 1.7 ha facility that services inbound and outbound passengers for nearby provinces of Davao City. For the water transport, the city has two publicly owned and operated ports and 13 private ports. There are also four ports that
Page 267
are turned back to the Philippine Port Authority. Also, Davao City has one airport, the Davao International Airport. It caters to an average of 92 flights daily. The airport passenger terminal building has a capacity of 1,200 passengers’ capacity during peak hours. Its cargo terminal building also has a capacity of 80,000 tons per annum during normal operation and it operates 16 hours per day.
4.5.8 Sources of Income 428. Davao City. Davao City operates in an open market-based economy, which
commonly rely on commerce and investments from both domestic and international economies. This allows the city to export and import goods needed by the local economy. Davao City’s flexible economy is marked by its resilience to tie-up with big-ticket investments whilst providing a platform to nurture that valuable contribution of local businesses along with small scale, and medium scale entrepreneurs.
429. In 2018, Davao City’s revenues amounted to approximately Php 2.80 billion, almost three-fourths is collected from tax payments in different businesses in the city whilst the rest relied on the revenues from real property tax at approximately Php 820 Million.
430. Out of the 11 political district, Poblacion District leads in terms of revenues earned, contributing almost a third of the total revenues collected in 2018. Meanwhile, the Paquibato District recorded the least income which covers approximately 0.04% of the total revenue due to ancestral domain areas situated in this locality. Areas covered under Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT) is exempted for tax payment.
431. Based on the 2018 employment data, Davao City’s registered businesses have a total of 431,860 employees. 94% of the employed works are in the businesses engaged in wholesale and retail, transport, storage and communication, financial intermediation, real estate, renting activities, public administration and defense, education, health and social work, and social and personal service activities. Meanwhile, 4% of the employee’s population is in construction, manufacturing, and utilities industry while the other 2% is involve in agricultural, fishing, and mining business.
432. Based on Table 4.85, majority of workforce are those in tertiary sector which includes economic activities in education, finance, hotel and restaurants, community services, health and social work, real estate, public administration, transportation, storage, communication, and wholesale and retail trade.
433. Construction, manufacturing, and utilities industry is the secondary sector which is the other economic growth driver in the city. This secondary sector covers 4.15% of the total employment in the city during the year 2018.
434. The least employment generator is the primary sector covering approximately 1.74% of the total employment from the registered business in the city. This sector includes the agricultural, fishing, mining, and
Page 268
quarrying industries. This data excludes mining as city government strongly prohibits these operations.
Table 4.85 Davao City Economic Activities, 2018
Economic Activity No. of Establishments Capitalization No. of
Employees
Primary Economic Activities
Agriculture, Hunting, and Forestry
314 2,271,035,159.05 7,086
Fishing 13 22,180,001.00 86
Mining and Quarrying 121 72,646,445.60 321
Primary Economic Activities Sub-Total
448 2,365,861,605.65 7,493
Secondary Economic Activities
Construction 144 426,193,978.00 2,081
Electricity, Gas, and Water Supply
109 9,441,132,571.14 859
Manufacturing 930 14,790,728,388.47 14,999
Secondary Economic Activities Sub-Total
1183 24,658,054,937.61 17,939
Tertiary Economic Activities
Education 696 1,308,720,026.89 6,662
Financial Intermediation 1,861 67,401,236,506.37 16,021
Hotels and Restaurants 3,398 7,315,441,561.26 22,865
Health and Social Work 717 1,165,659,925.57 4,323
Community, Social and Personal Service
4,027 12,029,239,980.89 43,119
Public Administration and Defense
226 146,607,628.67 1,011
Real Estate, Renting and Business Activities
11,282 137,829,773,280.30 67,994
Transport, Storage and Communication
3,711 58,847,855,326.82 40,431
Wholesale and Retail Trade 41,253 83,253,210,820.38 204,002
Tertiary Economic Activities Sub-Total
67,171 369,297,745,057.15 406,428
Total 68,802 396,321,661,600 431,860
Source: Business Bureau, Davao City
435. Throughout the Davao region, the annual average family income is PhP 227,000 based on the 2018 Family Income and Expenditure Survey of the PSA. The annual family expenditure is approximated at PhP 160,000.
Page 269
436. Davao City has established numerous businesses and the commercial areas consist of shopping malls, public markets, wet/dry neighbourhood commercial centers, talipapas (small wet market), commercial strips and commercial complexes which occupy a total of 63.35 hectares of land.
437. As of 2018, there were a total of 485,855 workers employed in different businesses in Davao. Those who work in wholesale and retail, trade/repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, personal and household goods sector comprise about 41.99%.
Table 4.86 Employment by Type of Business and Trade, Davao City, 2018
Type/ Classification/ Kind of Business and Trade No. of Employees
Agriculture, Hunting & Forestry 53,700
Fishing 7,466
Mining & Quarrying 322
Manufacturing 14,999
Electricity, Gas & Water Supply 859
Construction 2,081
Wholesale & Retail, Trade/Repair of Motor Vehicles, Motorcycles, Personal & Household Goods
204,002
Hotels/Restaurants 22,865
Transport, Storage & Communication 40,431
Financial Intermediation 16,021
Real Estate, Renting, & Business Activities 67,994
Public Administration, & Defense, Compulsory Social Security 1,011
Education 6,662
Health & Social Work 4,323
Other Community, Social & Personal Service Activities 43,119
Total 485,855
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
438. Panabo City. The community-based monitoring system (CBMS) in the case of Panabo City revealed that in 2015, the rural and urban barangays with the highest magnitude of poverty is in Barangays Manay, with 415 households and San Vicente, with 1,437 households. Poverty was measured by income below poverty threshold, which is also correlated with malnutrition, lack of decent housing, inaccessibility to safe water, illiteracy, and unemployment. In the barangays affected by the project, those that are considered with high magnitude of poverty include Barangays Cagangohan
Page 270
with 860 households, Gredu with 855 households, and San Francisco with 639 households.71
4.6 Social and Cultural Resources 439. Davao is a city that is rich in diversity of its culture and traditions. It has
important sites that are being preserved by its constituents that serve as great landmarks. The city also celebrates and holds annual festivals that greatly help in boosting tourism and business activities.
440. Some of the major festivities celebrated by Davao include Chinese New Year Festival (February), Founding Anniversary of Davao (Araw ng Davao) in March, Kadayawan Festival (celebration of flora and fauna) in August, and Pasko Festival (Christmas Festival) in December.
441. The city’s heritage was identified and categorized into tangible and non-tangible heritage, natural heritage, cultural heritage, and cultural properties. As of 2018, the Museo Dabawenyo has identified a total of 84 heritage sites and structures in Davao comprised of 27 parks and monuments, 43 landmarks, and 14 markers and archways. The inventory of cultural heritage in Davao City are listed in 2019-2028 Davao CLUP, which includes buildings (e.g., City Hall of Davao that was constructed in 1926), museum (e.g., Museo Dabawenyo in Pichon St, constructed in 426.83) and monuments (e.g., Bonifacio Park/monument in A. Pichon cor. Washington and C.M. Recto Sts., Davao City constructed on 30 November 1961 and Magsaysay Park / Monument in R. Magsaysay Ave.)
442. On the other hand, the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP) declared three heritage sites and structures in Davao:
Table 4.87 NHCP-Declared Heritage Sites and Structures in Davao City
Heritage Site/ Structure Description
Andres Bonifacio Monument, Toril, Davao City
This was donated by the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP) and sculpted by Mindanaoan artist Juan Sajid Imao in commemoration of the 150th Birth Anniversary of Gat. Andres Bonifacio. The monument is made of bronze and was unveiled last 04 December 2013.
Davao City Hall, San Pedro St., Davao City
This was constructed in 1926 as a municipal building but was destroyed in 1945 during the Liberation Period. Succeeding the Liberation of Davao, the government authorities restored the building which was completed in 1947. This building was then declared as a National Historical Landmark NHCP on 27 November 2012.
Ohta Kyuzaburo Monument, Mintal, Davao City
This was built in 1926 in honor of Kyozaburo Ohta, the one who established an abaca industry through the Ohta Development Company in the early 1900s.
71 Local Government of Panabo City and Department of Interior and Local Government, Use of CBMS for Program Design and Targetting – The Case of the City Government of Panabo, 2015. Website: https://www.pep-net.org/sites/pep-net.org/files/CBMS/Conference/11th/Presentations/Day1_PanaboCity.pdf [Accessed 2021-05-26]
Page 271
Heritage Site/ Structure Description
Source: Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028
443. Among the list of recognized cultural properties of the country, Davao Prison and Penal Farm, which is formerly called Davao Penal Colony (DaPeCol) that is located in Panabo City. It is the first penal settlement established on 21 January 1932 and organized under the Filipino administration. Originally, it covers approximately 30,000 hectares of land in Tagum and Panabo City. During the World War II, this was converted into a Japanese Forces concentration camp and later on after the liberation of the Philippines, the site was rebuilt and repaired.72
4.6.1 Poverty Reduction 444. Davao City. The rate of poverty in Davao region declined to 16.6% in 2015
from 25% in 2012. Davaoeños need to earn PhP 10,809.17 for a family of five a month to meet the annual per capita poverty threshold in Davao City is at PhP 25,942 in 2018 (23,115 in 2015). This benchmark increased from the 2012 threshold of PhP 99,837. The annual average family income from 2009 to 2015 is shown in Table 4.88.
Table 4.88 Annual Average Family Income, Expenditure and Poverty Threshold, Davao City, 2009-2015
Indicator (PHP) 2009 2012 2015
Annual Ave. Family Income 166,000 194,000 247,000
Annual Ave. Family Expenditure 142,000 156,000 190,000
Annual Ave. Family Poverty Threshold 85,197.08 99,837 113,770
Source: Business Bureau, Davao City
445. Based on Regional Statistical Services Office for Region XI, the data translates to an annual per capita poverty threshold of PhP 22,754 for the year 2015. Of this, the minimum annual per capita income requirement PhP 15,860 was intended to sustain basic food needs or PhP 217 daily for them not to experience hunger as shown in Table 4.89.
Table 4.89 Monthly/ Daily Poverty Threshold for Family of Five, Region XI, 2018
Monthly (PhP) Daily (PhP)
Poverty Threshold 10,797 355
Food Threshold 7,533 248
Source: 2018 Poverty Estimates of Davao Region | Philippine Statistics Authority Region XI (psa.gov.ph)
446. As of 2018, the annual per capita poverty threshold is set at PhP 25,965 for Davao del Sur. Based on this definition, households with five family
72 Bureau of Corrections. Website: https://www.bucor.gov.ph/facilities/dppf.html [Accessed 2021-05-27]
Page 272
members whose annual combined household income is lower than PhP 129,559 for Davao del Sur are considered poor.
447. Panabo City. Barangays that are affected by the project that are considered with high magnitude of poverty include Barangays Cagangohan, Gredu, and San Francisco, as discussed in Section 4.5.8.
448. Based on the Initial Poverty and Social Analysis (IPSA) of Panabo City, the project is aligned with the City LGU’s goal for Davao, hence will support inclusive growth. The project with its aim to provide a consistent and high-level service to passengers, improve reliability to public transportation and further reduce the number of public transport vehicles will benefit the poor and increase their chances to participate in economic, social and educational activities.
449. As the majority of the public transport and pedestrian users are poor and marginalised groups, this project will help them improve their lives as they are the key beneficiaries of the project. Based on the 2019-2028 CLUP, the Project aims to suit the level of the doors of the buses for the safety and ease of access, especially for the women, the elderly and the differently abled.
4.6.2 Involuntary Resettlement 450. Davao City73. The number of households grew by 39.33% (from 159,976
to 334,473) from 1990 to 2010. During the same period, the housing units increased by 42.85%.
451. Vacant housing units increased to 7,896 by 2010 from a value of 6,789 during the year 1990. The ratio of households from 1990 to 2010 is equal or greater than one which means there’s a gap between the supply and demand for the housing units in Davao City.
452. The occupancy rate in 2010 is at 97.63%, higher than the national average of 92%. From statistics, population ratio to occupied housing units declined to 4.4% in 2010, showing the average number of persons per household decreased.
453. Although Davao City’s economic and infrastructure developments is continuously expanding caused by various investments contributing to its growth economically, informal settlements also increased due to overpopulation, economic instability, and unprecedented climate variance. There’s an approximately 59,417 informal settlers or nearly 14,854 households in Davao City based on the 2018 data. Many informal settlers have no access to basic services and are vulnerable to disasters and hazardous events.
454. Panabo City. According to the 2015 CBMS data, three of the six affected barangays in Panabo City have high number of households below poverty threshold. Barangays that are considered at high magnitude of poverty
73 Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan, 2019-2028 Volume 3 – Sectoral Studies
Page 273
include Cagangohan, Gredu and San Francisco. They are considered as households without proper access to necessities.
Table 4.90 2015 Panabo City Statistics on Vulnerability
Households with Makeshift Housing
Households in Informal Settlements
Households without Access to Water
Households without Access to Sanitary Toilet Facility
Cagangohan 177 218 2,658 31
Gredu 18 96 1,820 6
San Francisco 25 33 1,223 8
Source: Philippine Statistics Authority74
455. For the HPBS Project, construction of depots, terminals, driving schools, bus stops, and queue jump lanes will result to involuntary resettlement impacts: This includes:
• Permanent loss of private land and structures;
• Permanent damage to trees and crops;
• Temporary loss of access to residences, and small business establishments during construction works;
• Permanent displacement of informal settlers, and
• Disruption of city services due to required relocation of electric posts.
456. The project has prepared one Resettlement Plan (RP) for the major infrastructures/ facilities and one Resettlement and Indigenous Peoples Plan (RIPP) for the implementation of bus stops and other pedestrian improvements. These have been prepared in order to ensure that livelihoods and standards of living of affected persons (including indigenous peoples for the RIPP) are improved or at least restored to pre-project levels. These plans also aim to guarantee that the standards of living of the displaced poor and other vulnerable groups are improved, if not merely restored, by providing adequate housing, security of land tenure and steady income and livelihood sources.
457. The objectives will be realized in accordance with the appropriate and applicable Philippine laws, policies and/or guidelines and the ADB Safeguards Policy Statement (2009).
458. The involuntary resettlement safeguard covers physical displacement (relocation, loss of residential land, or loss of shelter) and economic displacement (loss of land, assets, access to assets, income sources, or means of livelihoods) as a result of (i) involuntary land acquisition, or (ii) involuntary restrictions on land use or on access to legally designated parks and protected areas. It covers them whether such losses and involuntary
74 https://psa.gov.ph/sites/default/files/3.6.2%20Statistical%20Indicators%20for%20Local%20 Development%20The%20Panabo%20City%20Experience.pdf
Page 274
restrictions are full or partial, and permanent or temporary. ADB-supported projects are considered significant if 200 or more persons will experience major impacts, which are defined as (i) being physically displaced from housing, or (ii) losing 10% or more of their productive assets (income generating). The level of comprehensiveness of the RP and RIPP are dependent of the data available, which will be the basis in identifying the significance of the potential impacts and risks.
459. Eight (8) locations for the major infrastructure and 83 sites for bus stops and queue jump lanes will require land acquisition. Civil works for the project are planned or anticipated to commence by first quarter of 2022. Once the loan is approved by ADB, updated RP/RIPP will be prepared based on the results of the Parcellary Survey, Independent Property Appraiser’s assessment, and validation conducted by DOTr (Table 4.91). Civil works shall not commence until RP/RIPP activities have been satisfactorily completed, agreed rehabilitation assistance is in place, and that the site is free of all encumbrances.
Table 4.91 Resettlement Schedule
Activities Schedule Preparation of Draft RP/RIPP 2nd Quarter 2021 DOTr concurrence of draft RP/RIPP; ADB approval of draft RP/RIPP 3rd Quarter 2021
RP/RIPP updating / DED 3rd - 4th Quarter 2021 Submission, and ADB concurrence of updated RP/RIPP 4th Quarter 2021
Payment of compensation 3rd - 4th Quarter 2021
Implementation of livelihood and income restoration program
4th Quarter 2021 until project completion
Internal monitoring (submission of quarterly monitoring reports)
4th Quarter 2021 until project completion
Commencement of civil works 1st Quarter 2022 – 4th Quarter 2023
Source: Resettlement Plan and Resettlement and Indigenous Peoples Plan, 2021
460. Impacts of involuntary resettlement as these largely relate to construction along existing operating roads and where permanent land takes are envisaged will be considered for mitigating measures to be addressed in the EMP (Chapter 6).
461. For temporary impacts due to construction, APs shall be entitled to (i) Compensation for affected land and structure assets at full replacement cost; and (ii) Cash payment for rent and transportation of the affected ISF until the relocation sites are completed. All other impacts beyond temporary impacts have been addressed in the RP/ RIPP. Impacts per location are discussed below:
462. Buhangin. There are five (5) structures, and four (4) land parcels to be affected by the development of the depot. Out of the four affected land
Page 275
parcels, one is owned by a private individual, and all remaining lands are properties by a corporation, which are both hesitant to coordinate with the Project. DOTr deemed it proper to comply with the process of acquiring lands as mandated by law. Notice of Taking (NoT) has been issued and the landowner has 30 days to decide whether or not to accept the offer as payment for their properties. Updates will be provided in the DED RP.
463. Bunawan. There are six (6) structures to be affected by the project. The area has two (2) affected land parcels owned by two (2) private landowners. From the surveys, two households (11 APs) living under one private property are to be affected, while there will be no affected structures under the other property owner.
Page 276
Source: Parcellary Report, LN Realty and Surveying Services, 2021
Figure 4.65 Affected Structures in Bunawan
464. Calinan. The depot area has four (4) identified landowners. One land has one (1) structure affected, which is being rented by a private company that is temporarily being used by three (3) field staff. The other two landowners have no household occupants using their private lots, while the remaining landowner has structures but will not be affected by the Project.
UPL Philippines Inc. field office for testing
Figure 4.66 Affected Structures at Calinan Depot
465. While for the terminal, there are three (3) land parcels affected with two (2) identified landowners. Two parcels are open lots, while the remaining is a road lot.
466. For the driving school, there are 18 structures and two (2) land parcels to be affected with two (2) private landowners identified. The owner of the northern property, however, also prefers to sell his adjacent property (back of the land to be acquired) since the remaining lot will no longer have access, and has no longer any value to the owner.
Page 277
Figure 4.67 Affected Structures at Calinan Driving School
467. Sasa. There are three (3) identified landowners of the area – two owned by entities, where one is split into two parcels, and one by a private individual. There are nine families (33 APs) occupying the affected lands. The structures to be affected are 11.
Page 278
Source: Parcellary Report, LN Realty and Surveying Services, 2021
Figure 4.68 Affected Structures at Sasa
468. Sto. Nino. There are three (3) land parcels owned by a corporation and two private landowners. Among the 34 structures, 14 are residential houses, one (1) community facility, and the rest are all associated structures.
Page 279
Community facility - chapel Source: Parcellary Report, LN Realty and Surveying Services, 2021
Figure 4.69 Affected Structures at Sto. Niño
469. Toril. For Toril depot, there are seven (7) identified private landowners and one (1) government-owned lot. The site will affect eight (8) households with a total of 29 APs.
Page 280
Source: Parcellary Report, LN Realty and Surveying Services, 2021
Figure 4.70 Affected Structures at Toril
470. In summary, for the affected persons for the major component of the project there are 49 affected households/non-landowners (with 186 HH members), and 26 landowners identified including the land owned by the Philippine government, four (4) businesses and three (3) employees/workers of UPL Philippines, Inc. This will be impacted by the acquisition of land used for depots, terminals, and a driving school located in seven (7) barangays of Davao City namely Calinan Proper, Lacson, Catalunan Pequeño, Cabantian, Bunawan Proper, Bato and Panacan. While those that will be affected by the implementation of bus stops and queue jump lane are still being identified and coordinated by the proponent.
4.6.3 Utility Relocation 471. The overall design will impact the existing utilities, as these may need to be
relocated to ensure efficient project component spaces, such as for depots/ terminals and carriageway spaces for the bus lanes and queue jump lanes. There is ongoing coordination between DOTr and Davao LGU, and affected utility providers, to agree for a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA).
Page 281
Figure 4.71 Obstruction Within Carriageway
Figure 4.72 Addition of Queue Jump Lanes Require Utility Relocation
Page 282
Figure 4.73 Final Bus Lanes with Utility Implications
472. Ongoing coordination are being conducted with water and drainages, power, and telecommunication companies, as summarized in Table 4.92.
Table 4.92 Utility Stakeholders
Utility Providers Agencies
Drainage Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH)
Power Davao Light and Power Company (DLPC) National Grid Corporation of the Philippines (NGCP) Davao del Sur Electric Cooperatives (DASURECO)
Water Supply Davao City Water District (DCWD)
Telecommunication Companies/ Information and Communications Technology (ICT)
Dctech Micro Services, Inc. Globe/ Bayantel Philippine Long-Distance Telephone Company (PLDT)/ Smart Communication
473. In the event that relocation works are needed, the works are to be carried out either by utility stakeholders themselves, or Davao HPBS’s civil works contractor, as summarized in Table 4.93.
Table 4.93 Parties to Carry out Utility Relocation
Scope Agency Relocation Works to be Carried out by
Water supply DCWD HPBS contractor
Power DLPC DLPC
Power DASURECO Pending reply
Communications DC Tech No independent infrastructure. all hosted by DLPC
Communications Globe Globe
Communications PLDT/ Smart PLDT/ Smart
Drainage DPWH HPBS contractor
474. Table 4.94 presents the responsibility matrix of required utility relocation identified to date.
Table 4.94 Responsibility Matrix for Utility Relocation Identified
Location Above Ground Utilities
Remarks Funding Relocation
Works Timeline
Depots/ terminals/ driving School
DOTr DLPC & telcos
42 days; to be completed before civil works award
DOTr to liaise and agree with utility owners for the funding
Page 283
Location Above Ground Utilities
Remarks Funding Relocation
Works Timeline
Bus lanes and queue jump lanes
DLPC & telcos DLPC & telcos Can start immediately
Relocation plan is required to be clear of HPBS sites
Q jump lanes: new road widening
DOTr DLPC & telcos DLPC & telcos to advise
Bus stops with overhead lines <3m headroom
DLPC & telcos DLPC & telcos Can start immediately
DOTr to ensure that the utility undertakers are to carry out the relocation works
475. With the lead project management and coordination role and responsibilities undertaken by the DOTr-PMO as well as by Davao LGU, Arup will continue the reference design to produce information and/or drawings that are commensurate with the D&B type of construction contract.
476. For relocation need identified so far, DOTr is to seal the commitment from stakeholders in the form of MOA/ contract.
477. Relevant information collected will be compiled and liaison requirements will be incorporated as bidding documents for the procurement of civil works contractors.
4.6.4 Vulnerable Groups Preliminary Assessment on Possible Areas with Affected Ancestral Domain
478. Davao HPBS depot, terminal and driving school selected site locations will not traverse to any identified ancestral domain areas. A Certificate of Non-Overlap (CNO) has been issued by NCIP Region 11 to these areas.
479. For the bus stops, there are identified stops within some areas with Certificate of Ancestral Domain Title (CADT). These stops are within existing jeepney routes, which will be utilized for Davao HPBS routes, and the development that is only expected in these areas are installation of poles, bus shelters and possible land acquisition. It is expected that there will be 30 stops that will be located in areas with CADT, and four (4) of which will require land acquisition. The barangays and Indigenous Cultural Communities (ICCs) initially identified as affected areas are provided in Table 4.95.
Table 4.95 Bus Stops and Initially Identified Affected ICCs
Indigenous Cultural Communities
District Barangay No. of bus stops With Land Acquisition
Ata Calinan Lamanan 8 4
Page 284
Indigenous Cultural Communities
District Barangay No. of bus stops With Land Acquisition
Obo Manobo Marilog
Malamba 4 0
Marilog 6 0
Baguio Carmen 10 0
Bagobo Tagabawa Toril Sibulan 2 0
Total 30 4
Source: National Commission on Indigenous People (NCIP) Region 11
Figure 4.74 1074 Bus Stop Locations at CADT areas
Page 285
Figure 4.75 HPBS Bus Stop Locations at Areas with CADT
480. The National Commission on Indigenous Peoples (NCIP) has validated the impacts of the project on these IPs and recommended that the project subscribes to the provisions of Section 39: Community-Solicited or Initiated Activities of NCIP AO No. 3, series of 201275 (Pursuant to Sections 44 (m), 46 (a), 57, 58, 59, and 7 of RA 8371 or the Indigenous People Rights Act (IPRA) of 1997). This section states that, “The programs, projects, and activities solicited or initiated by the concerned ICCs/ IPs themselves where the activity is strictly for the delivery of basic services to be undertaken within or affecting the ancestral domain, do not require compliance with the FBI/ FPIC requirement as provided in this Guidelines, however, they shall be subjected to a validation process.” Whereas, on 15 October 2021 the NCIP team has conducted a Special Consultation Meeting that was participated by the affected IP groups’ representatives and was able to secure the Resolution Consent issued by the tribes’ elder council. On 4 December 2021, NCIP Regional Office has validated the issued Resolution Consent through the issuance of a certification affirming that the DOTr has completed all the necessary activities pursuant to Section 39 of the revised guidelines on FPIC and other related process.
481. Persons with Disabilities (PWDs). Based on the 2018 Davao City CLUP, the City Social Services and Development Office (CSSDO) recorded 2,287 persons with disabilities (PWDs) as of 2016. Forty-three percent (43%) of which are female and 57% are male. The figures increased by 88.63% from 260 in 2012. Majority of the registered PWDs in 2016 have orthopedic
75 NCIP Administrative Order No. 3, Series of 2012: The Revised Guidelines on Free and Prior Informed Consent (FPIC) and related Processes of 2012
Page 286
impairment (883) followed by those with development disability (474), mental disability (250), visual impairment (212), speech impairment (164), hearing impairment (178), and motor disability (127).
Table 4.96 Persons with disabilities issued with identification cards, by sex, 2012-2016
Persons with disabilities
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Total
Both Sexes 260 609 986 1044 2287 5189
Female 128 247 454 502 983 2317
Male 132 362 532 542 1304 2872
Source: City Social Services and Development Office, Davao City
482. Members from disability sectors have been gathered through a meeting on 10 May 2021 to discuss the project plans and their concerns about the perception of the project. This is discussed in detail in Section 7.6.4.
483. Disadvantaged Women. From 2014 to 2018, an average of 12% of the total population or 189,700 clients were provided with social welfare services annually. Disadvantaged women covered 6% of these clients. These are women living in poverty and have little or no access to land and other resources, basic social and economic services such as health care, education, water and sanitation, employment and livelihood opportunities, housing, social security, physical infrastructure, and the justice system.
484. Senior Citizens. In 2015, the city recorded a total population of 109,562 older persons, with women comprising 54% of the total count while men at 46%. Issues of the older persons include security, health, abandonment, and abuses. Service of the city include psychosocial interventions, senior citizen cards, and purchase slips for medicines and groceries. In 2015, there were 8,723 older persons assessed as poor.
Page 287
5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
5.1 Methodology 485. The possible impacts in physical, ecological, and socio-economic
environment are discussed in this chapter. As of this report writing, although there are delays due to land acquisition therefore constraints in the completion of the site assessment, the inability to cover the entire project site has not invalidate the environmental risk and impact screening of the project. This chapter will undergo update report will be updated to reflect the final engineering designs and site assessment findings.
486. This process starts with the identification and screening of potential impacts during different phases of the project, which includes pre-construction, construction, and operation phases. Table 5.1 summarizes the activities anticipated per project phase.
Table 5.1 HPBS Activities Per Project Phase
Phase Project Activities
Pre-construction Site selection and coordination with affected landowners
Design of major infrastructures, bus stops and other pedestrian improvements
Relocation of utilities
Land acquisition and resettlement/ relocation
Construction CSC mobilization (including equipment and personnel)
Land clearing and resettlement
Transportation of materials
Construction of major infrastructures, bus stops and other pedestrian improvements – operation of equipment
Safety risks and traffic management
Operation Demobilization from construction site
Project maintenance
487. The project activities from Table 5.1 are used to identify the potential impacts of the project on the environment. The relationship of each project activity was compared to the anticipated valued environmental receptors (VERs), using a modified Leopold matrix. VERs are defined in the IEE Good Practice Note (ADB, 2020), as the fundamental elements of the receiving environment, i.e., physical, ecological, or socio-economic including the air, water, soil, vegetation, and land use that are important to be considered in the project. The anticipated VERs affected for the HPBS project are listed in Table 5.2.
Page 288
Table 5.2 HPBS Anticipated VERs
Environment Valued Environmental Receptors
Physical Disturbance of soil
Geology and geohazards
Land use
Solid waste accumulation
Climate and Meteorology
Surface water quality
Ambient air and noise
Ecological Vegetation
Fauna
Socio-economic Affected land and structures
Traffic congestion
Pedestrian facilities
Sound environment
Aesthetics
Employment and income
Community and occupational health and safety
488. The relationship between these project phases and their components, and the environment were established to identify the anticipated environmental impact using a modified Leopold Matrix in Table 5.3.
Page 289
Table 5.3 Impact Analysis Matrix
Environmental Component
Pre-Construction Construction Post-Construction
Coo
rdin
atio
n w
ith
affe
cted
land
owne
rs
Des
ign
of im
prov
emen
ts
Rel
ocat
ion
of u
tiliti
es
Lan
d ac
quis
ition
an
d re
sett
lem
ent/
relo
catio
n
Equ
ipm
ent
and
pers
onne
l mob
iliza
tion
Lan
d C
lear
ing
and
Res
ettle
men
t
Tra
nspo
rtat
ion
of
mat
eria
ls
Con
stru
ctio
n im
prov
emen
ts
Safe
ty r
isks
and
tra
ffic
m
anag
emen
t
Dem
obili
zatio
n
Proj
ect m
aint
enan
ce
Physical Environment
Land use and conversion
x
x
Geology and geohazards x
x
x x x
Excavation x x x x x
Disturbance of soil
x x
x x
Solid waste accumulation x x x x x
Climate and Meteorology x x x
Surface water quality x x x x x
Ambient air and noise x x x x x x
Ecological Environment
Flora x x x x
x
Fauna
x x x x
x
Socio-economic Environment
Page 290
Environmental Component
Pre-Construction Construction Post-Construction
Coo
rdin
atio
n w
ith
affe
cted
land
owne
rs
Des
ign
of im
prov
emen
ts
Rel
ocat
ion
of u
tiliti
es
Lan
d ac
quis
ition
an
d re
sett
lem
ent/
relo
catio
n
Equ
ipm
ent
and
pers
onne
l mob
iliza
tion
Lan
d C
lear
ing
and
Res
ettle
men
t
Tra
nspo
rtat
ion
of
mat
eria
ls
Con
stru
ctio
n im
prov
emen
ts
Safe
ty r
isks
and
tra
ffic
m
anag
emen
t
Dem
obili
zatio
n
Proj
ect m
aint
enan
ce
Involuntary Resettlement x x x x x x x x x x x
In-migration x x x
Cultural or Lifestyle change
x x x
Community and occupational health and safety
x x x
Community and occupational health and safety
x
x x x x x x
x
Impacts on the poor, women, children, PWDs and IPs
x x x x x x x x
Road Traffic x x x x x x x x x x
Employment and income x x
Page 291
489. Severity of each impact are identified by quantification based on the overall scores of its six attributes. Identification of impacts’ severity is important in proposing the level of mitigation expected per impact caused. The six attributes are defined below (with scores), as defined in the ADB Impact Assessment Process of IEE Reports, 2020.
• Magnitude/ Size of Impact: The magnitude or size may refer to the physical measurement of size of impacts: sizes can be Negligible (1), Low (2), Moderate (3) and High (4).
• Extent of Impact: This refers to the extent or magnitude where impact is expected. This can be in Local (1), Regional (2), National (3) and International (4) scale, depending on the changes the project activity will brought about.
• Duration of the Impact: Duration means the time dimension of the effect. The effect can last in Less than 1 day or transient (1), Less until a year or short term (2), 1-5 years or medium (3), or Long term or permanent (4).
• Frequency of Impact: Refers to the number of times the activity and so as the impacts and its magnitude are expected. One off that occurs once in the project lifetime (1), Infrequent or those that occurs not commonly (2), Frequent or that occurs on regular basis (3), or Continuous or becomes in nature of the project (4).
• Probability of Impact: This refers to the measure of confidence for every predicted impact’s occurrence. The predicted impact can be Very unlikely (1), Possible (2), Probable (3) or Certain (4).
• Reversibility of Impact: This refers to the reversibility or irreversibility of impacts to its original state, based on the effect to the environment. This can be Fully reversible (1), Mostly reversible with some residual changes (2), Partially reversible (3) or Not reversible (4).
490. Once the scores are summed up, the severity of impact can be identified as follows. The summary of results is discussed in Section 5.3.
Table 5.4 Severity of Impacts
Severity of Impacts Overall Score
Major Impact 21-24
Moderate Impact 16-20
Minor Impact 11-15
Negligible Impact 6-10
Page 292
Table 5.5 Summary of Impact Assessment
Impact Description
Magnitude/ Size Extent Duration Frequency Probability Reversibility Impact
Severity
VER 76 Value/ Sensitivity
Significance before Mitigation
Mitigation Measures77
Significance after Mitigation
Land conversion Low (2) Local
(1) Permanent (4)
Continuous (4) Certain (4) Partially
reversible (3) Moderate (18) Local Low
Application for approval
Non-Significant
Land and vegetation clearing
Low (2) Local (1)
Permanent (4)
Continuous (4) Certain (4) Mostly
reversible (2) Moderate (17) Local Medium
Apply mitigation in Chapter 6
Low
Impact due to overall design
Moderate (3)
Regional (2)
Permanent (4)
Infrequent (2) Certain (4) Not
reversible (4) Moderate (19) Regional Medium Chapter 6 Low
Land and geology impact during construction
Low (2) Local (1)
Permanent (4) One off (1) Possible (2) Partially
reversible (3) Minor (13) Local Non-
Significant Chapter 6 Non-Significant
Risk of soil contamination from chemical leakage
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
76 Valued Environmental Receptors (VER) Value and Sensitivity refers to the measure if receptors relative value or sensitivity to change. Local - low sensitivity, Regional - moderately sensitive with limited potential for substitution, National – highly sensitive with limited potential for substitution, International – extremely sensitive with limited potential for substitution. 77 Specific mitigation plans are detailed in Chapter 6.
Page 293
Impact Description
Magnitude/ Size Extent Duration Frequency Probability Reversibility Impact
Severity
VER 76 Value/ Sensitivity
Significance before Mitigation
Mitigation Measures77
Significance after Mitigation
Accumulation of waste Low (2) Local
(1) Permanent (4)
Continuous (4)
Probable (3)
Fully reversible (1)
Minor (15) Local Medium Chapter 6 Low
Aesthetic condition Low (2) Local
(1) Permanent (4)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Not
reversible (4) Minor (15) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Threat to terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Moderate (3)
Local (1)
Permanent (4)
Infrequent (2)
Probable (3)
Partially reversible (3)
Moderate (16) Regional Medium Chapter 6 Low
Impact on protected and sensitive areas
Negligible (1)
Local (1)
Permanent (4) One off (1) Unlikely
(1) Fully reversible (1)
Negligible (10) Local Non-
Significant Chapter 6 Non-Significant
Surface water quality and risk of pollution
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Alteration in ambient air quality and noise levels
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Road Traffic Moderate (3)
Regional (2)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Certain (4) Mostly
reversible (2) Moderate (16) Local Medium Chapter 6 Low
Community Health and Safety
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Page 294
Impact Description
Magnitude/ Size Extent Duration Frequency Probability Reversibility Impact
Severity
VER 76 Value/ Sensitivity
Significance before Mitigation
Mitigation Measures77
Significance after Mitigation
Occupational Health and Safety during mobilization of workers and personnel
Low (2) Local (1)
Permanent (4)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (12) Local Medium Chapter 6 Low
Impacts on the poor, women, children, PWDs and IPs
Low (2) Local (1)
Permanent (4)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (12) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Hazardous driving conditions and accident risks during transport of materials
Moderate (3)
Regional (2)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (13) Local Medium Chapter 6 Low
Possible transmission of communicable diseases
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Operational Noise Low (2) Local
(1) Permanent (4)
Continuous (4) Certain (4) Fully
reversible (1) Moderate (16) Local Medium Chapter 6 Low
Page 295
Impact Description
Magnitude/ Size Extent Duration Frequency Probability Reversibility Impact
Severity
VER 76 Value/ Sensitivity
Significance before Mitigation
Mitigation Measures77
Significance after Mitigation
Community Health and Safety
Low (2) Local (1)
Medium (3)
Infrequent (2) Possible (2) Fully
reversible (1) Minor (11) Local Low Chapter 6 Non-
Significant
Page 296
491. Mitigation measures were identified to reduce the significant adverse impacts including residual effects. The analysis of impacts as shown in Table 5.3 revealed the following:
• During the pre-construction phase, major potential negative impacts include possible disruption of services due to relocation of utilities, involuntary resettlement and cutting or relocation of trees, and traffic disturbance.
• During the construction phase, major potential impacts include disturbance to biodiversity, community and occupational health and safety risks due to civil works impacts to air water and land, and impacts on poor, women, and persons with disabilities (PWDs).
• No major impacts are anticipated during the operation phase of the project. Though there may be impacts such as leakages due to disposal of oil and grease, batteries, wastewater from depots expected, these are minor which can even be negligible through mitigation such as proper housekeeping, storage, and disposal of these hazardous materials.
492. Civil works will also be executed along city’s thoroughfare, thus there should be awareness on traffic and hazard conditions along the area. Traffic management such as temporary alternative routes along with safety measures should be recommended. Other mitigation measures, such as control of air, water and noise pollution, as well as proper waste management, should also be implemented. These anticipated impacts and the proposed mitigation measures are discussed in detail in the following subsection and are elaborated in the EMP (Chapter 6).
5.2 Potential Beneficial Impacts 493. The overall goal of the Project is to improve transport system in Davao. This
will help improve the overall public transport system in the city including concerns on safety and maintenance, and significant reduction in carbon and noise emissions. HPBS is envisioned to:
• Provide a consistent and high level-of-service to passengers with well-maintained and air-conditioned vehicles, fixed headways and operating schedules (that allow frequent and unfamiliar users to understand the system), formal bus stops to improve the wait environment with amenities including shelters and seats, and an automated fare collection system that allows for seamless interchange between different routes.
• Introduce a series of initiatives to improve the operating speeds and reliability of the buses in the city, possibly including Transit Signal Priority (TSP) at select junctions (where priority would "extend" the green cycle phase at junctions to allow approaching buses to proceed through the junction, or "accelerate" the green cycle phase at junctions so that buses have minimal waiting time at junctions), segments of bus lanes (or lanes partially or fully dedicated only to bus operations), and select road modifications.
Page 297
• Significantly reduce the number of public transport vehicles operating on the road network of Davao, which will reduce congestion and travel times in the city, improve reliability of the public transport system in the city.
• Reduce the magnitude of carbon and noise emissions from public transport due to reduction in total vehicles on the roadways (and due to possible introduction of electric vehicles, which will be explored in the city).
494. The implementation in addition, will increase job opportunities, ensuring to local hiring will be prioritized with equal opportunities given to skilled and unskilled workers and women and vulnerable groups.
495. Moreover, the facility is to incorporate environmentally sustainable features such as photovoltaic panels on the roof for supplementary power source, rainwater harvesting, wind turbine, natural light and ventilation maximized, as part of the sustainability features of the project.
496. The implementation of HPBS will be a landmark to improve public transport thus give Davao a truly modern bus system akin to other cities around the world. The project is aimed to pilot this modern bus system in the Philippines therefore the design and construction are aimed to add value for attraction and model scheme in Davao.
5.3 Potential Adverse Impacts and Mitigation Plans 497. Potential impacts on the environment and socio-economic aspect during the
design, construction, and operation and maintenance phases are identified in the following sections with proposed mitigation plans. The project proposed to avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, minimize, mitigate, and/or offset adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts by means of environmental planning and management (ADB SPS, 2009).
5.3.1 Project Phases 498. Major activities that will be carried out in the pre-construction and
construction phases are summarized in Table 5.6. A brief description of specific activities and the potential environmental impacts associated with the works are also in the table below.
Table 5.6 Summary of Major Project Activities
Major Activities Description Potential Environmental Impact
Pre-construction
Site Preparation
Ground investigation to understand ground conditions to determine risks in the project site.
Drilling boreholes using small to medium equipment may temporarily create disturbance to sensitive receptors (e.g., noise) within the site, but this would only take 9 days (at most), and the surveyor will ensure coordination with affected persons.
Page 298
Major Activities Description Potential Environmental Impact
This includes site preparatory activities such as land clearing and/ or tree cutting activities.
Loss of vegetation, disturbance to biodiversity, may trigger soil erosion, and induce landslides. Generation of waste and hazardous materials, may lead to spillages or improper disposal and storage.
Ground Preparation and Earthworks
Activities may include excavation; cut and fill; levelling and compaction, and other engineering works
Generation of noise and air pollutants, vibration. May trigger soil erosion and induce landslides. Generation of waste and hazardous materials may lead to spillages. Improper management of stockpiles.
Land and ROW Acquisition for APs
Land acquisition activities include stakeholder engagements and corresponding social activities to acquire necessary permits/ documents pertaining to land ownership.
Displacement of people and loss of livelihood Temporary disturbance to access to residences and small businesses
Relocation of utilities Relocation of utilities in project ROW
Interrupted use of power and telecommunication access.
Construction
Transport of Materials
This involves mobilization of construction vehicles (i.e., trucks and vessels) and heavy equipment for hauling and transport of materials.
Noise and air pollutant generation, traffic congestion, disturbance to sensitive receptors
Construction of permanent and temporary Facilities
Permanent facilities are the depots, driving school, terminals and bus stops. Temporary facilities in the construction site includes housing for workers, construction offices, storage facilities, etc.
Noise and air pollutant generation, vibration, domestic solid wastes and wastewater accumulation, disturbance to sensitive receptors
Operation of Heavy Machineries
Operation of these heavy machineries are for civil works
Noise and air pollutant generation, vibration, disturbance to terrestrial habitats, domestic solid wastes and wastewater accumulation, disturbance to sensitive receptors
Delivery of buses Phasing out of old jeepneys and delivery of new buses
Noise and air pollutant generation, domestic solid wastes, production of jeepney scrap, disturbance to sensitive receptors
Installation of IT infrastructure
Installation of systems needed to ensure operation of the HPBS, including traffic
Construction phase erection of traffic lights etc will cause noise, air disturbance. Maintenance and then disposal of computer hardware etc
Page 299
Major Activities Description Potential Environmental Impact signals, computer systems, CCTV etc.
5.3.2 Physical Environment
5.3.2.1 Loss of Vegetation from Land Conversion 499. Design and pre-construction stage. During this stage, the project needs to
secure the approval of the Davao LGU for land use conversion of areas for construction. Moreover, these areas have already been included in the overall plan of the city, as these were part of the current 2019-2028 CLUP.
500. Construction stage. Land conversion will reduce vegetative and agricultural lands. During this stage, when land is converted as commercial land, civil works will involve earthmoving activities such as excavation, vegetation clearing and tree cutting, which will then disturb and lose soil and vegetation layers thus altering the existing landscape characteristics in the vicinity of the project area.
501. Corrective action such as assessment of area for conversion will be needed as well as inventory of trees and terrestrial species must be evaluated. The following are the additional actions and control measures recommended due to land conversion causing loss of vegetation:
• Apply for land use conversion to Davao City LGU Planning
• Re-vegetation of disturbed areas as soon as practicable after the completion of the construction. Such areas will include road cuttings, embankments, drainage channels, and other areas disturbed by the project construction.
• Planting of trees at buffer zone on selected perimeter locations.
5.3.2.2 Alteration of Landscape due to Land conversion 502. Design and pre-construction stage. Existing landscape views, including
alteration of landscape characteristics and impacts to visual aesthetics, which may be perceived temporarily disrupting the ambience of the natural surroundings, will only last during construction phase. Therefore, final design of the project must not only consider engineering, safety, and environmental aspects but also the aesthetic impacts of the whole implementation. In fact, as the project is aimed to pilot modern bus system in the Philippines, the design and construction are aimed to add value for attraction and model scheme in Davao.
503. Construction stage. It is recommended to use of compatible tones for buildings and cladding colors. Such colors will include tonal variations of existing colors in the surrounding landscapes.
Page 300
5.3.2.3 Impacts of Geological Risks on the Project Location 504. As majority of the selected locations are situated within a flat terrain, it is
not expected to cause any change in the surface landform, geomorphology, topography, terrain, or slope. However, one geologic hazard evident in Davao is frequent mass movement brought about by earthquakes, or landslides, which usually occur at topography with large areas of moderate to steep slopes, areas lacking vegetative cover, and those constitutes weakness of rock and soil in their geologic structures. This is also evident based on the initial hazard assessment per site location using HazardHunterPH, as summarized in Table 5.7.
Table 5.7 Hazard Susceptibility Inventory Matrix
Site location
Hazard
Ground Rupture
Ground Shaking Liquefaction
Earthquake induced landslide
Tsunami Rain induced landslide
Buhangin Safe Prone Safe Prone; Moderate
Safe Low
Bunawan Safe Prone Safe Prone; Moderate
Safe Low
Calinan Terminal
Safe Prone Least susceptible
Safe Safe Moderate susceptible to flooding- 0.5-1m high at 1-3 days
Calinan Depot and Driving School
Safe Prone Safe Safe Safe Low
Sasa Safe Prone Prone; Moderate
Safe Being updated
Low
Sto. Niño Safe Prone Safe Safe Safe Low susceptible to flooding- <0.5m high at <1day
Toril Safe Prone Safe Safe Safe Low susceptible to flooding- <0.5m high at <1day
Source: Hazard Assessment, PHIVOLCS, HazardHunterPH
Page 301
505. Taking into consideration the susceptibility of the site to strong ground shaking, liquefaction (esp. in Sasa) and flooding in Calinan Terminal are critically important, therefore further study including the geologic investigation (GI) before the construction stage of the project to identify constraints in the engineering plans are recommended. GI works need to be conducted for the description of the underground conditions of the project selected locations, in order to determine possible impacts of the project to the sub-surface geology prior to construction. This GI study will be relevant to the contractor and the engineering team to propose appropriate design, hence ensuring safe infrastructure construction.
Landslide
506. Design and pre-construction stage. Based on the CLUP, there is no phenomenon of landslide in the area given its relatively flat terrain. Landslide risk map has also shown the very low susceptibility of the project site to landslides. Therefore, landslide is not foreseen to affect the project site. However, based on initial hazard assessment, Buhangin and Bunawan are both prone to landslides, that will be confirmed through the GI works currently undertaken by the team.
507. Moreover, some vegetation clearing may induce local landslide boundary areas at the project site. Further geologic investigations are necessary to be conducted to ensure that potential landslide risks can properly be if not prevented, mitigated.
508. Construction stage. Provision of installation of retaining walls and considering landslide measures in the design of the project needs to be reassessed depending on the result of the GI study.
Earthquake and Ground Shaking
509. Design and pre-construction stage. Seismic hazards are frequent in Davao City. As the project site is susceptible to fairly strong shaking, it is critically important to consider the ground acceleration values in the final design of the structures, especially upon construction of major project infrastructure.
510. Results from GI will be used to assess for the possible constrains to the engineering plans. As such, results should be incorporated into a site-specific probabilistic seismic hazard analysis that should factor into the final seismic design of the project.
Flood
511. Design and pre-construction stage. Considering that the selected areas within the project footprint are susceptible to flooding (see Table 5.7), the final design for the approach of the civil works will ensure that a well-designed drainage system is established to ensure effective storm water flow is maintained in the area identified of concern. Depot locations and associated structures will be designed to have a clearance above established flood levels, where practical and depot locations especially in Calinan, which are particularly prone to flooding, will be subject to further design measures such as, but not limited to, drainage design with adequate capacity
Page 302
to cater to flood events. However, given that the project is in its early design stages, flood prevention measures would be further refined at the next stage of the project, and clearly outlined as an issue the contractor/ proponent needs to take into account moving forward with the project.
512. Climate change is expected to intensify extreme rainfall and raise global sea levels. It is recommended, especially on the hydraulic structures design, to conduct assessment for climate change adjustment 78, demonstrating the following:
i. 1-day annual maximum rainfall total (Rx1day), for hydraulic structures.
ii. local mean sea-level change and high-water levels, for site evaluation of coastal flooding and erosion risks
513. Bus stops, on the other hand, are placed on pavement besides public roads where there is adequate drainage. Where deemed necessary in the engineering design, bus stops will be placed away from areas prone to severe flood, to minimize adverse impacts on the HPBS operation. Given the small size of bus stops (i.e., ranging from a simple flagpole to a relatively small shelter/ structure), it is considered that the bus stops themselves will not contribute to flooding in the area.
Tropical Cyclones
514. Design and pre-construction stage. As Davao generally experiences rainfall distributed throughout the year (Type IV based on the Modified Coronas Classification of Philippine Climate), which also means can also be susceptible to heavy rains and typhoons, the design of the major infrastructures should ensure to withstand these calamities at any intensity. The selection of model and installation procedure are critical and should anticipate worst case scenario that may brought about by the climate change.
515. Design of bus shelters should also consider this factor to ensure temporary cover and protection of pedestrians and commuters. Coordination with the locals will also be essential ensuring that these facilities will be maintained for users’ safety.
5.3.2.4 Impacts Related to Excavation 516. Construction stage. As some areas will be excavated and developed, this
may alter the original morphology of the project site. During earthworks activities, large masses of rocks and soil will be progressively moved to the designated dumping site to prevent accidents. Improper excavation procedures may cause collapses to near materials, e.g., ground movement and soil erosion, which if not properly conducted may cause adverse impacts such as threat to the safety of nearby communities and workers.
78 ADB, June 2020. Manual on Climate Change Adjustments for Detailed Engineering Design of Roads using Examples from Viet Nam
Page 303
517. These will be properly handled to avoid devaluation of land value and decrease the possibility of surface runoff, especially during rainy season. Furthermore, irresponsible discharge of accumulated wastes affecting soil quality in the project site and its vicinity will be avoided through practice of a proper waste management system, spills handling, and soil pollution mitigation.
5.3.2.5 Risk due to Soil Contamination 518. Construction stage. During this phase, earth moving activities, such as land
clearing and tree cutting, excavation, and construction of access roads, will disturb and lose soil and vegetation layers, potentially changing physical properties of the soil that may impact soil profile and may result in soil contamination if improperly managed. There will be loss of topsoil and removal of deep and massive soil profile may cause soil erosion.
519. The risk of soil contamination usually comes from leakage, spills, and if hazardous chemicals are improperly handled, managed, or stored during excavation and other construction works. Soil contamination reduces the quality of soil in the area, especially agricultural land in low-lying areas. If the project area will not have an efficient drainage system, it may cause the local flooding and increase the impact on soil quality.
520. Before start of construction works, it is appropriate to inspect first all machines and equipment prior to its use. Periodic maintenance shall be conducted to limit the generation of dust and emissions to the environment.
521. Minimizing the risk of soil spillage and soil enrichment that may arise during excavation and materials storage can be achieved by implementing a suitable materials handling program in such a way that the workers will be provided with trainings on proper use of equipment, topsoil handling and storage of materials. Fuel and used oil and lubricants shall be stored in demarcated storage areas.
522. Use of road roller is also recommended for immediate compaction of the all-weather road hence prevent any splash and soil erosion. Soil compaction improves soil density, lowers porosity, and increases penetration resistance of soils.
523. Solid waste generation will be limited to civil works debris and excess materials during construction phase that may lead to devaluation of land value, if mishandled. Moreover, irresponsible discharges, both solid waste and wastewater may affect soil quality and surface water in the project site and its vicinity. Through practice of a proper waste management system, spills, and soil pollution may be avoided.
524. The preparation of pollution incident response plan by the contractor(s) that lists possible pollution incidences with appropriate action plans for respective occurrences.
525. In addition, emergency and contingency plan in case of spills, as to ensure health and safety management plan, must be in place.
Page 304
526. Operational stage. Contamination may also be caused by generation of hazardous materials in land (i.e., disposal of busted lamps, batteries, empty chemical containers, used oil etc. (from storage areas) or may be generated from the operation of construction machinery and office facility.
527. Implementing a suitable materials handling program is recommended on proper use of storage of materials. Fuel and used oil and lubricants shall be stored in demarcated storage areas.
528. Similar to construction stage, preparation of pollution incident response plan enlisting the possible pollution incidences with appropriate action plans are necessary, including the emergency and contingency plan in case of spills, as to ensure health and safety management plan, must be in place.
5.3.2.6 Accumulation of Wastes 529. Construction to Operational stages. Wastes are expected to accumulate
during the land clearing and demolition of existing structures that will be used for the built up of the components. It is also expected that wastes will be produced due to the phasing out of old jeepneys that will be replaced by the new buses. While during operation, anthropogenic wastes are expected commonly daily wastes as food scrap of passengers.
530. The following are the actions proposed for the project impacts regarding wastes:
• Accumulation of solid waste generated due to land clearing must comply with DENR Administrative Order 2001 – 34: Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 9003 or the Philippine Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000. While hazardous wastes such as batteries and light bulbs should follow the RA 6969 or the Toxic Substances and hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act of 1990.
• Implementation of an organized waste storage, collection, and proper waste management system is prescribed to prevent possible contamination in soil and water. As well as provision of trainings to improve site personnel’s awareness on proper solid waste management ensuring that good solid waste management practices will be adopted.
• Handling of waste soil and debris should be conducted by workers with proper training to ensure waste management practices are observed.
• Domestic wastes from the on-site workers must be managed through a portable toilet while regular domestic waste or sewage disposal should be collected by an accredited DENR hauler to ensure cleanliness in the workplace and to avoid possible water quality impacts on the existing drainage and/or waterbodies.
• Proper coordination with the local government with regards to all planned activities as well as the management, transport, recovery, and disposal of waste materials must be conducted.
Page 305
5.3.2.7 Climate Change Adaptation 531. Climate projections such as increase in temperature, frequencies in rainfall,
and frequencies of extreme events are becoming significant due to climate change. Philippine governments are becoming more aware on these events, as disasters such as flooding, landslides and illness brought by such hazards occur more often than before. This scenario is aimed to be prevented by the DCDRRMO. The city adopted the National Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Framework for prevention and mitigation, preparedness, response and relief and rehabilitation.
532. The project substantially reduces GHG emissions compared to the scenario sans the project. Assuming 25 years of operations, it contributes to emissions reductions of between 2.84 to 3.42 million tons of CO2. Hence, no additional mitigation measures are needed. If more emission reductions are desired, eco-driving that reduces fuel consumption or switching to low carbon fuels are among the options that can be pursued.
533. For adaptation, the following measures are implemented to minimize the impacts of the climate hazards:
• Flood risk maps prepared by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) and the University of the Philippines – Nationwide Operational Assessment of Hazards (UP-NOAH) were used to inform the siting of the different project components. The platforms for depots, terminals, and driving school were also designed to be at least on the same level to adjacent roads. Interceptors and drains are also provided to intercept stormwater and divert them away from the structures. Detention tanks are also installed at each site to ensure that pre-development peak flow rates and volumes are maintained, and the project does not contribute to downstream flooding.
• Agencies will avoid putting buses, employees and infrastructure in harm’s way of flooding. As a first principle, bus stops are placed away from areas prone to flooding, depot locations are robustly designed to take into account flooding, with adequate drainage design and consider additional 0.3m bus wading and locating all charging infrastructure to a minimum of 300 mm above the 100-year flood level in the detailed design stage.
• Where necessary and depending on the future development of the road network extending beyond this projects study, operators should consider contingency routing in the event of severe flooding.
• Consider in the hydraulic structures design to handle a 40-45% increase in maximum daily rainfall during project design.
• Improve technical specification for all buses including the ability to operate during flood conditions in a minimum water depth of 300 mm.
• There will be information collection and update for re-routing/ planning.
Page 306
• Agreements needs to be made with public works bureaus to clear storm drains.
5.3.2.8 Impacts on Aesthetic 534. Construction stage. During the construction phase, there will be
unacceptable aesthetic condition due to possible anticipated traffic and inaccessible walkways. Given that the duration of the construction is relatively short, the impact is considered temporary.
535. Nevertheless, DOTr and its consultant should ensure that the contractor will be in full compliance to ensure that the site is clean as far as practicable and visually acceptable during construction phase. The Project design should harmonize within the existing surroundings as much as practicable.
5.3.2.9 Impacts on Accessibility
536. Construction stage. Due to civil works, there will be temporary disruption/ inaccessible of the existing walkways, tolerating some of the pedestrian to use the side of the road as their passageway. This may therefore cause traffic especially during rush hour, potential threat to health and safety of people/communities during construction phase of the Project.
537. Proper planning on the traffic management that includes safe access to pedestrians should be considered during the design phase. Alternative routes should be recommended. Post road signals and traffic wardens are also recommended to minimize the inconvenience caused due to the temporarily inaccessibility.
5.3.2.10 Conflict with Host Community on Water Use 538. Construction stage. During this stage, water demand will be mainly for the
activities of workers, such as concrete mixing, and cleaning of machinery and equipment at the site. Competition in water supply resources is anticipated during the project implementation, such as for domestic or agriculture. Hence proper coordination with LGUs and local water concessionaires are necessary to prevent any water scarcity within project vicinity.
5.3.2.11 Deterioration of Water Quality 539. Construction stage. Possibilities of water degradation and contamination
are anticipated. This may be due to civil works such as excavation and fuel, oil, and other hazardous materials leakages at the near water surfaces. In addition to this, improper sanitation during construction will lead to increased levels of total and fecal coliform especially, since, at this stage, alarming levels of coliform have already been recorded to the near water bodies of the major infrastructure sites.
Page 307
540. Operational stage. Similar to construction stage, deterioration of water quality is anticipated due to possible leakages in the water treatment facility of the major infrastructure of the project.
541. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the risk of deterioration of water quality:
• Proper waste management (handling, storage, and disposal) and housekeeping measures to prevent possible contamination in water.
• Implementing an organized waste collection and storage, where bulk waste oils and lubricants are placed in impermeable area are also recommended.
• Regular domestic waste disposal will be collected daily by a third-party contractor to ensure cleanliness in the workplace and avoid possible water quality impacts to existing drainage and/or water bodies.
• All construction materials and chemicals will be properly stored and managed in a secured storage area with the provision of secondary containment.
• Silt traps will be installed for all nearby water bodies.
• The waste soil and other debris will be properly handled and disposed of regularly.
• Training will be provided to site workers to improve their awareness of solid waste management practices.
• Where possible, inspect the irrigated areas within the construction especially during rainy days to limit excess watering and minimize runoff.
• Provision of silt-laden surface run-off fence during construction (and especially during rainy season) to reduce silt transport from exposed ground to the nearest drainage canals.
• Emergency and contingency plan in case of spills through health and safety management plan are encouraged to be in place, as well as maintenance and proper use of construction materials and heavy vehicles to further prevent possible contamination.
• Pollution incident response plan by the contractor(s) will also be implemented for the list of appropriate action plans for every possible pollution incidence.
5.3.2.12 Change in Local Microclimate 542. Impacts in terms of micro-climate, usually are formed by differences in
topography, wind circulation, energy absorbed and presence of water bodies. This is usually experienced through an urban heat island caused by
Page 308
heavy industrial and construction activities. Possible increase in temperature being trapped by construction of structures will be evident temporarily.
543. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the risk on community and workers’ health and safety:
• Cutting of trees in the area must be brought to a minimum or replanting of trees should occur if no other option is possible. This enhances the evapotranspiration from the trees resulting in lower temperatures in the area.
• Water spraying or installation of mist sprays on site can also help to cool the area.
• Considering in the design ways in lowering the temperature will also inevitably reduce the health and ecosystem risk of the project.
5.3.2.13 Impact on Air Quality 544. Design and pre-construction stage. Implementation of the project will
generate dust and exhaust gases due to use of equipment during civil works and operational phases. It is recommended to undertake modelling to assess the possible impacts of the project to the surrounding communities and the environment. Modelling will be based on the latest design, construction sequence, and PME inventory to ensure the dust modelling most accurately reflects the impacts and thus the most appropriate mitigation measures can be formed. This modelling will be integrated into the DED IEE that will follow on from this FS.
545. Construction stage. During this phase, dust and exhaust gases will be generated from transporting and gathering of raw materials, civil works, and use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment such as excavators, bulldozers, generators. In addition, as construction vehicles as well as some plant and equipment are mobile, the generated dust and gaseous pollutants may be widely dispersed.
546. The use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment are expected to increase the concentrations of particulate and gaseous pollutants within and surrounding the project site.
547. Although the impacts are anticipated to be short term, the following control measures are recommended to minimize the air quality impacts during construction phase:
• Use of regular watering to reduce dust emissions from crushed materials, exposed site surfaces and unpaved roads
• Use of frequent watering for particularly dusty construction areas and areas near sensitive receptors which include any domestic premises, hotel, hostel, hospital, clinic, nursery, temporary housing accommodation, school, educational institution, office, factory, shop, shopping centre, place of public worship, library, court of law, sports
Page 309
stadium or performing arts centre, or any other premises or place with which, in terms of duration or number of people affected, has a similar sensitivity to the air pollutants as the aforelisted premises and places
• Side enclosure and covering of any aggregate/ dusty/ odorous material storage piles to reduce emissions
• Cover open stockpiles entirely by impervious sheeting, and avoid placing dusty/ odorous stockpiles near sensitive receptors
• Tarpaulin covering of all dusty vehicle loads transported to, from and between site locations, and dusty materials being transported should be water sprayed
• Set up and use of vehicle wheel and body washing facilities at the exit points of the site
• Provision of site hoarding along site boundary where adjoins a road, streets or other accessible to the public for a site entrance or exit
• Imposition of speed limits for vehicles on site haul roads
• Routing of construction vehicles and positioning of plant and equipment as far away from sensitive receptors as possible
• Set up an environmental monitoring and auditing programme to monitor dust levels within and in the vicinity of the project site, particularly near sensitive receptors, and to enforce appropriate controls and mitigation measures when required
• Use of low sulfur fuel in construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment as far as practicable
• As part of the Safety and Health Standards, workers will be provided with the appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) (e.g., use of dust mask)
• Provision of training to workers for the use of efficient fuel and equipment (e.g., use of low sulfur fuel, scheduling of use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment to minimize idle and distances travelled, vehicle speed limit on bad terrain etc.)
• Construction works should be scheduled during acceptable day-time hours as agreed between the local government and the contractor to minimize disturbance to residents and sensitive receptors
• Inspect construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery before use
• Preventive maintenance of equipment and vehicles should be observed to minimize gaseous and particulate pollutants
• Permit to operate (PTO) must be duly applied upon procurement of generator sets
Page 310
• Undergo government emission compliant tests for construction vehicles
• Use of construction vehicles as well as efficient plant and equipment that meet the emission standards and are regularly maintained
• Incorporate traffic management guidelines in worker’s and subcontractor’s training/ seminar.
• During construction, regular monitoring of particulate concentrations shall be done to ensure that the levels are within the DAO 2000-81, DAO 2013-13 and IFC Standards. The sampling stations in this assessment may be used as monitoring stations once the construction and operations phase commence.
• Roadside air pollution during the operation phase will be lowered due to the use of modern buses, most especially if electric buses will be approved, rather than use of outdated engines of jeepneys. Implementation of the project would also attract private car users to support use of new buses leading to ease traffic congestion and lower GHG emissions.
548. Operational stage. It is anticipated that the emissions of new buses from this project will offset the emissions from the jeepneys that is planned to be phased-out during the implementation of the project. Nevertheless, as there will still be emissions. Corrective measures are observed to consider the health and safety of the users and the communities at the vicinity of the project site. The mitigating measures listed above will be the same measures expected during the operational stage, and will be updated based on the equipment that will be used as the project completed its design.
549. The mitigation measures recommended are based on the analysis findings during this FS IEE. Measures will be further reviewed and revised/ supplemented where appropriate after the project design has been finalized with engineers and detailed modelling has been conducted later in the DED stage.
5.3.2.14 Impact on Noise 550. Design and pre-construction stage. Implementation of the project will
create alteration to the noise level that is expected to affect the sensitive receptors. It is recommended to undertake modelling to assess the possible impacts during construction and operational stages of the project. It is logical and reasonable to assume that an entire site would not be used for 100% of the time over 100% of the area. Therefore, an appropriate model based on the latest engineering design, utilizing construction phasing schedule, PME inventory and work fronts will be conducted and be updated in the DED version of this IEE report. With these results, mitigation measures will be more robust to ensure that the contractor is well prepared upon their review of the tender documents. The DED version of this IEE
Page 311
will cater to more specific mitigation measures upon the finalization of the modelling work based on the latest design.
551. Construction stage. During construction phase, noise would arise from activities such as transportation of construction materials and use of plant and equipment. Construction works would generate various levels of noise depending on the types of activity and equipment used to which workers and sensitive receivers would temporarily be exposed.
552. The noise levels of construction machinery that is permissible to residential area based on IFC Standards are 55 dBA during daytime and 45 dBA during the nighttime.
553. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the noise impacts during construction phase:
• Only well-maintained plant should be operated on-site, and plant should be serviced regularly during the construction programme
• Machines and plant (e.g., trucks, cranes) that may be in intermittent use should be shut down between work periods or should be throttled down to a minimum
• Plant known to emit noise strongly in one direction, where possible, should be orientated so that noise is directed away from nearby sensitive receptors which include any domestic premises, hotel, hostel, temporary housing accommodation, hospital, medical clinic, educational institution, place of public worship, library, court of law or performing arts centre, or any other premises or place, not being in the nature of either industrial or commercial premises, which is considered to have a similar sensitivity to noise as the aforelisted premises and places
• Silencers or mufflers on construction equipment should be properly fitted and maintained during the construction works
• Mobile plant should be sited as far away from sensitive receptors as possible and practicable
• Material stockpiles, site office and other structures should be effectively utilized, where practicable, to screen noise from on-site construction activities
• Use of quiet plant where possible and practicable
• Use of movable noise barriers and enclosures to screen noisy plant and equipment such as air compressors and generators
• Set up an environmental monitoring and auditing programme to monitor the noise levels in the vicinity of the project site and to enforce appropriate controls and mitigation measures when required
• Impact monitoring for construction noise should be carried out near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites to obtain one 1-hr
Page 312
measurement at each monitoring location at a frequency of once a week when construction activities are underway
• Construction works should be scheduled during acceptable day-time hours as agreed between the local government and the contractor to minimize disturbance to residents and sensitive receptors
• Nearby communities including affected barangays and near residents must be informed of the duration and timing of construction
• As part of the Safety and Health Standards, workers will be provided with the appropriate PPEs (e.g., ear plugs) to protect themselves from high noise levels
• Comply with the DENR and IFC standards through frequent monitoring during the construction phase to ensure that impacts on identified sensitive receptors are properly mitigated.
554. Operational stage. During this stage, ambient noise level of areas in vicinity of the project site would be elevated due to the project. Potential operational noise sources include noise from fixed plants. Noise mitigation measures such as noise barriers and enclosures as well as noise shielding structures will be used where appropriate to mitigate the operation noise impact of the project on surrounding sensitive receptors.
555. Impact monitoring for operational noise should be carried out near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites to obtain two 1-hr measurements at each monitoring location, one taken at the start of the day and the other taken during the day, at a frequency of once a month for a two-year period after the project has commenced.
556. These recommended measures will be further reviewed and revised/ supplemented where appropriate after the project design has been finalized with engineers and detailed modelling has been conducted later in the DED stage.
5.3.3 Ecological Environment
5.3.3.1 Threat to terrestrial Flora and Fauna
Disturbance to existing Terrestrial Flora and Fauna due to Vegetation Removal
557. Pre-Construction to Construction Phase. The project covers area that are mostly surrounded by trees and vegetation. Upon checking on the land title, none are still under the Department of Agrarian Reforms (DAR) or under Comprehensive Agrarian Reform Program (CARP). Though three areas were previously noted under DAR, titles have been awarded to current landowner through Certificate of Land Ownership Award (CLOA) and their Transfer Certificate of Titles (TCTs) have been recorded to Registry of Deeds (ROD).
Page 313
558. No records or indication that these agricultural lands are classified as high yield or prime agricultural areas were found. However, potential project impacts to agricultural lands will still be assessed and considered.
559. Clearing and levelling activities may affect flora through direct habitat loss or through habitat damage to retained habitats. Permanent habitat loss will occur where there is vegetation cover within the footprint of the project area (including requirement for transporting of equipment during the construction phase, and for the maintenance during operation). Habitat damage may occur through physical root damage to retained trees/shrubs, contamination through dust, pollution events from accidental fuel and chemical spills and/or sediment run-off from vehicles and ships, or through the spread of non-native species.
560. Impacts on terrestrial species will manifest at the development of the construction phase of the project since major transformation will be implemented. It is anticipated that large volume of earth will be removed, the natural landscape will be altered to give way to the design of the project and direct effects to plant physiology and growth might be observed due to compacting soil structure. The vegetation will be permanently removed in some areas especially where the HPBS structures and facilities will be located.
561. The project’s pre-construction and construction activities could result in considerable decline in terrestrial flora and faunal species diversity within and near the project area. Impacts to flora and fauna may occur through loss, severance, or damage of supporting habitat (e.g., during site clearance activities), disturbance (e.g., from noise, increased vehicular movements, or temporary construction lighting), or mortality (e.g., during vegetation clearance, or through contamination due to pollution events from accidental fuel/chemical spills).
562. The identified threatened and endemic species (see Appendix G8 for the list of threatened and endemic species per site) within the project sites must be preserved ideally. But it is expected that these plants will be highly affected by the project, therefore, it is recommended to at least secure seedlings or individuals of them for the preservation of their kind. The seedlings or individuals of these plants must be placed in the nursery for future replanting activities.
563. The flora diversity is considered high within the project sites while faunal diversity is moderate. There were endemic plant species identified in the project sites. However, the project is not expected to directly alter the frequency and distribution of endemic species and as well as the whole biodiversity of Davao Region.
564. Elimination of grasses, natural vegetation, and agricultural crops where the project sites will be located would likewise result in loss of natural habitat and removal of food sources for wildlife. Increase in anthropogenic activity could drive away wildlife to other adjoining habitats and to nearby human settlements. There will also be possible incidental or accidental killing of wildlife especially snakes.
Page 314
565. During periods of low food availability, predator-type species may also resort to prey switching, a common behavioral response when the population of its natural prey items become infinitesimally low to sustain its nutrient requirements. As the name implies, this physiological adjustment involves the search for replacement prey items having similar nutritive value, in the scarcity of its original prey preference. This may pose a threat to a number of prey species, especially if the natural preys of the predators have not recovered to ecologically viable populations.
566. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the impacts of the Project during pre-construction and construction phases:
• Conduct inventory of trees and wildlife within and around the project area;
• Secure all relevant permits, including tree cutting/ earth balling permit prior to land clearing;
• Land and vegetation clearing to be conducted only within approved Project boundaries;
• All pre-clearing protocol will be established and implemented for all clearing activity to minimize impact to resident fauna. This will entail delineation on the ground of specific areas to be cleared.
• Immediate compaction of all weathered roads to prevent soil erosion
• Ensure compliance with DENR Administrative Oder 2020 – 06 relating to vegetation clearing or relocation (i.e., 100% Tree Inventory and Tree Cutting or Relocation Permit) to be secured from DENR and RA 8048 (Coconut Preservation Act of 1995) from Philippine Coconut Authority (PCA);
• DOTr to hire Contractor with appropriate experience and expertise on tree cutting / earth balling;
• Promote restoration of damaged or destroyed vegetation where possible (e.g., tree planting);
• Reforestation at areas designated by DENR-Forest Management Bureau (FMB) to replace lost tree species;
• Establish a temporary nursery area for the relocation of the highly important plant species;
• Coordinate with DENR and other authorized agencies for the careful removal and translocation of species;
• Consider provision of nurseries to raise seedlings or saplings for future revegetation requirements, should be necessary. Pursuant to DENR Memorandum Order 2012-02: Uniform Replacement Ratio for cut or relocated trees will be 1:100 ratio for naturally growing trees on private or forest lands, including those affected by development
Page 315
projects in support of the National Greening Program (NGP) and Climate Change initiative of the Government;
• A monitoring program for biodiversity (flora and fauna) will be implemented during construction and operation phases;
• It is therefore recommended to prohibit capture and killing of faunal species (especially threatened species i.e. Hydrosaurus pustulatus, Acerodon jubatus, Calostoma insigne, Cuora ambionensis, Drepanosticta clados, Nisaetus pinskeri, Ceyx argentatus, and Numenius madagascariensis) if seen during the construction and operation phases, instead coordination to DENR and other authorized agencies (e.g. Protected Areas and Wildlife Bureau (PAWB)), should be done for the proper removal and translocation of wildlife species. Nests found in the project sites can also be carefully transferred to nearby habitats;
• Limit land clearing as much as possible;
• Preserve and protect natural creek along the boundary of the project sites;
• Provide temporary fencing for vegetation that will be retained;
• Grow endemic species in the established high conservation areas;
• Improve the vegetation near the project area through tree planting and re-greening; and
Impacts on Terrestrial Wildlife due to intensified noise caused by anthropogenic activities
567. Construction Phase. Noise pollution caused by anthropogenic activities is given in the area since it is highly urbanized. Intensification of anthropogenic noise through various activities during construction phase (i.e., vehicles that passing through the project site and peripheries; actual bus operations) may alter the physiology, behavior, reproduction, and long-term survival of resident terrestrial fauna. Species are likely to adapt to disturbances at a certain noise level. The disturbances may be classified as a pulse disturbance (an abrupt change on natural systems) thus, this is a short-term change and can eventually revert after the construction phase. All vehicles and equipment that may intensify noise will comply with the minimum standards to reduce effects of noise pollution.
Impact on terrestrial wildlife due to increase in the intensity of artificial light
568. Construction Phase. Occurrence of light pollution in the area during nighttime can potentially affect the behavior of animals, can alter the circadian cycle (normal distinction of animal between day and night) and cause temporary blindness that can affect the food hunting of some animals especially those hunting at night. In situations wherein animals accidentally landed into any facility during construction and operation phase, it will be
Page 316
removed and brought back into its natural habitat in a proper manner of handling wildlife.
569. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the impacts of the artificial lightning on terrestrial wildlife during construction phase:
• Effects from source of artificial light at night will be contained during construction hours;
• Improving the vegetation that creates barrier will limit the glare coming from the artificial light;
• Concentrating the light on operations using directional light;
• Installation of anti-glare to the source of artificial light to regulate glare; and
• Some wildlife is attracted to light, in case of unexpected luring of wildlife, it will be removed in the right manner and brought back into its natural habitat,
Impacts on surrounding terrestrial vegetation due to dust deposition
570. Construction Phase. Dust deposition on surrounding terrestrial vegetation may decrease their palatability on native fauna consuming plant material (herbivores). Dust accrual on leaves may also hamper photosynthesis (a process in plants converting the light energy into sugar for food) thus, reducing the food production for animals relying for nourishment. However, dust is not a significant problem especially during the rainy season as it is naturally washed off. Further, dust coming from the Project is expected to be localized to the site and considered to have negligible effect.
571. Dust-enriched environment can be controlled through the following:
• Frequent sprinkling of water to access roads and other exposed soils will be executed especially during the dry season of at least four (4) times a day or as needed.
• Trucks carrying dirt and overfills and/or topsoil in holding areas will be covered properly to avoid escape of dust.
• Speed limit along the access roads will be strictly promulgated to minimize hovering dust.
Impacts to terrestrial wildlife and vegetation due to vehicular strikes
572. Construction Phase. During construction phase, possible blocking of animal movements usually for wild animals that are not accustomed to and are more vulnerable to harmful interactions with humans. However, these species have shown considerable resilience to human settlement in the area. Due to this, it is expected that the project will have minimal ecological impact on wildlife species at each project site.
Page 317
573. To lessen the likelihood of vehicular strikes on terrestrial fauna and flora species, speed limits will be strictly implemented along the access roads leading to the Project. Spots with high wildlife observations will be marked with signs to establish awareness towards drivers and workers. Regular toolbox sessions may be conducted to remind personnel entering the Project site on existing wildlife in the area. Proper signages will be installed to increase awareness and avoid accidents.
Accidental spills of oils, lubricants, and other chemicals during construction activities potentially impacting abundance, frequency, and distribution of species
574. Construction Phase. Accidental oil, lubricant, and chemical spills which may potentially occur during construction and/or maintenance activities could facilitate episodic surface water quality deterioration among receiving aquatic ecosystems.
575. In order to prevent spills, bulk waste oils and lubricants, the following control measures are recommended:
• Appropriate equipment will also be used for the task and regularly maintained;
• Workers will be provided with a procedure manual and sufficiently trained to prevent oil and chemical spills, as well as to implement good housekeeping practices;
• Localized storage of waste oils, lubricants, and chemicals in designated storage tanks with adequate spillage protection and disposal in appropriate off-site facilities. The storage will have proper roofing and has concrete-paved floor with proper chemical-proofing to avoid permeation of chemicals. All activities that involve transfer or removal of petroleum products and other hazardous chemicals will be in a localized area as much as possible. Use of temporary waste storage will be utilized to avoid spills; and
• Emergency response procedures in case of spills will also be developed.
Threats to existence and/or loss of important species.
576. Construction Phase. One threatened terrestrial vertebrate species (Hydrosaurus pustulatus) was identified. This species is endemic to the Philippines inhabiting riparian vegetation from forest to open cultivated areas (Ledesma et al. 2009). In the site, individuals were seen in creeks along the boundary of the project site. Protection and preservation following mitigation measures for water quality of these natural creeks should be prioritized.
577. Operational Phase During operational phase, the project is not anticipated to have any significant impacts on surrounding flora.
Page 318
5.3.3.2 Impact on Protected and Sensitive Areas
Impacts to Protected and Key Biodiversity Areas
578. Pre-Construction Phase. The Integrated Biodiversity Assessment Tool (IBAT) World Bank Group Diversity Risk Screen was done for each site to identify potential priority species, including listed in IUCN Red List for CR and EN species within the 50 km AOI, and protected areas and key biodiversity areas listed within 1, 10, and 50 km AOI. Based on the result, there are no noted protected or key biodiversity sites found within 1 km buffer but there were some found within 10 and 50 km buffer, including potential presence of one Critically endangered species (i.e., Philippine Eagle) and six Endangered species (i.e., Acerodon jubatus, Calostoma insigne, Cuora ambionensis, Drepanosticta clados, Nisaetus pinskeri, and Numenius madagascariensis). Other species that are being significant importance to IUCN Endangered species under Criterion 1, Criterion 2, and Criterion 3 are also considered in this study (i.e., Hydrosaurus pustulatus, Drepanosticta aries, Pseudagrion buenafei, Coeliccia exolete, Otus mirus, Trichoglossus johnstoniae, Loriculus philippensis, Vitex parviflora, Limnomys sibuanus, Limnomys sibuanus, Podogymnura truei, Tarsomys apoensis, Ichthyophis mindanaoensis, Aethopyga primigenial, and Aethopyga boltoni). Though there are identified protected and key biodiversity sites within the 50km boundary, this may presume that the project will have no direct and significant impacts to the identified protected and key biodiversity areas.
Impacts to Sensitive Receivers
579. Sensitive receivers are those identified within the 300-500m radius from the center of each major infrastructure. They are defined in Chapter 4 as any built-up areas, schools, and other crowded areas, within or near the construction area under observation.
580. Sensitive receptors may be the directly APs, which are proposed to be relocated. Whereas the indirectly APs, those that will be affected but will be retained in the area will be protected through frequent monitoring, in accordance with the national guidelines and international standards, as discussed in Chapter 4 and Section 5.3.2.
581. The following control measures are recommended to minimize the impacts of the project on the sensitive receivers:
• Public disclosure of project activities must be duly done to inform the affected community and businesses of the plans, possible effects and time duration of the Project.
• Comply with the livelihood and resettlement plan as indicated in the Resettlement Action Plan of the project.
Page 319
5.3.3.3 Surface water quality and risk of pollution
Fine sediment influx during earthworks potentially impacting abundance, frequency, and distribution of species in freshwater ecology
582. Construction Phase. Fine sediments may end up in the stream bed during construction phase; by way of aeolian (wind) dispersion and flood pulses during periods of high precipitation. Considerable rates of sediment accrual, when left unchecked, may increase substrate smothering and reduce microhabitat complexity. When this happens, a gamut of aquatic biota (i.e., periphyton, aquatic invertebrates, fish fauna) may no longer be well-suited and/or well-adapted to the resulting habitat conditions, and thus may result to local extirpation. To illustrate, there may cases wherein certain predatory species may experience reduced feeding efficiency, due to potential sediment resuspension into the water column. Suspended colloidal particles disrupt the normal prey identification and food item perception of these raptorial aquatic predators, which could eventually lead to, in extreme circumstances, starvation-induced mortalities. Moreover, smothered substrates which could have been ideal attachment sites for diverse periphyton species, may become sparse in overall percentage, correlating with lowered food biomass available for grazer-type invertebrates.
583. For possible options in mitigating these identified impacts, designation of riparian buffer zones based on Presidential Decree (PD) 1067, Water Code of the Philippines of 1976, shall be considered such that a riparian area (i.e., from each stream bank) of three (3) meters (for urban areas), 20 meters (for agricultural areas), and 40 meters (for forested areas) will be maintained along the entire length of the surveyed streams. Riparian buffer zones are ecotones (boundary between ecosystems), thought to be an effective, sustainable means of protecting aquatic ecosystems against anthropogenic impacts. To illustrate, riparian zones perform a wide range of functions, including but not limited to:
• Trapping/removing sediments from run-off; • Trapping/removing phosphorus, nitrogen, and other nutrients that can
lead to eutrophication; • Trapping/removing pesticides and other contaminants; • Stabilizing streambanks and reducing channel erosion; • Maintaining habitat for fish and other aquatic biota by way of moderating
water temperatures and providing woody debris; and • Improving the aesthetics of stream corridors.
584. All riparian buffer crossings (i.e., road crossings) gaps, and breaks should be minimized, as these effectively reduce buffer width and allow sediment, along with other contaminants, to pass directly into running waters. Presence of pre-existing/future impervious surfaces near the streams should not be included in the computation of designated buffer widths. For instance, if there exist a 10 m concrete/paved access road parallel to the stream channel, the riparian buffer should be increased by 10 m on the roadside. Impervious surfaces also transfer most precipitation into run-off, often leading to increased surface erosion, faster storm flows, and increased
Page 320
channel erosion. Additionally, stormwater run-off from paved surfaces may potentially deliver various pollutants directly into the receiving aquatic ecosystems since the natural soil filtration is bypassed.
585. As previously mentioned, fine sediments may end up in the stream channel by way of aeolian (wind) dispersion. When construction commences, fugitive dusts coming from vehicular traffic could be considered as the primary source of wind-dispersed dust particles, eventually entering the water column of nearby freshwater habitats. Development and implementation of a specifically designed construction plan during earth moving activities can ensure that the potential delivery of fine sediments and other particulate matter into the stream channel is kept at minimum. To illustrate, trucks that carry material will have speed limits of 60 km/hr in public roads and 10 km/hr in construction areas and access roads. Trucks and vehicles that transport construction material, construction equipment, and spoils will be covered to prevent spillage and fugitive emission of dust. In case of accidental spillage of soil or other dust-enriched materials along haul roads and/or public roads, immediate clean-up and water sprinkling shall be conducted to minimize, if not eliminate, the probability of these spilt material from reaching inland running waters.
5.3.4 Socio-Economic Environment
5.3.4.1 Involuntary Resettlement 586. Design and pre-construction stage. Families and individuals recorded for
displacement were initially surveyed. List of affected persons (APs) can be referred from the Resettlement Action Plans prepared for this project. Affected persons for displacement are located in the major infrastructure sites, i.e., at depots, terminals and driving school. While preliminary study identified that almost all that are going to be affected by the implementation of bus stops and queue jump lanes are easements and setbacks, therefore there is no need for displacement.
587. The project will ensure that full compensation to the entitled APs before displacement. These are all discussed in detail in the RP/RIPP of the project.
5.3.4.2 In-Migration 588. Construction stage. In-migration is anticipated where people move to areas
with increasing employment opportunities. With the proposed HPBS development and increase in economic activity, in-migration influx is expected hence DOTr must work together with Davao LGU to ensure its control.
589. DOTr and Davao LGU may propose to prioritize local hiring to control this influx. The project is proposed to be prioritized hiring of locals, with equal opportunities given to skilled and unskilled workers and women and vulnerable groups.
Page 321
590. In addition, training will be provided to enhance local skills. Equal opportunities will be provided to workers allowing applicants regardless of gender, disability, race/group, and age.
5.3.4.3 Impacts on Cultural or Lifestyle Change 591. Construction to Operational stage. The project will impact locals,
communities, and IPs (i.e., three ICCs, where bus shelter will be installed). It will also impact small businesses, temporarily affecting their sources of income. During the project implementation, the project is also expected to attract business development in the area, therefore this directly contribute to lifestyle change of locals due to increased income.
592. Continuous stakeholder consultations, including consultations with IPs to formulate support to their culture, will allow strict safe regulation compliance to gather the needs of locals especially the vulnerable groups, as identified as directly affected.
5.3.4.4 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety 593. Occupational health impact and safety issue due to the construction
activities is anticipated during the construction without provision of proper protection measures. According to the Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook of the World Bank, various health impacts, such as acute or chronic occupational disease, would be the results of exposure to pollutants. Worker Provisions are necessary to ensure employment and worker health and safety met. This includes the Occupational Health and Safety Plans that will be imposed towards the completion of the Project.
594. As the project involves civil works suitable trainings and workshops would be provided to the construction workers to engage awareness for the possibilities of risks and accidents during and after work hours. Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) are required upon entering the construction sites. Therefore, the possibility of risks and accidents from general construction activities could be minimized.
595. The Project would inevitably impose potential air quality and noise impacts on the construction workers. With proper implementation of air quality and noise control measures in Sections 5.3.2.12 and 5.3.2.13, and also the provision of PPEs, the occupational health impacts due to the construction activities could be minimized.
596. As also mentioned above, the Project will be located along the main thoroughfare, residential area and commercial area, where potential traffic and hazard driving conditions on the construction workers is also anticipated along the area. Given that proper traffic management and temporary alternative routes have been proposed, the potential risk will be minimized. Nevertheless, the above-mentioned trainings and workshops for the construction workers will also engage awareness of the potential traffic and hazard driving conditions near the construction site.
Page 322
597. Furthermore, due to influx of workers/ work camps, public health impacts are not discounted. There is also a potential rise in gender-based violence (GBV) and HIV/AIDS/STDs during civil works. Thus, GBV and HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention campaign will be provided to the workers.
598. With reference to the SPS, preventive and protective measures shall be provided to secure the occupational health and safety. DOTr will ensure that Contractor will prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work, through the following:
• Identify and minimize, so far as reasonably practicable, the causes of potential hazards to workers;
• Provide preventive and protective measures, including modification, substitution, or elimination of hazardous conditions or substances;
• Provide appropriate equipment to minimize risks and requiring and enforcing its use;
• Train workers and provide them with appropriate incentives to use and comply with health and safety procedures and protective equipment;
• Document and report occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; and
• Have emergency prevention, preparedness, and response arrangements in place.
599. During construction phase, possible transmission of communicable disease is anticipated due to poor sanitation and poorly managed waste disposals by the construction workers.
600. Proper waste disposal, hygiene and drainage plans must be imposed to minimize disease transmitted by mosquito and rodents. Training will be provided to the construction workers on the solid waste management for proper waste handling and disposal, as well as the good practices on hygiene and sanitation to minimize the possibility of communicable diseases.
601. Potential spread of COVID 19 is also anticipated during construction works. This is spread through person-to-person close contact (within 6 feet) and respiratory droplets produced when infected person talks, coughs or sneezes.
602. Minimum public health standards (MPHS) will be strictly observed in public places, such as use of face masks, to cover the nose and mouth, and face shield to cover the face, physical distancing of not less than 1m, and frequent handwashing with soap and water of use of alcohol.
603. Awareness and trainings will be implemented with the workers to provide basic facts and explain the protective measures that should take place during work and after. Implementation of specific policies will be encouraged to
Page 323
minimize spread e.g., minimize contact among workers or maintain at least 6 feet distance from other workers and frequent disinfection of the facilities. Provision of emergency response for workers and employees will also be provided to ensure control and prevention measures during work.
5.3.4.5 Impacts to Public Health and Safety 604. Risks to health and safety may be expected during construction phase if
there will be improper use of machineries and equipment. Health will also be uncertain as there may be influx of workers. Risks can be caused by poor hygiene and sanitation and improper waste disposal of migrant workers. Lack of access to clean water may also lead to diseases.
605. Workers should be trained to properly conduct Health and Safety Programs and Procedures to eliminate these risks and should be provided with Emergency Plans to prevent accidents. Coordination with local authorities should be conducted for proper waste management that involves regular collection of waste and proper disposal. Trash bins will be placed in strategic locations and waste segregation will be applied during construction phase.
606. In terms of safety of the workers, an Environmental, Health, and Safety Program will be followed. During construction phase, the health and safety of communities will be ensured through measures such as provision of safety barriers and warning signs, security procedures to be implemented, areas to be guarded during construction, lightning protection system to be installed and maintained, and sensitive receivers to be kept outside of recommended safety buffer, among others.
607. A grievance redress mechanism will also be established for any environmental and social issues and complaints to ensure immediate and appropriate action.
5.3.4.6 Impacts on the PWDs, Poor, Women and Children, Indigenous Peoples
608. Safety will be the key concern on the disability sector, poor, women and children in the vicinity of the Project during the construction phase.
609. When it comes to gender issues, a potential rise in GBV is expected, thus there should be awareness and prevention campaign will be provided to the workers. Also, the project should propose equal opportunities to women to avoid their potential exclusion in employment opportunities.
610. To ensure the safety for all users, including the PWDs, poor, women and children, the Project will ensure that the design, security and management of the project will be advantageous to them especially during the construction phase.
611. As the project will traverse areas with CADT, continuous coordination with NCIP are being organized to set up community assembly with the tribes and
Page 324
the elder, to organize project information disclosure and to ensure that their concerns will be incorporated in the overall plan of the project.
5.3.4.7 Impacts on Road Traffic 612. Increase in traffic congestion is expected especially during the transport of
materials in the area. However, this is anticipated to be only temporary. All vehicles will be used in accordance with the existing traffic rules and regulations within and outside the project area. A Traffic Management Plan (TMP) shall be implemented to promote safe material and component transport in the area. The plan must be coordinated with LGUs to identify alternative routes and strategize traffic management once construction has commenced.
613. This is also not discounted during setting up of bus lanes and installation of shelters and queue jump lanes in the set locations, especially as these are located in major thoroughfares. This may therefore create temporary traffic and hazard driving conditions in the area. To maintain adequate traffic flow, working space will be restricted. To avoid potential traffic and hazard driving conditions, proper traffic management measures will be considered. Temporary alternative routing is considered necessary to avoid heavy traffic and risks in the area. TMP/ guidelines and training will be prepared to improve the potential traffic and hazard driving condition.
5.3.4.8 Impacts on relocation of utilities 614. It is likely to interrupt the telecommunication and electricity services due to
the relocation of poles and wires without proper communication and management with the service providers/ agencies. Therefore, coordination with the service providers is continuously being organized to come up with a MOA on the responsibilities of each provider to ensure that inventory of the affected utilities and communication with affected residents and businesses are met prior to the construction phase. Advisories from each utility provider will be set during relocation proper if residences and business are to be affected.
5.3.4.9 Equal Opportunity Job Policy 615. DOTr’s hiring policy process to be non-discriminatory. The project will
implement an equal opportunity job policy to allow all qualified applicants to be considered for work at all phases of the project regardless of gender, age and ethnicity.
Page 325
6 Analysis of Alternatives
6.1 Project Alternatives 616. Different candidate sites have been explored for each location. The selection
of the optimal site aims to host the proposed facilities in each area. A multi-criteria analysis was undertaken to evaluate and determine the site with that performs best against various operational, engineering, and environmental and social parameters and site space requirements. Figure 6.76 illustrates the final sites agreed with the LGU for the assessment conducted in February 2021.
Figure 6.76 Sites Assessed in February 2021
6.1.1 Selection Criteria 617. A multi-criteria analysis was undertaken to measure the performance of the
different site options against various parameters. The following describes the steps undertaken:
• An assessment criterion was developed with assigned weights based on a high-level assessment of general quality of concerns.
• Each assessment criterion was evaluated based on a 1-3 scale. In cases with two site options, the scoring system either assigns “1” to the worse performing option and “3” to the better performing option or both sites would merit a score of “2” if both sites are similar. In cases with more than two options, the scoring system follows a 1-3 scale, with “1” as the
Page 326
worst performing option, “2” as the moderately performing option, and “3” as the best performing option.
• Assessment criteria scores produced a composite score used to measure the overall base case performance of the site proposals.
• Sensitivity tests were conducted to determine the robustness of the results given the uncertainties in the assigned weights under the base case scenario.
Criteria and Weightings
618. The assessment categories (i.e., operational, engineering, environmental and social, and site size) under the base case scenario were equally weighted. The assessment criteria for each category, weights, and the basis used for the assessment are detailed in the tables below.
Table 6.8 Operational Criteria and Metrics for Depot Assessment
Assessment Criteria Weights Scoring Principles and Basis for Assessment
Extent of deadheading
20% Deadhead distance is the distance between the depot and the first/last stop of the route. It is important to consider deadhead distances as this involves implications on fuel use and O&M costs. Deadhead distances are measured and sites with shorter deadhead distances are preferred.
Ease of access from / to main road
20% Ease of access from/to the main road is assessed based on the distance of the site to the main road and the width of the access road providing sufficient maneuverability for the vehicles. Sites directly connected to the main road and with a wide access road are preferred.
Traffic impacts 30% Surrounding land-use and population density have implications on the severity of human exposure to traffic impacts. Traffic impacts are expected to be more severe in sites with surrounding areas that have more commercial land uses and more dense settlements, and are therefore, less preferred.
Site layout for operational efficiency
30% Site shape is key in influencing the configuration of facilities and enabling the logical movement and circulation within the site. Sites with more contiguous shapes are preferred.
Table 6.9 Engineering Criteria and Metrics for Depot Assessment
Assessment Criteria
Weights Rationale / Basis for Assessment
Disruption to existing utilities and roadway
30% Presence of utilities on site requiring relocation or rehabilitation are identified. Sites with utilities requiring relocation or rehabilitation are scored lower as this involves service disruptions.
Constructability 35% Constructability measures the ease of construction based on site topography and constraints. Sites are overlain on the topographic map provided by the LGU and elevation differences are compared. Sites that are more flat and without any other constraints are scored higher.
Page 327
Assessment Criteria
Weights Rationale / Basis for Assessment
Geohazard risks 35% Sites were assessed against GeoRisk Philippines Hazard Risk Maps to determine their susceptibility to liquefaction, earthquake- and rain-induced landslides, and flooding. Sites with low geohazard risks are scored lower.
Table 6.10 Environmental and Social Criteria and Metrics for Depot Assessment
Assessment Criteria
Weights Rationale / Basis for Assessment
Resettlement impacts
40% Presence of settlers and vendors and plantation for commercial use on site were considered. Sites requiring the displacement of settlers or dependent livelihoods are scored lower.
Removal of trees, vegetation cover, habitat disturbance
20% Presence and extent of trees and vegetation cover requiring removal and their resulting habitat disturbance were considered. Sites requiring more tree removal, implying more habitat disturbance, are scored lower.
Impact on water bodies
20% Presence of water bodies within a 250m distance from the site may imply higher risk of water contamination and are therefore, less preferred.
Air pollution and noise impacts to sensitive receivers
20% Surrounding land-use and population density have implications on the severity of human exposure to air pollution and noise. Impacts are expected to be more severe in sites with surrounding areas that have more dense settlements or have land-uses with vulnerable receivers (e.g., hospitals, schools), and are therefore, less preferred.
Table 6.11 Site Size Criteria and Metrics for Depot Assessment
Assessment Criteria
Weights Rationale / Basis for Assessment
Adequacy of site space / Efficiency of co-location
100% Adequacy of site space to accommodate the proposed facilities is assessed. For sites proposed to host multiple facilities, the efficiency of co-locating facilities in one site is also assessed. Sites with sufficient space and that are able to accommodate multiple facilities are scored higher.
Sensitivity Tests
619. Sensitivity tests are designed to reassign weights that will allow scenarios that favor each assessment category. The tests indicate how each option will perform under a particular scenario or category that is considered to be more critical.
Page 328
620. Table 6.12 shows all sensitivity tests, where:
• Test 1 prioritizes Operational considerations
• Test 2 prioritizes Engineering considerations
• Test 3 prioritizes Environmental and Social considerations
• Test 4 prioritizes Site Space
Table 6.12 Weighting Criteria for Sensitivity Tests of Depots
Category
Weighting Set
Base Case
Sensitivity Test Sets
1 Operational
2 Engineering
3 Environ-mental and Social
4 Site Space
Operational 25% 40% 20% 20% 20%
Engineering 25% 20% 40% 20% 20%
Environmental and Social
25% 20% 20% 40% 20%
Site Size 25% 20% 20% 20% 40%
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
621. Results of the depot sizing analysis and multi-criteria assessment are attached in Appendix C. The final selected locations are shown in Figure 3.8 and Figure 3.9.
Page 329
7 Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation
7.1 Overview of Consultation 622. Consultation is a two-way process that empowers APs to identify issues,
share views and information, and participate in decision-making on matters affecting their lives. Consultation also includes appropriate documentation and feedback mechanisms.
623. This chapter discusses the (i) project stakeholders, (ii) principles for consultation and participation, (iii) consultation and participation mechanisms to be used during the different stages of the project cycle; (iv) activities undertaken to disclose project and resettlement information; and (v) results of consultations with affected persons.
624. The objectives of consultations, aside from providing vital information on the project, are to understand the issues and concerns of the APs, mobilize government agencies and private companies for active involvement in project implementation, set the stage for downstream consultation and participation activities, support government in becoming more transparent on its programs and projects, and empowering the APs and other key groups to initiate action and take control over development decisions and resources.
625. Adhering to the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (2009), meaningful consultation is governed by the following:
i. Begins early in the project preparation stage and is carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle;
ii. Provides timely disclosure of relevant and adequate information that is understandable and readily accessible to affected people;
iii. Undertaken in an atmosphere free of intimidation and coercion;
iv. Gender inclusive and responsive, and tailored to the needs of the disadvantaged and vulnerable groups; and
v. Enables the incorporation of all relevant views of affected people and other stakeholders into decision making, such as project design, mitigation measures, sharing of development benefits and opportunities, and implementation issues.
7.2 Consultation and Participation Principles 626. Consultations and public participation principles are aligned with the
commitment of ADB and the Philippine government to invoke meaningful engagement at early stages of the project and sustained at various stages of the project cycle. This consultation process includes transparent, understandable, and timely disclosure of relevant project information to
Page 330
stakeholders that is gender inclusive and responsive, specifically to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable sectors.
627. The consultation and survey plan are designed to ensure that communication with stakeholders such as women, vulnerable groups, indigenous people, and interested stakeholders will be organized and conducted in a meaningful manner. The key objectives of the stakeholder engagement include:
i. To provide guidance to the client to establish a systematic stakeholder engagement approach, which is the key to building and maintaining a constructive relationship with both APs and other concerned parties;
ii. To disclose relevant and transparent project information to the public, including the APs and make them aware of potential risks, impacts – both possible positive and negative effects of the project in all phases;
iii. To assess APs level of interest and support to the project;
iv. To engage with primary and other interested stakeholders to establish the relationship for communicating and sharing project information that is relevant to understand both parties’ concerns, views, and opinions on the project in a timely, accessible, and understandable manner;
v. To identify the stakeholders, project focal persons, community or organization leaders, and others that will be designated as primary contacts for any future project-related communication; and
vi. To provide an accessible and appropriate avenue and means for stakeholders to express concerns, raise issues and grievances, and allow the client to respond, manage, and address them appropriately.
628. The topics covered during consultation and participation activities are as follows:
i. Information about the Project including key facilities;
ii. Schedule of project implementation;
iii. Probable benefits and adverse environmental and social impacts of the Project and mitigating measures to be taken;
iv. Compensation and entitlement packages and the schedule of information disclosure meetings on valuation;
v. Process of determining replacement cost values for compensation;
vi. Process of and timing for compensation payment and entitlement provision;
vii. Resettlement process; and
viii. Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM)
Page 331
7.3 Identification of Project Stakeholders 629. The identified stakeholders include persons/individuals or groups that are
affected or likely to be affected by the project. Other individuals or groups that may have interest in the project are considered as interested parties.
630. Among the stakeholders, groups from the local government units and government agencies, non-government organizations, household and business, local institutions and communities will be invited for consultation meetings to discuss the project and its perceived effects.
631. The identified stakeholders include project affected parties such as individuals or groups that are affected or likely to be affected by the project. Other individuals or groups that may have interest in the project are considered as interested parties.
632. The identification of the possible stakeholders will be based on ADB’s EA Guidelines, which sets out to five categories of stakeholders, namely:
• Local Communities
• Civil Society
• Government/ Local Government Bodies
• Private Sector Bodies
• Other Institutions
633. Other interested parties such as people who or organizations which do not have a direct stake at the project but may be affected by the project to some extents are covered by the project. These may include, but not limited to, civil society organizations (CSOs) and non-government organizations (NGOs) operating in the project area.
634. The vulnerable groups include those underprivileged below the national poverty line, households headed by senior citizens, single-parent-headed households, and households who have persons with disability (PWD) as household members. Such vulnerable persons or households may be at risk of being marginalized from a regular consultation process. The project, therefore, ensures that the consultation and participation process is inclusive of all APs.
635. The stakeholders initially identified for the project are summarized in Table 7.1. This list has been identified considering the impacts in environmental and social aspects, including gender issues, involuntary resettlement, and indigenous peoples.
Page 332
Table 7.1 Project Stakeholder Groups
Stakeholder Consultation Level
Stakeholder Group Dates/ Mode Composition
Multi-Stakeholder Consultation
Government/ Local Government Bodies
23 April 2021/ Zoom Meeting
This sector shall be composed of relevant key institutions of the state which provides services for the good of public welfare. Offices to be invited are government agencies with related mandate to the project and where the proposed project will be undertaken. This include but not limited to the following: Local Government Unit (Representatives from the City Government Departments including Sangguniang Panlungsod Committees affected by the project) DSHUD and Key Shelter Agencies (National Housing Authorities (NHA), Social Housing Finance Corporation (SHFC) Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) DENR- Environmental Management Bureau (DENR-EMB) National Commission on Indigenous People (NCIP) National Economic and Development Authority (NEDA) Land Transportation Office (LTO) Davao City Provincial Office Social Welfare officer of the city (MSWDO/CSWDO) Gender Focal point person of city government (also usually from the MSWDO/CSWDO), if present Accredited NGOs
District-level consultation meeting & Focus Group Discussions (FGD)
Local Communities and Civil Society
28-30 April 2021/ Zoom Meeting
This includes barangays directly affected by the project Barangay Officials
Civil society are group of people which has specific functions in the community that differs from the government, private and business sectors. NGOs / civil groups to be invited are interested groups which specific function is related to the type and impacts of the project. This include but not limited to the following: Women and Children’s Group/ Sector Urban Poor Sector Senior Citizens Organization Persons with Disability
Page 333
Stakeholder Consultation Level
Stakeholder Group Dates/ Mode Composition
LGBTQIA Community Local Transportation Group Women leaders of civil society groups
District-level consultation meeting
Businesses Businesses invited are those that will be affected by the project. This includes but not limited to the following: Directly/ indirectly affected small/ large scale businesses Women leaders of business organizations
District-level consultation meeting
Other Institutions
This sector is founded for religious, educational, hospitals or other similar purpose. This include but not limited to the following: Directly/ indirectly affected local institutions (schools and colleges, churches, hospitals)
Stakeholder Consultation Meetings (SCM) & Focus Group Discussions (FGD)
Local Communities
3-5 May 2021/ Onsite and Zoom
This includes locals or stakeholder directly affected by the project Private landowners or property owners /non-landowners and other actual occupants of the lands.
4 December 2021/ Zoom Application
7.4 Consultation and Participation Methods and Mechanism
636. Table 7.2 presents the mechanism for consultation and participation.
Table 7.2 Consultation and Participation Mechanism
Stage of Project Cycle Mechanism Timing and Frequency Responsible
Agency
Detailed design IEC – Multi-stakeholder Consultation
Once (city level), prior to all field activities
DOTr/LGU
IEC – District Level Consultation
Once, Barangays covered by the district, prior to field activities
DOTr/LGU
First SCM Once per project site covering affected barangays, prior to field activities
DOTr/LGU
Second SCM Once per project site covering affected barangays, to discuss RP updates
DOTr/LGU
FGD Once per project site covering affected barangays; between first and second SCMs
DOTr
Page 334
Stage of Project Cycle Mechanism Timing and Frequency Responsible
Agency
Production and distribution of printed and other materials
Printed materials are prepared to inform APs of (i) where to address their grievances, (ii) schedule of public consultation, and (iii) inventory of land. Consultation materials are as follows: Project information booklet (PIB) (Bisaya and English versions) Project poster GRM brochure RP entitlement matrix Tarps of the local help desk (four types) Standard DOTr presentation materials (audio-visual production) Brochures and posters
DOTr
Online disclosure of project information and announcements
As needed. Information disclosed through project/LGU Facebook page, Twitter, and website
DOTr/LGU
Media release and press briefing
As needed. Press briefings are meant to disclose key project information, key project highlights and act as a risk mitigation measure.
DOTr/LGU
7.4.1 Methodology 637. Disclosing the project information to stakeholders aims to provide them
access to the project’s purpose and nature, timeline, anticipated environmental issues and social risk/ impacts and ways to minimize these. This also aims to inform them ways in participating, through providing step by step process and means by which grievances can be raised. This generally intends to allow the stakeholders to understand the project, its impacts, and its opportunities.
638. Information is disclosed in local languages and in a manner that is culturally appropriate, considering the groups with specific needs (e.g., those with disability, literacy, gender, mobility, and difference in language or accessibility).
639. Consultation with the stakeholders will be in a continuous basis. This should provide opportunities to stakeholders to express their views on the varying
Page 335
components of the project that include risks, impacts, and mitigation measures. In return, this also gives an opportunity for the proponent to respond to the raised concerns.
640. The consultation methods in this chapter only contains the initial consultation conducted by Arup, through the help of their sub-consultant, Envia, who facilitated the on-site activities. It is expected that DOTr will continuously set meetings and activities to maintain good relationship with affected stakeholders.
641. Through consultations, as stakeholders will become more informed about the design of the project, they in return may provide additional input as they know the current needs and issues in their locality. Hence, as consultations will encourage stakeholder to give their feedback on the project, this will also give an added value to help the project in the identification and mitigation from the environmental and social risks and impacts that the project may have caused.
642. As the project covers the majority of the population of Davao City, consultation meetings targeted all 133 barangays that will be affected by the implementation of bus route, stops and depots/ terminals. Table 7.3 shows the multi-staged stakeholder consultation meetings conducted for the project.
Table 7.3 Stakeholder Consultation Levels
Consultation Activity Date Participants
Multi-Stakeholder Consultation (Appendix F1)
This shall be composed of relevant key institutions or government agencies (e.g., advocates, CSOS, city officials, and other NGA/ NGO) with related mandate to the project and where the proposed project will be undertaken.
23 April 2021 Male: 18 (28%) Female: 47 (72%)
District Level Consultation (Appendix F2)
Mainly focused on consultations at barangays per district, and identified key stakeholders (e.g., barangay captains, sectoral representatives, directly and indirectly property owners and businesses).
28-30 April 2021
299 attendees: Male: 127 (42%) Female: 172 (58%)
Focus Group Discussion (Appendix F6)
Included in the FGD are project-affected persons residing or working in areas of the proposed project locations and civil society groups, but not limited to the following:
28-30 April 2021
55 participants from 6 sessions: Male: 21 (38%) Female: 34 (62%)
Women and Children’s Group / Sector, Urban Poor Sector, Persons with Disability, LGBTQI Community, Women leaders of civil society groups
Page 336
Consultation Activity Date Participants
Key Informant Interview (Appendix F4)
Stakeholders with specific functions in the community that differs from the government, private and business sectors. The stakeholders to be invited are interested groups which specific function is related to the type and impacts of the project.
March - April 2021
Male: 2 (50%) Female: 2 (50%)
This activity will aim either to set the objective of the consultations and/ or to fill the gap from issues/ concerns from the previous consultations.
Stakeholder Consultation Meeting (Appendix F3)
This includes locals or stakeholders directly affected by the project. Private landowners or property owners/ caretakers directly affected. Businesses that will be displaced by the project.
for Depots, Terminals and Driving School: 3-5 May 2021
Male: 27 (51%) Female: 26 (49%)
For bus stops and queue jump lanes: 04 December 2021
44 attendees from 2 sessions: Male: 27 (61%) Female: 17 (39%)
Special Consultation Meeting (Appendix H)
This includes indigenous groups who will be affected by the project.
15 October 2021
Male 24 (86%) Female 4 (14%)
This activity aims to consider the special needs of Indigenous People (IP) sector and as a requirement under RA 8371 or the Indigenous People's Rights Act (IPRA).
Private landowners or property owners/ caretakers directly affected.
Businesses that will be displaced by the project.
643. In preparation for the said activities, PIB, that is translated in Bisaya were distributed through print outs and email, and posters were displayed in barangay halls and in social media, through SDP Team’s and Davao LGU’s official Facebook accounts (Appendix E).
7.4.2 Covid COVID-19 Health and Safety Measures for Consultations and Social Surveys
644. This is a time of rapidly evolving protocols from business and government for ensuring the health and well-being of employees and community.
645. The most important element of approach is clear communications directed to all the people involved, i.e., the subcontractor, Arup, DOTr and LGUs to discuss and come to a consensus on action plans if contingencies arise. We have identified several potential key risks due to the COVID-19
Page 337
Contingency, with corresponding response to address or minimize implications on the health/ safety of staff, and/ or delay, interruption, or disruption of work activities as part of all consultation and survey activities.
646. As safety, health and environment conditions became the major concern during the survey and data gathering activities of the project, the survey team has ensured to follow the existing law and order condition and abide the EO No. 12 Series of 2021 of Davao City. The survey team observed the following measures during all field activities:
i. The survey team strictly followed the General Site & Travel Safety protocols of Arup. Before travelling to Davao, Health and Safety Orientation was organized, facilitated by Arup’s Health and Safety Manger, to the subcontractors. They were also asked to fill up the Arup’s Site-Specific Risk Assessment (SSRA) that became a helpful tool to address the needs of the staff before the actual site visit.
ii. Proper coordination with the DOTr, LGU and stakeholders were undertaken before the conduct of surveys and consultation meetings, discussing all the planned itinerary for the safety of all staff and stakeholders they are visiting.
iii. Private and/or hired vehicles were used during each activity, observing restricted number of passengers per type of vehicle to ensure physical distancing in closed space.
iv. The team were refrained to travel at night, observing curfew time in Davao at 9PM to 4AM.
v. During the conduct of public consultations or any other coordination activities, minimum public health standards (MPHS) were strictly observed in public places, such as use of face masks, to cover the nose and mouth, and face shield to cover the face, physical distancing of not less than 1m, and frequent handwashing with soap and water of use of alcohol.
vi. Strict adherence with all the medical and travel protocols that is being implemented by the LGU.
647. The project has adopted ADB’s Guidance Note on Safeguards Compliance during the COVID-19 Pandemic (2021). Several adaptive measures are currently being instituted such as preparation of brochures and posters for distribution to APs and concerned barangays and utilizing or accessing other ICT resources/tools.
648. For the conduct of public consultations, information disclosure and ground survey activities. Table 7.4 shows the COVID-19 measures were observed during consultations.
Table 7.4 Project’s Measure Against COVID-19
Activity Project`s Measure Against COVID-19
Public consultation Face-to-face consultations:
Page 338
Activity Project`s Measure Against COVID-19 For small-scale venues such as conference rooms and classroom-type rooms, a maximum of 10 participants per room will be accommodated per session. Larger venues such as basketball courts are preferred for a larger number of participants (a maximum of 50 persons). A 1 or 2 meters of social distancing will be maintained for seating arrangements and queueing during registration. A handout that contains consultation protocols will be provided to participants upon registration. They will be provided with PPE (e.g., face masks) and alcohol or sanitizers and will be oriented on social distancing protocols. During actual consultations, the health conditions of staff will also be checked. SCM or IEC participants will be oriented towards COVID-19 precautionary measures during consultations. Body temperature and health conditions will be checked before entering the venue and be provided with masks and sanitizers or alcohol and facemasks. APs who may show COVID-19 symptoms will not be allowed to enter the venue and endorsed by proper health authorities. Online consultations: Online meetings will utilize recorded videos for presentation, while Q&A session will be conducted through live streaming of the DOTr, and other agencies involved.
Disclosure of Project Information
Disclosure of project information to affected people and stakeholders may be carried out through local media i.e., newspaper, television, radio, SMS, interactive websites, social media platforms, and other similar platforms. Information leaflets/ brochures on the project be developed and hard and/or soft copies distributed to affected people and relevant stakeholders. Informatory signboards/ posters be installed to host barangays. Feedback necessary and shall be documented. Stakeholders may contact the provided hotline in the brochures and leaflets provided and may use social media platforms for their questions.
Ground survey Ground staff or surveyors will attend an orientation of health and safety protocols to be observed during activities including proper physical distancing measures. Staff will be provided with PPE (e.g., face masks and face shields) and disinfection kits. The health conditions of the staff will also be checked prior to the conduct of a survey. APs will be contacted before informing them of the survey plan and obtaining their approval for the conduct of the survey. Physical distancing will be observed during interviews and physical contact will be avoided. Interviews will be conducted outside structures, or the avoidance of enclosed areas will be observed. Options for surveys: Should there be the need to conduct surveys, online and phone surveys will become an option, aside from usual on-site face-to-face interviews. APs will be asked on their preferred option depending on their capacity, i.e., mobile access, access to internet, or possession of a personal computer. For on-site interviews, it is preferred to be conducted in one venue (within a barangay) to minimize the exposure to COVID-19. However, it must be noted that the said surveys may fail to cover all APs and that the results will have to be representative of a larger population of APs. Additional surveys may be conducted when safety required for the relevant activities is sufficiently secured.
Page 339
7.5 Key Findings
7.5.1 Multi Stakeholder Consultation 649. The local government units, government agencies and interest groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations/ People’s Organizations) were chosen as the participants for the Multi-Stakeholder Consultation.
650. In total, 50 invitation letters were intended for the identified stakeholders to participate in this consultation. Out of the 50 identified stakeholders, 48 had been sent invitations via email with 29 simultaneously delivered as hard copies. Out of the invited stakeholders, only 16 confirmed their attendance – of which seven (7) are from the LGU, six (6) from NGAs, and three (3) from CSOs/ NGOs – and 19 acknowledged their receipt of the letters. The summarized list of the invited participants with their information, acknowledgements, and other updates regarding the process is presented in Appendix F.
651. The meeting was held via Zoom Application on 23 April 2021. Attendance was recorded through participants’ accomplishment of Google Form link answering the following questions:
Attendance Sheet Questionnaire (Google Form) Name (Ngalan); Sex Assigned at Birth (Sex sa pag-anak); Sex do you identify with? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Unsa man nga sex imong gi-ila/ginapraktis? (Pag-siguro nga mahiapil ang tanang gender); Gender you're attracted to? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Unsa nga gender imong magustuhan? (Pag-siguro nga mahiapil ang tanang gender); Contact Number; E-mail Address; Government Office/ Organization/ Affiliation; and Position
652. The consultation was attended by a total of 65 people from different sectors. Out of 65, 45 were attended by stakeholders, and 20 were from DOTr, Davao City LGU, Arup and Envia.
Table 7.5 Sex Disaggregated Data of Attendees
Questions Tally
Sex Assigned at Birth (Sex sa pag-anak)
Female (Babae): 47 (72.3%)
Male (Lalake): 18 (27.7%)
Sex do you identify with? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Unsa man nga sex imong gi-ila/ginapraktis? (Pag-siguro nga mahiapil ang tanang gender)
Female (Babae): 44 (73.3%)
Male (Lalake): 15 (25%)
Both Male and Female (Ang duha Lalake ug Babae): 1 (1.7%)
Question Left Blank: 5
Page 340
Questions Tally
Gender you're attracted to? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Unsa nga gender imong magustuhan? (Pag-siguro nga mahiapil ang tanang gender)
Men (Mga Lalake): 39 (69.6%)
Women (Mga Babae): 10 (17.9%)
Sex is Not a Consideration (Dili konsiderasyon ang sex): 5 (8.9%)
Both Men and Women (Ang duha Lalake ug Babae): 2 (3.6%)
Question Left Blank: 9
653. The program, facilitated through Zoom platform, started at 9AM, with simultaneous viewing using Facebook Live. The following activities were organized in sequence:
Table 7.6 Multi-Stakeholder Consultation
Time Activities
8:30 – 9:00 Registration
9:00 – 9:10 Invocation: Prayer and National Anthem Housekeeping and safety briefing
9:10 – 9:15 Opening Remarks from Davao City-LGU
9:15 – 9:20 Presentation of the program, agenda and meeting objectives
9:20 – 9:45 Project background and overview by DOTr
9:45 – 10:00 Discussion of project components by Arup
10:00 – 10:15 Discussion of anticipated E&S risk and impacts
10:15 – 10:30 Break/ Answering of perception survey tool
10:30 – 11:00 Open Forum
11:00 – 11:30 Project next steps/ activities: E&S surveys and consultations Presentation of number for inquiries
Issues raised during open forum
654. Most of the concerns during this meeting are focused to the safety and access of PWDs, pregnant women and senior citizens, specifically their priority seats and accessibility and distances to bus stops. They are also concerned on the relocation and livelihood impacts especially to the jeepneys drivers and operators who will be phased out due to this implementation. Gender issues were also tackled in the meeting, requesting that gender analysis must also take place during the project study. Impacts to environment was also brought up requesting for inclusion of noise assessment and climate risk analysis. These and all other concerns were noted by DOTr and LGU, to ensure that all of it are considered on the study being conducted by the team. Documentation of all concerns raised during the consultation is attached on Appendix F.
Page 341
7.5.2 District Level Consultation 655. Affected 133 barangays from different districts were chosen as the
participants for the District Level Consultations on 28-30 April 2021. The consultation meetings were held through zoom application from April 28 to 30, 2021 with two sessions each day, AM Session (8:30AM-11:30AM) and PM Session (1:30PM-4:30PM). The meeting was intended for the barangay officials and sectoral representatives from the different district levels identified to be directly affected areas by the project.
656. Identified affected barangays from the different district levels of Davao City (48 from District I, 32 from District II, and 53 from District III) were informed about the consultation meetings through oral and written means. The soft copies of the invitation letters were distributed through email, participants who did not respond in the email were contacted through phone calls, and hard copies of the meeting materials were personally handed also. Furthermore, there was an announcement of the meeting schedules posted in the HPBS SDP Facebook Page. The Davao City’s Barangay Cultural and Communities Affairs Division (BCCAD) also helped reached out to the participants through their Facebook group chat. The invitation process was done a week before the meeting dates. All acknowledged and received invitation letters can be seen in Appendix F.
657. Like the Multi-Stakeholder Consultation, attendance was recorded through participants’ accomplishment of Google Form link.
658. These online consultations were represented by 82 barangays, as summarized in Table 7.7. To date, the team is currently collecting all the attendance sheets that was distributed before the consultations to confirm the actual number of attendees and the barangays they represent. As consultations were also viewed through Facebook Live, the actual number of participants will not be confirmed.
Table 7.7 District Level Consultation Attendees Per Barangay
District Date Barangays Invited Barangays Attended
Poblacion 28 April (AM) 34 20
Talomo 28 April (PM) 14 5 (others attended morning session)
Buhangin 29 April (AM) 13 8
Bunawan and Agdao 29 April (PM) 19 14
Baguio, Marilog and Tugbok 30 April (AM) 26 17
Calinan and Toril 30 April (PM) 27 18
Total 133 82
659. The program, facilitated through Zoom platform, started at 9AM and 2PM, with live viewing using Facebook Live. The following activities were organized in sequence:
Page 342
Table 7.8 District Level Consultation Schedule
AM Time PM Time Activities
8:30 - 9:00 1:30 - 2:00 Registration
9:00 - 9:10 2:00 - 2:10 Invocation: Prayer and National Anthem
9:10 - 9:15 2:10 - 2:15 Housekeeping and presentation of Program by the facilitator
9:15 - 9:35 2:15 - 2:35 Project background and overview
9:35 - 10:00 2:35 - 3:00 Discussion of project components
10:00 - 10:15 3:00 - 3:15 Discussion of anticipated E&S risk and impacts
10:15 - 10:30 3:15 - 3:30 Break/ Answering of perception survey tool
10:30 – 11:00 3:30 – 4:00 Open Forum
11:00- 11:30 4:00- 4:30 Project next steps/ activities: E&S surveys and consultations Presentation of number for inquiries
Issues Raised during Open Forum
660. On this 3-day consultations, concerns of all barangays affected were gathered. And as the meeting was also viewed via Facebook Live, more participants were able to raise their questions and were answered immediately during the live zoom meeting. Questions varied from the (1) design of the bus, whether the bus would allow vendors to transport their goods, design of the pedestrian -- facilities if there will be ramps and signages, (2) project timeline, when will be the start of the project and whether next years’ election would affect the project implementation, (3) phase out of other vehicles such as UV express and pedicabs, and (4) transportation fare. Concerns such as the safety and suitability of the project for PWDs as well as which CADT areas are to be affected by the project were also discussed during the consultation. Documentation of the whole c Documentation of all concerns raised during the consultation is attached on Appendix F.
7.5.3 Stakeholder Consultation Meeting 661. During 3-5 May 2021, an Initial Stakeholder Consultation Meetings (SCM)
with regards to depots, terminal and driving school was conducted in the affected barangays to inform the APs about the project and get their comments and concerns. These meetings were originally organized via face-to-face meeting, however as some areas have been restricted by these meetings, Zoom Application was used to achieve the 9:00 AM to 11:00 AM morning session, and 2:00 PM – 4:00 PM afternoon session.
662. In accordance with the Right-of-Way and Site Acquisition (ROWSA) Manual of DOTr, APs, neighbourhood inhabitants, NGOs or Peoples Organizations’ representative, and local associations representative from the identified affected barangays were invited through oral and written mediums. Flyers, and posters were distributed, as well as invitation emails were sent to APs.
Page 343
Figure 7.1 Photo of Posted Announcement in Brgy. Catalunan Pequeño
663. The attendance of the participants for the meetings were recorded and included in the attachments of Appendix F.
664. The SCMs were divided into six (6) groups as shown in Table 7.9.
Table 7.9 Schedule of Stakeholder Consultation Meeting
Dates Stations Activities Meeting Set Up
3 May 2021
Calinan Terminal, Depot and Driving School
AM: Brgy. Calinan Proper, Lacson, APs
On site and via Zoom
Sto. Niño Depot PM: Brgy. Catalunan Pequeño, APs
Via Zoom
4 May 2021
Buhangin Depot AM: Brgy. Cabantian, APs On site and via Zoom
Bunawan Terminal PM: Brgy. Bunawan Proper, APs On site and via Zoom
5 May 2021
Toril Terminal and Depot
AM: Brgy. Bato, APs On site and via Zoom
Sasa Depot PM: Brgy. Km 12 Relocation - Panacan, APs
Via Zoom
665. The following activities were organized in this sequence:
Table 7.10 Stakeholder Consultation Meeting
AM Time PM Time Activities
9:00 – 9:10 2:00 – 2:10 Discussion of agenda
9:10 – 9:25 2:10 – 2:25 Project Overview
9:25 – 9:45 2:25 – 2:45 Project Components
9:45 – 10:15 2:45 – 3:15 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP)
10:15 – 10:30 3:15 – 3:30 Project next steps: RAP activities and other E&S activities
Page 344
AM Time PM Time Activities
10:30 – 11:00 3:30 – 4:00 Open Forum
11:00 4:00 Presentation of contact number for inquiries
Issues raised during open forum
666. Summary of issues and concerns during the consultation is presented on Table 7.11.
Table 7.11 Summary of Issues Raised per Facility Location
Location Summary
Buhangin Depot The morning session of 4 May 2021 raised the issue regarding the PAPs and the size of the affected property.
Bunawan Terminal The issues raised in 4 May 2021 PM session were clarifications in the exact project location and size, as well as the design of the project in regard to floods.
Calinan Terminal The issues presented during the AM session of 3 May 2021 were confirmation on how the negotiated sale will be conducted, when the project operation will begin, and regarding the tagging of trees and landmarks placed in the area.
Calinan Depot
Calinan Driving School
Sasa Depot 5 May 2021 PM session presented queries regarding the details of the location and structure of the project, as well as the value of the property.
Sto Niño Depot
Issues presented during the 3 May 2021 PM session were in regards with clarifications of the project definition, commercial activities of the unclaimed land, and questions regarding sale and tagging.
Toril Depot The issues raised were regarding the relocation of affected families, the value and compensation that the PAPs will receive, and when the operation of the project is.
667. These and all other concerns were noted and immediately answered by DOTr and its consultant, except for the landowners and other affected settlers who was not able to attend the scheduled meeting. A detailed documentation of the consultation is attached on Appendix F.
668. On 4 December 2021, another Initial Stakeholder Consultation Meeting (SCM) with regards to bus stops and queue jump lanes were conducted virtually via Zoom application from 9:00 AM to 12 PM for the morning session, and 2:00 PM to 5:00 PM in the afternoon session. The SCMs were divided into two (2) groups as shown in Table 7.12.
Table 7.12 Schedule of Stakeholder Consultation Meeting
Dates Project Component Activities Meeting Set-up
4 December 2021
Bus Stops and Queue Jump lanes
AM: Barangays 15-B, 30-C, 8A, 9-A, A. Aliongto Sr., Ma-a, Magtuod,
Via Zoom Application
Page 345
Dates Project Component Activities Meeting Set-up Matina Aplaya, Matina Crossing 74 A, Panacan- Talomo Proper
PM: Barangays Mintal, Dumoy, Catalunan Grande, Bago Oshiro, Ula, Anggalan, Tagakpan, Tambobong, Biao Guianga, Toril
669. The consultation was attended by APs and barangay officials. The attendance of the participants was recorded and included in Appendix F. The comments and concerns of the attendees focused on the salient provisions of the Resettlement and Indigenous Peoples Plan (RIPP) and the implementation of project’s activities.
7.5.4 Consultation Meeting with Persons with Disabilities 670. A consultation meeting with Persons with Disabilities (PWDs) was
conducted last 10 May 2021 at 9:00 AM – 12:00 NN. This was held online via Zoom Application and Onsite at EuroAsia Emil Early Child Development School.
671. The attendance of the participants for the meetings were recorded and summarized in Table 7.13.
Table 7.13 Persons with Disabilities Consultation Attendees
Participants Onsite Attendees Online Attendees
DOTr 2 -
Representative 11 8
Arup 1 4
Envia Consultancy Inc 2 -
Total 16 12
Issues raised during open forum
672. The key issues that rose during the open forum were the sensitivity of the drivers and conductors to the people with physical and mental disabilities, the inclusion of disabled-friendly components, such as ramps for wheelchairs, regular and emergency signs for the deaf and with visual impairment, designated spaces for disabled individuals, and the relocation of PWDs to proper housing that accommodates their needs. The responses to the issues included proper identification of PWDs, training for handling special needs, the inclusion of ramps, warning signs, and other visual and audio systems. Other components will be further reviewed for consideration. Full documentation of the conducted consultation is attached on Appendix F.
Page 346
7.6 Perception Survey Results 673. As an additional measure to gather input and perspective from the
participants, they were made to voluntarily accomplish a perception survey form composed of the following questions organized into two (2) categories:
Personal Information Address Name Age Sex assigned at birth Sex do you identify with? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Gender you're attracted to? (to ensure gender inclusion, optional) Organization Affiliation Disability Civil Status Religion Education Length of Stay in the Stated Address Job Monthly Income Access to Mobile Phone Own Bank Account Commuter Knowledge and Opinion about the Project Have you heard about the Davao HPBS Project? If yes, what/ who were your sources of information? If you chose Government agencies in the previous question, kindly identify which government agency it is. In what specific ways will the Davao HPBS Project be advantageous or beneficial to the various stakeholders? In what specific ways will the Davao HPBS Project be disadvantageous or non-beneficial? In your opinion, who or what group will benefit most from the Davao HPBS Project? In your opinion, who or what group will be most disadvantaged from the Davao HPBS Project? Will you be a potential user of the Davao HPBS Project? Would you support the project? Rate if you agree: Mark a circle - 0 being the lowest, and 10 being the highest. What was your reason for your answer on the previous question?
674. Out of the 315 representatives from the invited stakeholders, 220 answered in the consultation’s perception survey regarding the HPBS project. Table 7.14 summarizes the participants of the perception surveys during IECs.
Page 347
Table 7.14 Perception Survey Participants
Consultation No. of Attendees
Perception Surveys
Male Female M/F (No answer)
Total
Multi-Stakeholder Consultation 45 12 32 0 44
District I
270 94 73 9 176 District II
District III
Total 315 106 105 9 220
675. From the consolidated results age range is between 19 to 73 years old – of which 105 or 48%, females and 106 or 48% are males, and 9 or 4% did not answer according to their gender assigned at birth as shown in Figure 7.2 to Figure 7.5 below.
Figure 7.2 Age Distribution
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
below 20 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60 and up No Answer
No.
of R
espo
nden
ts
Age Range
Page 348
Figure 7.3 Sex Assigned at Birth
Figure 7.4 Sex Participant Identifies With
48%
48%
4%
Sex Assignment at Birth
MaleFemaleNo Answer
25%
53%
2%
19%
1%Sex Identified With
MaleFemaleBothNeitherNo Answer
Page 349
Figure 7.5 Gender Participants Were Attracted To
676. Based on Figure 7.6, there were twenty-six (26) out of 220 participants that answered that they have a disability – sixteen (16) of them have vision impairment, nine (9) with physical disability, and one (1) has a hearing impairment.
Figure 7.6 Disability of Respondents
677. As for the civil status, showed in Figure 7.7, the number of single participants were 60, and married participants that answered the survey form
45%
25%
5%
22%
3%
Gender Attracted to
MaleFemaleBothNo AnswerNot considered
194
09
116
0
50
100
150
200
250
Not Applicable Mental HealthCondition
PhysicalDisability
HearingImpairment
VisionImpairment
No.
of R
espo
nden
ts
Disability of Respondents
Page 350
were 114. However, it has been noted that some answered that they were once married but separated or widowed.
Figure 7.7 Civil Status
678. Figure 7.8 and Figure 7.9 also presented the religion and education level of the participants that answered the survey form. In terms of religion, it was revealed that 78% are Catholic and the remaining percentage is divided into Born Again Christian, Iglesia ni Cristo, Seventh Day Adventist, Islam, and others. While, in terms of education level, majority of the participants are college graduate.
60
114
1
14
30
10
20
40
60
80
100
120
Single Married Separated Widowed Complicated Married butseparated
No.
of R
espo
nden
ts
Civil Status
Page 351
Figure 7.8 Religion
Figure 7.9 Education Attainment
679. Furthermore, the length of stay in their stated address, job, monthly income, access to mobile phone, bank and if they are a commuter were also asked in the survey – of which majority of the participants, with 81%, answered that they have been residing in their stated address for more than 10 years already.
1%
6%
78%
1%1%
4%9%
Religion
BaptistBorn AgainCatholicIglesia ni ChristoSeventh DayIslamOther
1%
17%
67%
6%
3%
2%
1% 0%
0%
3%
Educational Attainment
ElementaryHighschoolCollegeVocationalMasteralPost GraduateDoctorateLLBDiplomaNo Answer
Page 352
Figure 7.10 Length of Stay at Stated Address
680. Out of 220 respondents, 66 are government employees and 81 were Barangay Officials, and of these, 25% has a salary of more than twenty thousand pesos (20,000 PHP).
Figure 7.11 Job Status
3%
2%
6%
81%
8%
Length of Stay in Current Address
1-2 years3-4 years5-10 yearsMore than 10 yearsothers
66
81
6 61 4
29
5
22
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
No.
of R
espo
nden
ts
Job
Page 353
Figure 7.12 Monthly Income
From the perception survey participants, 93% has been noted with access to mobile phone, while 66% has access and owned a bank account (Figure 7.13 and Figure 7.14).
Figure 7.13 Access to Mobile Phone
18%
16%
16%11%
25%
14%
Monthly Income
0-50005001-1000010001-1500015001-20000higher than 20000No Answer
90%
3%7%
Access to Mobile Phone
I own a mobile phone
I share a mobilephoneI do NOT have accessto a mobile phone
Page 354
Figure 7.14 Own a Bank Account
681. Among the participants, 84% reported that they are regular commuters in Davao as shown in Figure 7.15.
Figure 7.15 Distribution of Commuters
682. Additionally, the corresponding figures (Figure 7.16 to Figure 7.21) showed the answers of the participants in terms of their knowledge and
66%
2%
32%
Own a Bank Account
I own a bank account
I share a bank account
I do NOT have accessto a bank account
84%
12%
4%
Commuter
YesNoNo Answer
Page 355
opinions about the project. It was revealed that, 85% of the participants already heard the project – of which 38% answered that their source of information was through their barangay officials. Forty-nine percent (49%) being the highest responded that better transport services will be the advantage or beneficial of the project, while 32% also being the highest gave their answers that relocation and livelihood will be the disadvantage of the project. When the project already starts its operation, 27% said that the group that will be most disadvantaged is the disabled groups, followed by 21% for senior citizens. While 21% said that all sectors will benefit from the project.
Figure 7.16 Knowledge about HPBS
85%
10%
5%
Have you Heard About the Davao HPBS Project?
YesNoNo Answer
Page 356
Figure 7.17 Source of Information
Figure 7.18 Perceived Benefits of HPBS
38%
6%
2%
26%
6%
22%
Sources of Information
Barangay City OfficialProject ConsultationsProject ProponentGovernment AgenciesNews and Social MediaOther
6%
49%
13%
17%
2%13%
Davao Bus HPBS Advantages
Job Opportunity
Better Tranport Service
Safety of vulnerablegroupsConvenience andaccessibilityAll
Others
Page 357
Figure 7.19 Perceived Negative Impacts of HPBS
Figure 7.20 Most Disadvantaged Groups
15%
32%
7%
19%
8%
19%
Davao Bus HPBS Disadvantages
Effect towards health
Relocation
Safety
Traffic
Accessibility duringconstructionOthers
3%
27%
9%
21%2%
10%
12%
5%
11%
Most Disadvantaged Group from the Davao HPBS
Women
Disability
Youth
Senior Citizens
LGBTQI
None
All
Workers transportsectorOther
Page 358
Figure 7.21 Group Perceived to Benefit from Davao HPBS
683. Overall, 86% of the participants confirmed they will be supporting the project and 161 out of 220 participants, which is 73%, rated the project with high scores of 8-10, indicating their full support to the implementation of the HPBS Project (Figure 7.22 and Figure 7.23).
Figure 7.22 Potential Users
11%
19%
10%
20%2%
21%
17%
Most Benefited Groups from the Davao HPBS
WomenDisability SectorYouthSenior CitizensLGBTQIAllOther
86%
3% 11%
Will you be a potential used of the Davao Bus Project?
YesNoNo Answer
Page 359
Figure 7.23 Number of Supporters of Project
684. A more detailed account of the perception survey results can be seen under Appendix F of this report.
Overall View of the Project
685. From the survey, it has been noted that some respondents raised their concerns about the disadvantages on the implementation of the HPBS Project; with a majority of the issues expressed concerning the prospect of relocation and livelihood impacts, as well as, the disruption of accessibility with a possible larger volume of traffic that may arise during construction –with the brunt of the aforementioned issued to be mostly experienced by the more vulnerable groups including the PWDs, PUV drivers, and the Senior Citizens.
686. Despite these concerns, there is a majority of approval for the project and the benefits it will bring to the city and the population, like better convenience, accessibility, and better transportation services. Most of the respondents rated their support an 8 – 10/10, citing efficiency and ease of access as the primary reasons why they deem the HPBS Project as highly anticipated; with a unanimous answer that they will undoubtedly be future users of the project regardless if they are present commuters or not. It was noted, however, that development should properly compensate all affected population with alternative and just opportunities; to which the DOTr and Davao LGU have confirmed during the consultation.
1 2 2 1
116
1822
31
108
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No.
of R
espo
nden
ts
Support for the Project
Page 360
7.7 Gender Relations and Identified Issues 687. Directly after the SCM, a FGD was conducted to discuss the perspective
regarding the Gender and Development (GAD) of the construction and implementation of the project. These meetings consisted of the representative of various sectors of varying barangays.
688. The separate FGD sessions were conducted to inquire the representatives’ inputs regarding the Davao HPBS and their perception on its possible influence and impacts in terms of GAD.
689. Objective: The FGD on Gender Issues and Effects of the Project to Women in the Affected Community aims to collect data on the following:
• The most pressing gender inequality issues that are experienced by women and girls from different sectors (including disability sector, LBTQIs, children, urban poor, and the elderly) in the transport system and the affected communities, and their perception on how the project measure/s may help address or worsen these gender issues.
• The anticipated effects and the level of acceptability of the project on the women and girls from the different sectors (during and after construction) and how to ease their doubts if they have any.
• Community concerns and responses on violence against women and children during the construction.
690. The attendance of the participants for the meetings were recorded. The number of participants is summarized in Table 7.15.
Table 7.15 Focus Group Discussion Participants
Consultation Attendees
District I AM Session – 28 April 2021 12
District I PM Session – 28 April 2021 10
District II AM Session – 29 April 2021 10
District II PM Session – 29 April 2021 8
District III AM Session – 30 April 2021 7
District III PM Session – 30 April 2021 8
691. The issues and concerns raised during these series of meetings are attached in Appendix F.
692. During the Feasibility and DED stages, public consultations and FGDs were conducted among the women, LGBTQI+, seniors, and the disability sector to assess project acceptability and perceived impacts of the HPBS project. The table below details the stakeholders’ views on the acceptability of the project.
Page 361
Table 7.16 Project Acceptability and Perceived Positive Impacts
PROJECT ACCEPTABILITY AND PERCEIVED (+) IMPACTS
Multi Stakeholders District Consultations FGDs/ KII
There is a majority of approval for the project and the benefits it will bring to the city and the population, like better convenience, accessibility, and better transportation services. Most of the respondents rated their support an 8 – 10/10, citing efficiency and ease of access as the primary reasons why they deem the High-Priority Bus System (HPBS) Project as highly anticipated; with a unanimous answer that they will undoubtedly be future users of the project. It was noted, however, that this call for progress and development should properly compensate all affected population with alternative and just opportunities; to which the project team has confirmed during the consultation.
Majority of the respondents identified as commuters who will be potential users of the project. They rated 10 as their level of support, while the lowest rating was at 4 (4.8%). Some also rated 5 as they could not decide if the project could give a positive outcome because it has a negative impact to the society. Some of the reasons for their support include: could help in the development of their community; accessible and convenient transport for the public; safety and comfort; inclusive and addresses the need for mobility in the city; modernization and project’s impact to the environment; better opportunities; betterment of the next generations; city’s heavy traffic needs to be controlled; and Supporting the government programs
Some participants rate project acceptability a perfect 10. The project is seen as driver of the city’s economy which will attract investor s and tourists both from domestic and international. The project is seen as another trailblazing initiative of the city which will improve lives, increase livelihood opportunities, and enable mobility. Women, persons with disabilities, and the elderly are seen to benefit greatly from this. Previous consultations during the FS stage would show that women franchise owners were resistant to the project. Report showed that women invoke DoTR and LTFRB saying that, “The DOTr and LTFRB said that there would be no phase- out, only upgrading of the jeepneys.” In the same report, the mothers among the operators were fearful about financing their daily needs, continuing the schooling of their children, the repayment of their loans, and the loss of money they poured renovating their units.
(+) PERCEIVED IMPACTS
Construction Possible job opportunities for women, LGBTQI+, persons with disabilities. Employment requirement will help the local economy, the effects of which will be felt by the families. Post Construction
Page 362
PROJECT ACCEPTABILITY AND PERCEIVED (+) IMPACTS Better transportation and economy The project provides new opportunities to the people of Davao, even for displaced PUJ drivers but will be absorbed by the project It will open investment and increase tourist arrivals which will drive the economy especially after the impact of the pandemic. It will enable women’s and persons with disabilities’ mobility to access services and perform economic activities.
693. Recent study conducted by Ronda, et al in 2020 reported that the implementation of HPBS is perceived positively received a positive response particularly the design in terms of safety & security, bus features, bus services, costs, bus stops, and timeframe of the buses. The implementation of this new mode of public transport will impact the traffic situation present in the city as well as its local economy. Furthermore, consultations results show that majority think that the women, senior citizens, and persons with disabilities will be the sectors that would benefit the most from the project. Better transport service and linkages will result to safety, convenience, and accessibility for the general public.
694. While majority view the project acceptable, there are perceived and potential impacts that may greatly affect women, children, LGBTQI+, persons with disabilities, the elderly, and PUJ sector. The table below describes these impacts as identified by the stakeholders during the perception survey and the consultations conducted in the affected barangays. This also includes information culled from the previous Gender Assessment Report in 2018. In addition, they were asked to forward some measures on how to mitigate the perceived negative impacts and how to strengthen community support.
Table 7.17 Perceived Negative Impacts and Mitigation Strategies
PERCEIVED NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND MITIGATING MEASURES
(-) Measures To Mitigate Perceived (-) Impacts and Strengthen Community Support
• There is a possibility for abuse or harassment to occur particularly if there will be an influx of migrant laborers and the locals trust them easily.
• Increased mobility and influx of laborers have generally facilitated not only commerce and social intercourse but also the transmission of communicable diseases and sexually transmitted diseases. An example is HIV/AIDS
• Priority for local employment should be those who are directly affected by the project. Contractors should hire laborers who are residing within the community where the project will be implemented.
• Bidding documents and the contracts for the civil works for the sidewalks, terminals, depots, and other project-related infrastructure, the bidding
Page 363
PERCEIVED NEGATIVE IMPACTS AND MITIGATING MEASURES
(-) Measures To Mitigate Perceived (-) Impacts and Strengthen Community Support • If schooling becomes face-to-face again, students will need to get out early to face
the heavy traffic that will be caused by the construction to avoid being late.
• The project will affect negatively the fixed and ambulant vendors, many of them women, especially the smaller vendors who transport their goods and vending paraphernalia through the jeepneys. The jeepneys plying the agricultural barangays of the city allow for cargoes to be loaded on racks above the roof, the stepboard, to hang on hooks on either side of the jeepney’s rear, or to be placed on the aisle in front of the seats. The usual practice was for the vendors to pay a so-called “cargo fee”, usually, the equivalent of the fare to be paid by one or two passengers traveling to the same destination. From the consultations, others expect that the PUJs carried their limited cargo free of charge.
• The direct and immediate impact will be the loss of livelihood and income of PUJ
operators, drivers-operators, drivers, and allied workers.
• Other than the economic impacts, there are potential psycho-social impacts which may result from unemployment and idleness. Loss of livelihood can lead to loss of self- esteem, anxiety about the future, lack of motivation or even depression. Boredom can lead to substance abuse other maladaptive behaviors such as gambling. These can trigger conflicts with other family members and lead to domestic violence.
documents for the project would contain provisions regarding HIV/AIDS.
• The contractor should implement a strict code of conduct for construction workers including orientation on gender-based violence
• Students will have to be early. Also, there should be good traffic management to minimize the effect of the construction.
• The market vendors suggested a designated space inside all or selected
buses for them to load their cargo. Buses with ample space for cargo could ply those routes which passed through the city’s public and private markets and those which originated from and ended at terminals serving inter-city or provincial buses.
• Just compensation • Enhance multi-stakeholders’ partnership until project implementation • Facilitate participatory consultations
• Information education campaign • Prohibit minors from going out particularly at night. Enforce curfew and
parents should look after their children. • The government (barangay) should put up help desks where victims can
report the cases. Priority should be given to these cases so that they can be addressed immediately and be prevented from recurring.
Source: Consultations, KIIs and FGDs, March to April 2021 and Gender Assessment Report 2018
Page 364
8 Grievance Redress Mechanism 695. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) is a systematic process to receive,
evaluate, and address the project-related grievances of APs/IPs. It is established to allow APs/IPs to appeal against decision, practice or activity arising from land or other assets acquisition. All complaints and grievances will be handled accordingly by LGU and the Davao HPBS – PMO.
696. The GRM for HPBS is intended to ensure efficiency and effective manner of resolving conflicts, questions and clarifications on the project as well as addressing all other concerns related to involuntary resettlement and indigenous peoples.
8.1 Scope and Objectives 697. Davao HPBS grievance refers to any environmental and social concerns,
issues or conflicts during the project implementation. The grievance of the APs/IPs that may arise are as follows:
i. Issues on environmental impacts;
ii. Social concerns such as eligibility issues and criteria for compensation and entitlements, relocation of affected non-landowners, reduction of AP/IPs’ income; and
iii. Other grievances filed against individuals, government executives, officials and other national agencies in relation to the project implementation; such cases will be handled accordingly.
698. Davao HPBS has the following GRM objectives:
i. Receive the AP/IP concerns and grievances and facilitate the resolution about environmental and social concerns especially physical and economic displacement and other project-related impacts which cannot be settled during stakeholder consultations, with particular attention to impacts on vulnerable groups.
ii. Resolve AP/IP concerns and grievances which cannot be settled through other collective platforms (i.e., stakeholder consultations) due to complexity of the issues and/or absence of a platform at the time when the cause for grievance occurs; and
iii. Address AP/IP concerns and complaints promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that is gender responsive, culturally appropriate, and readily accessible to the country's judicial or administrative remedies commensurate to the risks and adverse impacts of the project.
iv. The GRM will seek to avoid re-occurrence of similar issues and will feed into the overall risk mitigation/project management for the HPBS project.
699. The summary of HPBS GRM is shown below:
Page 365
Figure 8.1 Overall Summary of the HPBS Grievance Redress Mechanism
8.2 Guiding Principles of the GRM 700. Davao HPBS GRM adheres to the following guiding principles:
i. The complainant’s details must be kept confidential;
ii. Grievance procedures must be explained, and cases presented and deliberated in a language understandable to APs/IPs;
iii. Grievance procedures must be transparent, gender responsive and culturally appropriate;
iv. The GRM must be readily accessible to APs/IPs at no cost and without retribution;
v. All complaints received in writing, verbally or transmitted electronically must be documented and filed in a Grievance Action Form (GAF)79; and
vi. GRM must always be resolved expeditiously at the lowest level possible.
701. During IECs, the APs/IPs were informed about Davao HPBS GRM. The Project will establish a GRM to receive and facilitate resolution of the affected people’s concerns and grievances regarding the project. While the local GRM has yet to be in place with the Davao LGU taking the lead, the Project has organized a temporary Help Desk to assist the APs on their issues and concerns. Following are the designated responsible officers/staff and the corresponding offices:
79 The GAF should contain the following information, at the minimum: (1) Complainant Name, Address and Contact Information, (2) Date of Receipt, (3) Grievance Category, (4) Details of Complaint, (5) Action Taken and Date of Action
Page 366
Contact Persons from DOTr:
Richard Villanueva +63 917 888 8674 [email protected]
Nicole Erika Cue +63 917 525 2191 [email protected]
DOTr Offices:
DOTr Main Office: Apo Court along Sergio Osmeña Sr, Zone, Clark Freeport, Mabalacat, 2009 Pampanga DOTr HPBS Project Management Office: LTFRB Office, Libby Road, Puan, Davao City, 8000
702. The GRM’s design, scope and function will be regularly reviewed to ensure that the existing GRM of Davao HPBS is appropriate for the purpose particularly during project transition / different project phases.
8.3 GRM Teams of the Davao HPBS 703. The LGU of Davao City will organize a local HPBS Grievance Team
headed by the CSWDO with the City Legal Office as the Chairperson and other GR officers to be identified by the Team Head from the LGU offices and NCIP/IP representatives. The roles and responsibilities of Local GRM Teams are as follows:
i. Receive, monitor, and track grievance cases across all levels and address all grievances in a timely manner;
ii. Endorse APs/IPs grievance to a technical person or committee to decide necessary action, if needed;
iii. Give updates to the AP/IP using stakeholder grievance communication platforms on the status and resolution of grievances;
iv. To log or input all grievances into the local database and determine whether the complaint is project-related and monitor until they are officially closed;
v. Serve as the first point of contact for aggrieved APs/IPs and stakeholders, clarify the project GRM process and promptly answer AP questions;
vi. Provide information and support to APs/IPs on resettlement and land acquisition activities of Davao HPBS including the assistance for APs/IPs with the need to complete the required documents and provision of other required support;
vii. Follow up on DOTr PMO/RIMC findings and recommended actions for resolution;
viii. Provide feedback to AP/IP on status and decision on their complaint;
Page 367
ix. Prepare quarterly monitoring reports on grievances and resolutions and status of unresolved grievance for the DOTr PMO and TF HPBS; and
x. In cases where the complaint is not project-related, assist the complainant in forwarding the issue to the appropriate agency or institution.
704. The DOTr through its PMO will also mobilize its staff to provide support and assistance to the Local HPBS Grievance Team particularly on land acquisition and other RIPP related issues and concerns. The Resettlement Implementation and Management Committee (RIMC), the implementing arm of the project will ensure that the grievance elevated by the Local HPBS Grievance Team is acted upon.
8.4 GRM Levels 705. Davao HPBS has three (3) levels of the GRM handling grievances of
APs/IPs as seen in Figure 8.2. As mentioned, the Local GRM team will be the first contact point of APs/IPs in case of grievances submitted to local help desk.
Figure 8.2 Levels of the GRM
Page 368
8.4.1 Level 1 – Local HPBS Grievance Team 706. All APs/IPs can raise their concerns/ grievance to the Local HPBS
Grievance Team in Davao City which will be housed within the LGU’s CSWDO office in close collaboration with the DOTr HPBS PMO.
707. The Local HPBS Grievance Team will have a physical office established in the LGU office. It will be open from 8:00am to 5:00pm from Monday to Friday. Grievances may be lodged through text/SMS, through the HPBS Grievance Online Portal, email to the grievance desk with the CSWDO team, official letter, phone call or personal visit.
708. There will be GR officers that will be assigned to man the help desk. Depending on the demands / issues recorded, the local help desk will be operated regularly specifically during the initial and critical stages of the project. The local GR officers are expected to be knowledgeable on all aspects of the project. Thus, LGU will recruit, train, and retain GR officers dedicated to the project. The local GR officers will determine, at the minimum the complaints are (1) project-related or not, (2) if the complainants are the APs/IPs or not, and (iii) if the nature of the issue is environmental or social.
709. As a basic GRM policy, grievances will be resolved expeditiously at the lowest level possible. However, Local HPBS Grievance Team may elevate the issue if (i) they are not settled at the lowest level, (ii) the complainants are not satisfied with the action taken, or (iii) the cases are not acted upon within 15 days upon receipt of the grievances.
710. The Local HPBS Grievance Team workflow is as follows:
i. To receive written or verbal complaints via SMS, email, formal letter, and phone call from the APs/IPs.
ii. To record and provide complainant with a copy of their Grievance Action Form (GAF) and control number to track complaints from the GRM database effective
iii. To clarify whether the nature of the complaints is project-related or not. If the complaints are not project-related, the Local HPBS Grievance Team will forward the complaints to an appropriate agency or LGU which can act on the complaints. If the concerns are beyond the local help desk's capacity for resolution, it will forward the cases to the second level of the GRM;
iv. To research project-related issues and promptly provide APs/IPs with answers, clarifications, or solutions (if the concerns need further actions or solutions);
v. To monitor and follow up on the actions taken including site visits if applicable and/or needed;
vi. To forward unresolved grievances from APs to the higher levels of the GRM;
vii. To receive the resolution made by the higher levels of the GRM;
Page 369
viii. To inform APs/IPs on the resolution made by the higher levels of the GRM;
ix. To close the cases when the actions or resolutions to address the complaints are taken; and
x. Work with the appropriate Local HPBS Grievance Team and DOTr staff to resolve as quickly as possible.
8.4.2 Level 2 – The HPBS Grievance Committee 711. The unresolved grievances of legal APs/IPs at the first level will be
forwarded to the RIMC created by DOTr PMO. On the other hand, the pending grievances of ISFs or non-landowner households will be elevated to the Project Management Team (PMT) or the appropriate LGU office. The following are the tasks and responsibilities of RIMC and PMT:
i. To address all unresolved grievances of legal APs/IPs that were elevated by the Local HPBS Grievance Team;
ii. To decide on a course of action for each complaint within 15 working days once complaints are filed by the Local HPBS Grievance Team; or
iii. If APs/IPs opt for the decide-together option, they together with APs/IPs will decide on a course of action for each complaint within 20 working days once complaints are received. The option entails conducting a dialogue, joint brainstorming, joint investigation, or other appropriate approaches to enable the engagement of the responsible committee and APs/IPs, which is followed by joint development of resolutions and actions together with APs/IPs; and
iv. To forward recommended actions or solutions to the Local HPBS Grievance Team.
8.4.3 Level 3- Davao HPBS Inter-Agency Task Force (TF HPBS)
712. The APs/ IPs may appeal to the Davao HPBS Inter-Agency Task Force (TF HPBS) if APs/IPs or complainants are not satisfied with the decision done at the second level.
713. TF HPBS is composed of representatives from national and local government offices with corresponding roles in the implementation of this RIPP. Their primary duties and responsibilities are as follows:
i. Receive the endorsement from the RIMC/ PMT and register cases as “undergoing final review and response” on the GRM database
ii. Act and decide on each complaint within 15 working days of endorsement by the RIMC and coordinate the resolution to the Local HPBS Grievance Team to deliver the decision to the complainants.
iii. Provide written communication to complainant on the decision on their complaint through the assigned grievance officer within five (5) working days a decision.
Page 370
8.5 Court Law 714. The AP/ IP may approach a court of law at any stage, which is not a part of
the project level GRM, and whose decision will be final and executory.
8.6 IP Grievance Redress Procedure 715. Notwithstanding, NCIP/IP membership in all Grievance Teams/Levels
which shall be ensured by the DOTr/LGU, conflicts within the affected IP community can still be addressed within the community itself in the context of its customary law and customary dispute resolution process and mechanisms, in the presence of the relevant staff of the NCIP office with jurisdiction over the area, and if so invited, project-related staff and other stakeholders, e.g., formal local leadership in the barangay and/or the municipality.
716. Intercommunity conflicts will be addressed between the communities themselves, according to their customary or agreed upon dispute resolution processes and mechanisms. If an outside facilitator, mediator, or arbiter is required or requested for, DOTr-PMO and LGU, together with its monitoring units in the field will seek the intervention of the NCIP to act as facilitator, mediator, or arbiter. This guideline applies to conflicts or disputes between the IP community and any of the project units and implementers.
717. The social safeguards focal person at the RIMC and sub-committee levels shall document the proceedings of the discussion or negotiations. This is in addition to the documentation done by the IP community themselves and by the NCIP. If no satisfactory result or impasse results, the IP communities shall be allowed to elevate their complaints and grievances to the Local HPBS Grievance Team. The grievance procedure established herein in no way substitutes for or replaces the grievance procedure set forth in The FPIC Guidelines of 2012. At their choosing, the IPs may avail of the grievance procedure and mechanisms spelled out in The FPIC Guidelines of 2012.
8.7 ADB Accountability Mechanism 718. Once all the GRM measures have been exhausted, ADB’s Accountability
Mechanism also applies to the project. However, while the project level GRM is the responsibility of the IA, the Accountability Mechanism is the responsibility of ADB. The accountability mechanism provides opportunities for people (2 or more complainants) that are adversely affected by ADB-financed projects to express their grievances, seek solutions, and report alleged violations of ADB’s operational policies and procedures, including safeguard policies. ADB’s accountability mechanism comprises of the following:
i. Consultation led by ADB’s special project facilitator to assist people adversely affected by ADB-assisted projects in finding solutions to their concerns.
Page 371
ii. Providing a process through which those affected by projects can file requests for compliance review by ADB’s Compliance Review Panel.
719. Details of the Accountability Mechanism can be found at: https://www.adb.org/documents/accountability-mechanism-policy-2012.
8.8 GRM Procedures 720. Grievances from the APs/IPs related to the project implementation or any
related issues with regard to the project will be handled, free of monetary charge, through a process of negotiations aimed at arriving at a consensus decision. The GRM procedures are presented as:
Table 8.1 Project GRM Procedure
Step By Action
1 Complainant Stakeholder
Lodge grievance/complaint in person or through any of the AP and stakeholder grievance communication platforms
2 1st Level: Local HPBS Grievance Team
When received in person, the grievance may be written down on the GAF by the grievance help desk on behalf of the complainant stakeholder, who will sign the written complaint for official submission. The Local HPBS Grievance Team will assign specific code on each AP/IP grievance. An acknowledgement slip is provided for each complaint for quick reference. Explain the process to the complainant stakeholder and give contact details of where the complaint will be forwarded and who is responsible for acting on the complaint. Review the complaint to determine whether it is project related or not. If any, documents presented by each AP/IP are digitized, and control numbers for the submitted documents are assigned. GAF is encoded into the local database. If the concern is beyond the Local HPBS Grievance Team‘s capacity to decide, forward the complaint to the 2nd level.
a) If the complaint is project- related, the Local HPBS Grievance Team will resolve the grievance on the spot by answering the inquiries.
b) If it is not project related, the GR Officer will assist the AP/IP by referring the complaint to the appropriate agency or LGU who may be able to act on the complaint. The Local HPBS Grievance Team will issue an acknowledgement slip and mark the cases on the local database as “Closed/ Referred to the third party.”
c) If complaint is project-related and beyond local GR officers’ capacity for resolution, local GR officers elevate the grievance to the next level of the GRM.
3 Complainant Stakeholder
Complainant Stakeholders will be informed of actions taken by the first level of the GRM through the GRM Officers.
Page 372
Step By Action
a) If the complainant stakeholder is satisfied with the decision and actions taken of the Local HPBS Grievance Team, their complaints are resolved and recorded accordingly.
b) If the complainant stakeholder is not satisfied with the decision of the Local HPBS Grievance Team, the stakeholder may elevate his/her complaint to the HPBS Grievance Committee.
c) If complaints are beyond the ability of local GR officers for resolution, then they refer the complaints to the Local HPBS Grievance Team.
4 Local HPBS Grievance Team
a) GR officers are to inform complainant stakeholders of the status as “case closed” via email, SMS, or letter. The GRM officers will then record the complaint cases as “closed” on an acknowledgement slip and the GRM database.
b) and c) Requests of complainant stakeholders for elevating their complaints are delivered to the RIMC, or PMT. The status of complaints is recorded. Complaints are forwarded to RIMC, or PMT within one day from receipt of complaints or by the business close time.
5 2nd Level: RIMC, PMT
Receive relocation-related and more complex legal grievance from the Local HPBS Grievance Team or GR Officers. GR officers gives complainant stakeholders with the following options (i) to forward their cases to the RIMC, or PMT or (ii) to “decide-together” option under the Local HPBS Grievance Team. Act and decide on the complaint within 15 working days reckoning from the day it is received from Help/Grievance Act and decide on the complaint within 20 working days reckoning from the day it is received from Help/Grievance if complainant stakeholder will choose for the “decide together” option. Inform the Local HPBS Grievance Team the action and/or decision on the stakeholder’s complaint.
6 Local HPBS Grievance Team
Receive and record the decision of the RIMC, or PMT. Complainant stakeholders are notified for the decision of their complaints
7 Complainant Stakeholder
Complainant Stakeholders will be informed of actions taken by the second level of the GRM through the Local GRM Officers.
a) If satisfied with the decision, complaints are resolved and recorded.
b) If not satisfied with the second-level decision, or no actions has been done within a period of one working day, the complainant stakeholder may forward their grievance or file an appeal to the third level.
8 Local HPBS Grievance Team
a) GR officers to indicate the status of the complaint as “case closed” on an acknowledgement slip. This
b) Requests from complainant stakeholders for elevating their complaint are delivered to TF HPBS. The status of complaints is recorded.
Page 373
Step By Action will be issued via email, SMS, letter or by hand to complainant stakeholders and record the case as “closed” in GAF and GRM database.
Complaints are forwarded to TF HPBS via the Local HPBS Grievance Team within one working day from receipt of complaints.
9 3rd Level: TF HPBS
Receive action of the 2nd level through the Grievance officer Complaints are recorded on the GRM database and reviewed within seven (7) working days Act and decide on the complaints within 15 working days GR officers are informed on the action and/or decision on complaints
10 Local HPBS Grievance Team
Receive and record decision of TF HPBS Inform the complainant stakeholder on the decision.
11 Complainant Stakeholder
Complainant Stakeholders will be informed of actions taken by the third level of the GRM through the GR Officers.
a) If satisfied, the complaint is resolved and recorded accordingly.
b) If not satisfied with the decision of the 3rd Level or if his/her complaint has not been acted upon within a period of 15 working days and has not received any response from the 3rd Level, the complainant stakeholder can seek redress from the courts. (Once the complaint is filed in the Court, the judicial procedures for the trial case will be followed.)
12 Local HPBS Grievance Team
a) GR officers are to inform complainant stakeholders of the status as “case closed” via email, SMS, or letter. The GRM officers will then record the complaint cases as “closed” on an acknowledgement slip and the GRM database.
b) Requests of complainant stakeholders for elevating their complaints are delivered to the court The status of complaints is recorded.
Court Complainant stakeholders may also seek redress through the court system at any stage of the project`s GRM. The judicial procedure will dictate the process and progress of complaints once aggrieved stakeholders file their complaints before the court.
Page 374
8.9 Grievance Communication Between Grievance Redress Office and Affected Persons
721. The Local HPBS Grievance Team will keep the APs/IPs notified and informed in the status of their complaints as well as resolution. The methods for communications with APs/IPs are presented in Table 8.280.
722. The GAF will be provided once the APs/IPs raise their grievance or issues through Davao HPBS local help desk. During this time, the AP/IP may indicate their preferred contact channels on GAF. Any anonymous responses and process for addressing anonymous grievance will be posted at the designated help desk at the LGU office.
80 Reference used for Methods for Communications with APs Table was the North-South Commuter Railway Project of Department of Transportation.
Page 375
Table 8.2 Methods for Communications with APs
Responsible Person
Grievance Platform
Immediate Action Taken by GRM Team
Grievance Acknowledgment Confirmation
Communication Method for GRM Decisions
Agreement on Case Closure
Method for Communication with APs/ IPs
Local HPBS Grievance Team (GR officers)
In person GR officers assist APs in filling out GAF.
An acknowledgement slip is provided with a control number.
APs are informed through their preferred channels indicated on GAF.
GR officers ask APs whether to close grievance cases.
In person (at local help desk) Email Phone call Text/SMS Response letter Public information board (in case of anonymous grievances)
Drop box GR officers fill out GAF and provide responses as much as possible.
－ GR officers publish answers on a bulletin board located at the local help desk or the lobby of the LGU office.
When answers are published on a bulletin board, grievance cases are closed.
GRM Team hotline
Telephone calls/ text / SMS/ email
GR officers fill out GAF.
A control number is provided. If APs use SMS, a control number is provided via SMS.
APs are informed through their preferred channels indicated on GAF.
GR officers ask APs whether to close grievance cases.
Email Phone call Text/ SMS Response letter
Letter GR officers fill out GAF. If information is not sufficient, APs are contacted for further information.
GR officers send a solution letter with an acknowledgement slip, control number, and specified deadline for response. In the letter, the email address and text number of local GR officers are provided. Or If APs mention about their contact numbers or email addresses in the letter, GR officers inform them of a control number via the specified channels and facilitate the same process with the local hotline.
APs fill out the acknowledgment slip attached to the letter or reply via email or text mentioned in the solution letter to confirm whether to close grievance cases.
Page 376
8.10 GRM Information Dissemination 723. The GRM will be publicized and promoted to the affected communities and
barangays to ensure that APs/IPs are aware of the platform that will be used for the project. This will also help the project promote trustworthy and effective means for feedback and grievance redress.
724. GRM was initially discussed during IECs and other consultations. This will be elaborated during the stakeholder consultation meetings before the socio-economic surveys planned to each APs/IPs. This will further be explained by DOTr once the team has been finalized.
725. Communication materials will be used for the development and dissemination of GRM of Davao HPBS project. These materials may include: (1) basic project information including maps, (2) answers to frequently asked questions, (3) land acquisition and resettlement procedures, (4) grievance communication platforms, depending on the requirements of and done in a language and manner that is easily understood by stakeholders.
726. The content may be presented in different forms, including pamphlets, posters, brochures, leaflets, tarpaulin billboards and other similar materials installed or distributed in project affected LGUs and communities as well as the DOTr Regional Office, and may also be publicized in the DOTr website and social media pages.
727. The planned methodology form GRM-Related Information Dissemination is seen in Table 8.381.
81 Reference used for the Methodology for GRM-Related Information Dissemination Table was the North-South Commuter Railway Project of Department of Transportation.
Page 377
Table 8.3 Methodology for GRM-Related Information Dissemination
Communication Tool Content Methodology for Information
Dissemination
Methodology for Information Dissemination for IP grievance
Responsibility
Local HPBS Grievance Team hotline
Contact Number E-mail Address Office Address
SCM Public posting on each barangay office's bulletin board Posting on the LGU`s and Davao HPBS Facebook page
SCM Public posting on each barangay office's bulletin board Posting on the LGU`s and Davao HPBS Facebook page
DOTr – PMO Davao PMT / LGU
Map Map showing the project ROW within barangays Local help desk Local help desk
DOTr – PMO
GRM brochure Brief Information of Davao HPBS Objectives and Process of the GRM Information on the local help desk including its opening time and day, location, and the way to file a complaint/issue Information on entitlements, land acquisition process and schedule, resettlement sites, and the LRIP Information on the Local GRM hotline including phone numbers and email address
Local HPBS Grievance Team Local GR officer Community organizing by Davao LGU
Local HPBS Grievance Team Local GR officer with NCIP/IP representatives Community organizing by Davao LGU
DOTr – PMO Davao PMT / LGU
Public information brochure
Project description Expected benefits from the project Information on the local help desk and GRM hotline
SCM Local HPBS Grievance Team
SCM Local HPBS Grievance Team, with NCIP/IP representatives
DOTr – PMO Davao PMT / LGU
Page 378
8.11 Capacity Building of Grievance Redress Officers 728. The objective of capacity building activities is to ensure that GR officers
assigned to the Local HPBS Grievance Team are capable and equipped with proper skills and knowledge in all aspects of the project. This includes project implementation, construction timeline, permitting and environmental assessment, health and safety measures and legal documentation process of the project.
729. This activity also aims to obtain comments and suggestions from the GR officers specifically in validating, improving, and streamlining the existing GRM procedures.
730. The planned GRM training programs and topics to be covered is detailed in Table 8.4.
Table 8.4 Planned GRM Training Programs and Topics for Davao HPBS
Training Topic to be Covered
GRM Training GRM Scope and Objectives GRM Structure GRM Process of APs/ IPs GRM Implementation GRM Monitoring System
Help Desk Training Introduction and levelling of expectations. Legal framework ADB SPS 2009 and related guidelines DOTr ROWSA Manual and relevant environmental related Philippine Laws Entitlement matrix EJS process Types of EJS cases and corresponding solutions for each case How to handle complaint and grievance cases Roles for handing cases
GRM Workshop Review the GRM process of APs/IPs Specific roles of the GRM units or focal points at each level
731. The DOTr HPBS PMO as well as Davao City LGU will organize regular training to ensure that local GR officers are knowledgeable and have sufficient understanding of the GRM procedures including updates or changes in the GRM procedure and system as well as project details prior the RIPP Implementation until project completion.
8.12 Monitoring Reports on Grievance Redress 732. The DOTr HPBS PMO project will monitor the grievance redress status
monthly and incorporates the status of received grievances into quarterly and semi-annual monitoring reports. The semi-annual monitoring reports
Page 379
shall be submitted to ADB and to be disclosed on ADB’s website as well as the website of DOTr.
8.12.1 Local Monitoring 733. The Local HPBS Grievance Team will conduct periodic rapid appraisal to
measure the GRM’s effectiveness and efficiency of the project. They will monitor the type and status of the grievances including grievance cases forwarded to higher GRM level. The GRM database for the project will enable the processing and generation of such information.
Monitoring Approach
734. To evaluate the GRM’s relevance, effectiveness, and efficiency, the progress of grievance cases can be tracked via GRM database. The tracking system for site visits and interviews with local key players such as LGU officials can be utilized to this end.
735. The results of local monitoring are documented by GR officers and uploaded on GRM database and tracking system under the monitoring tab that contains a specific monitoring template.
Reporting
736. The results of monitoring activities documented by local GR officers will be submitted to GRM managers once a month.
737. A local monitoring report prepared by local GR officers includes the following: (i) the progress of grievances (ii) raised issues and concerns during SCMs and focus group discussions (FGDs), (iii) comments for improving the GRM, and (iv) monitoring sheets which contain the number of grievances received and resolved and the type of grievances received at the local help desk.
Continuous Update of the GRM
738. The GRM policy and procedure will be updated every six months to streamline the process where needed. Discussions and revisions will be made by the Local GRM Team based on recommendations. If necessary, interviews will be conducted with local GR officers on the spot. The updated GRM will be promptly distributed to each local help desk.
8.12.2 Grievance Action Form 739. A Grievance Action Form (GAF) will be used to cover the environmental
and social aspects of the project.
740. At all levels, a grievance registry is maintained to keep track and document the number and type of complaints and grievances that have been raised, as well as their status and action/s taken. The GAF will, as a minimum, contain the following:
i. GAF Control Number
Page 380
ii. Basic information on AHs (name, gender, address, date of birth, contact details, occupation, name of spouse, and date of birth of spouse)
iii. Date of last disclosure meeting
iv. Category of grievance filed (Legal, Technical/Engineering, Social, and Financial)
v. Type of action taken
vi. Referral Details (Name of authority, Office, Rate of Meeting, Venue)
vii. Detail of Grievances
viii. Detail Resolutions
ix. Preferred Means of contact
x. Remarks
741. For record keeping purposes, the GAF will be entered into the database in order to facilitate future resolutions and to conduct effective monitoring and evaluation. The database will be designed to accommodate the manual inputting of the GAFs for GRM officers who entertain complainants personally visiting the Help Desk. The design of the database will also include mobile platforms, by which DOTr/ LGU field officers and other assigned staff can easily upload complaints, letters, or verbal feedback during their site visits. Sample GAF is seen in Figure 8.3.
Page 381
Figure 8.3 DOTr Sample Grievance Action Form
Control Numbers of GAFs
742. All the complaints and grievances reaching Local HPBS Grievance Team are recorded and will be provided with control numbers. The GAF Control Numbers will be consisting of relevant details of the project with corresponding number of letter values.
743. Table 8.5 shows on how the GAF control number can be determined.
Page 382
Table 8.5 GAF Control Numbers
Date Office Logged GR Officer Number GRM Channel AP Number Location of Affected Property
Concern Number
Possible values: Year 2021-2025 Possible values: Month 01 - 12
Possible values: DVO PMT – Davao PMT Office DOTr PMO – Davao HPBS PMO Office
Possible values: 01 to 99 Note: Each GR officer has unique ID number
Possible values: A – In Person B – Telephone C – E-mail D – Letter E – Text/SMS F – Social Media
Possible values: 0001 to 9999 Note: Each AP/IP has a unique AP/IP number.
Possible values For Terminals: TER CAL- Calinan Terminal TER BUN- Bunawan Terminal TER TOR- Toril Terminal For Depots: DPT CAL- Calinan Depot DPT STN- Sto. Niño Depot DPT BUH- Buhangin Depot DPT TOR- Toril Depot DPT SASA – Sasa Depot For Driving School DS CAL – Calinan Driving School For Bus Stops: ID 10 11-A
Possible values: 01 to 99
SAMPLE CONTROL NUMBER: 202101- DVO PMT- 01-B-0001- ID 10 -01
Page 383
Acknowledgement Slip for Receipt and Resolution
744. The acknowledgement slip will serve as the receiving copy of the complainant stakeholder which will be given by the GR officer after receiving the grievance from the AP/IP. The acknowledgement slip will be issued to the AP/IP within 24 hours.
745. If the AP/IP will contact Local HPBS Grievance Team personally or by a drop box and letter, the GR officer will issue a paper acknowledgement slip.
746. If both parties have been satisfied with the resolution / decision, the AP/IP will sign on the right side of a slip to acknowledge the resolution of the grievance. The GR officer will keep a copy of the slip.
747. If the grievance was received through SMS or email, an acknowledgment will be provided to the AP/IP using the same communication channel.
748. If the grievance was received via phone call, the GR officer will ask the AP/IP on their preferred acknowledgement channel, so that they can send the acknowledgment accordingly.
Page 384
9 Environment Management Plan (EMP)
9.1 Introduction 749. Overview. This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) chapter of the
project aims to upholding environmental regulations, policies and safeguards while optimizing available resources and manpower for the purpose. Setting up a capable and competent unit with properly defined tasks are important as this is crucial for sustainable project operations.
750. Objectives and Scope. The objectives of the EMP are to provide the following:
• Assurance to the community and to the government that DOTr will commit to minimize environmental, cultural and social impacts during all phases of the Davao HPBS Project from initial design to construction and commissioning, and through to the operation of the project.
• Practical and achievable commitments to ensure that the Project will have minimal impacts on identified values; and
• An integrated plan for monitoring, assessing, and controlling potential impacts once the Project has been approved and all permits and conditions granted.
9.2 Implementation Arrangements 751. Roles and Responsibilities. Responsible key players are identified to
ensure the maintenance and protection of the environment during the implementation of this project. All responsibilities should be aligned with the DENR-EMB regulations and ADB-SPS, as well as permits and approvals from different local government.
752. Institutions responsible for executing and monitoring the environmental aspects of this Project are summarized below:
• DOTr as the EA and Davao LGU as the IA, are responsible for the environmental performance implemented under the national law.
• DOTr PMO is responsible for the overall compliance of the project to all the provisions of the IEE, including its EMP and EMoP, overall compliance to ADB SPS 2009, national and local government unit’s regulations, and supervise the D&B Contractor.
• The Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) is responsible for technical guidance of the Contractor/s. They inspect the construction activities on site and daily support to DOTr and LGU.
• Environmental specialists of CSC and PMO are responsible for strictly complying with regulations on environmental protection and occupational
Page 385
safety, for implementing the environmental monitoring report/ program under the national law, as guided by the EMP.
• Contractor/s are responsible for implementing the EMP and monitoring programs in the safeguard documents.
• ADB monitors the Project’s compliance with SPS and DENR environmental requirements.
753. Specific roles and responsibilities of these key players are summarized in Table 9.1
Table 9.1 Responsibilities for EMP Implementation
Group/ Agency Responsibilities
DOTr DOTr as the EA and overall interagency coordinator, will adopt the proposed measures and revise the management plans per phases’ needs. They are responsible in creating a team, who will oversee the overall project management and implementation and supervising the Contractor/s. They are responsible in establishing the following:
• Project Management Office (PMO) through appointment of project manager with sufficient staff; and
• Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC). Environmental and social (E&S) team from the CSC and PMO should also be created, who will work closely in monitoring and maintenance throughout the entire project duration. The E&S from the DOTr/ LGU will ensure that the CSC implements the EMP as specified in safeguard document before submission to ADB. Specific obligations are:
• Ensure day to day project management. • Responsible for environmental compliance, securing national and
local permits, environmental monitoring, and consultations. • Ensure that the EMP and the IEE are considered in the update of DED
stage of project and implemented during construction and operations phase.
• Responsible for procurement works, goods and consulting services, which therefore assigned to ensure that the EMP and EMoP are incorporated in all bidding and contract documents for different project phases.
• Ensure conduct of environmental monitoring, and that funds are sufficient, properly implemented and accounted.
• Ensure that the Project is aligned with ADB SPS (2009), ADB Gender and Development Policy (1998) and World Bank Group’s General Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines and applicable Philippine laws and regulations pertaining to environment, health, safety and social policies.
• Ensure that the Contractor will prevent accidents, injury, and disease, including COVID-19 transmission, arising from, associated with, or occurring during work.
• Submit semi-annual monitoring reports (SMR) on EMP implementation to ADB.
Page 386
Group/ Agency Responsibilities
Davao LGU, Project Management Team
Davao LGU, as the IA and intercity coordinator, will adopt the proposed measures and revise the management plans per phases’ needs. They will be supporting the EA in all project implementation tasks, through implementation of project communication activities in the city and social development program. Specific obligations are:
• Responsible for environmental compliance and approval of national and local permits.
• Responsible to implement, monitor and report the progress of the Gender Action Plan, and mobilize resources needed in the implementation of the project.
• Ensure that the Project is aligned with ADB SPS (2009), ADB Gender and Development Policy (1998) and World Bank Group’s General Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines and applicable Philippine laws and regulations pertaining to environment, health, safety and social policies.
• Ensure that the Contractor will prevent accidents, injury, and disease, including COVID-19 transmission, arising from, associated with, or occurring during work.
• Establish a grievance redress mechanism (GRM) to address all project-related complaints.
• Designate a GR officer and ensure that the GRM is fully functional, and all project-related complaints of the APs are addressed and documented. The GRM officer shall provide inputs to the SMR and prepare a GRM report when required.
• Provide support in developing and implementing the communications strategy and the project GRM.
Project Management Office (PMO)
Project Management Office. The PMO will be responsible for the overall compliance of the project to all the provisions of the IEE, including its environmental management plan (EMP) and EMmoP, and overall compliance to ADB SPS 2009, national and local government unit’s regulations. The PMO will be supported by a CSC-environmental specialist. The PMO will be responsible for the following:
• Ensure the EMP and EMoP are incorporated in the bidding documents;
• Ensure compliance with all environment-related statutory requirements;
• Ensure the conduct of necessary training and workshops on environmental management to include site induction of all staff and workers involved in the construction. These include all staff and laborers of all contractors;
• Endorse/sign key documents and file tree cutting permit, site development clearance, quarry and borrow area clearances, and other permits from relevant agencies;
• Ensure that all Contractors have complete permits and clearances for the workers’ camp, operation of mixing plant, borrow areas and quarries, among others, prior to implementation of construction activities;
• Take proactive and timely measures to address any environment safeguards related challenges at the national or local levels such as delays in processing of clearances during pre-construction stage and significant grievances (during construction stage);
Page 387
Group/ Agency Responsibilities
• Help resolve grievances filed by affected stakeholders through the grievance redress mechanism set-up for the project;
• Review with the support of the CSC-Environmental Specialist and approve all subplans identified in the EMP that contractor will prepare, such as solid waste management plan, wastewater management plan, camp layout plan, traffic management plan, and borrow area management plan;
• Review with the support of the CSC-environmental specialist and approve monthly environmental monitoring reports prepared by the Contractor’s Environmental Management Unit (EMU);
• Conduct periodic site and follow – up inspections to verify the submitted monthly monitoring reports from the Contractor and direct contractor to follow EMP and EMoP in coordination with the CSC-environmental specialist and the Contractors’ EMU; 82
• Lead the conduct of compliance conference with the Contractor to discuss non-compliance and agree on corrective measures with guidance from CSC; and
• Ensure preparation, submission, and review of semi-annual environmental monitoring reports and seek approval from the PMO for disclosure on ADB and DOTr websites.
Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) – Environmental Specialist
Provide technical support to PMO and DOTr in implementing the EMP and EMoP and all other environmental-related provisions of the civil works contract. The CSC-ES will be responsible for the following:
• Lead the preparation of the contractor’s environmental management and monitoring plan (CEMMP) guided by the general EMP and EMoP, and based on the more detailed survey for approval of the PMO. This will include the preparation of templates to be followed by the Contractors and conduct of workshops with the Contractor’s SHE expert. The CEMMP should be approved by the DOTr and LGU and cleared by ADB prior to start of construction.
• Advise the Contractor on the needed revisions on the CEMMP and EMoP based on the changes on the engineering design and construction methodologies.
• Guide the preparation and conduct review all sub-plans identified in the IEE and EMP to be prepared by the Contactor to include camp layout, drainage plan, solid waste management plan, traffic management plan, site restoration, and emergency plans, among others.
• Ensure all Contractors secure permits and clearances in a timely manner and complies with all necessary permits and clearances, and all other Philippine government and ADB requirements.
• Lead the conduct regular environmental site induction training to all contractors and site engineers to ensure understanding of the EMP, domestic environmental laws and regulations requirements particularly on the required clearances and permits, training on occupational and community health and safety, timely mobilization of the Contractor’s EMU.83
82 Inspections may be announced or un-announced. 83 Site induction training includes but not limited to: i) discussion and review of EMP and EMoP
detailing how specific environmental risks associated with their Scope of Work will be managed
Page 388
Group/ Agency Responsibilities
• Conduct specialized trainings for the PMO, City Government of Davao, and PMO on environmental monitoring, occupational and community health and safety.
• Provide necessary technical assistance to PMO and Contractors in the effective implementation of the EMP and EMoP.
• Supervise the conduct of ambient monitoring of the Contractors to ensure compliance to the sampling and analysis protocols.
• Validate the effectiveness of the mitigation measures based on the results of the EMoP, site-inspections, and grievances.
• Recommend immediate corrective measures to be implemented by the Contractors when non-compliances are identified.
• Monitor the status of compliance of the Project with the conditions stated in the Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) throughout the period of the consultancy and make the necessary recommendations on environmental mitigation measures to DOTr, City Government of Davao, and the Contractors.
• Review the CEMMPs to ensure it meets all project objectives with respect to environmental and social issues.
• Prepare environmental monitoring report proforma for Contractor’s environmental self-monitoring reports.
• Prepare summary monthly, quarterly, and semi-annual monitoring reports from the monthly Contractor’s EMU self-monitoring reports, findings from the compliance inspections, results of ambient monitoring, and grievance and redress for the review and guidance of the PMO and DOTr.
• Lead the preparation of semi-annual environmental monitoring reports required by ADB for public disclosure.
• Lead the conduct compliance conference with the Contractor to discuss non-compliance and agree on corrective measures.
• Advise the Contractor through the PMO how to comply with requirements to address non-compliances.
• Report apparent unanticipated impacts, recommend mitigation measures to be implemented by the PMO and update the IEE report.
• Recommend to PMO sanctions in case of recalcitrant contractors.
D&B Contractor/s, with EMU
Responsible in carrying out the Works in a manner that ensures full compliance to the EMP, all relevant environmental laws, rules, regulations, and standards for the duration of the Contract including local endorsements and clearances. The Contractor, through its EMU is primarily responsible for implementing the EMP and EMoP during the pre-construction and construction phases of the project. The responsibilities of the Contractor include:
• Set-up an EMU capable of meeting all environmental requirements of the EMP and EMoP. The Contractor will ensure sufficient budget for the proper and timely implementation of all required mitigation and monitoring measures including a contingency budget to address unforeseen environmental impacts. The EMU will be functional before construction starts.
legal compliance, inspection and audits, and progress tracking and reporting; ii) environmental training and awareness needs shall be determined and documented via a training needs analysis prior to commencement; iii) Health and Safety Awareness Course, which details general environmental awareness and specific performance requirements expected on site; and iv) Grievance Redress Mechanism.
Page 389
Group/ Agency Responsibilities
• Ensure all members of the EMU will attend the site induction training to be organized by the CSC.
• Obtain necessary environmental license(s), permits etc. from relevant agencies for associated facilities, quarries, hot-mix plant etc. prior to commencement of civil works contracts.
• Prepare the CEMMP within 45 days from the Commencement Date with guidance from the CSC-ES for review and approval of the PMO and ADB; The CEMMP shall also specify how the Contractor will document inspecting, monitoring, auditing and correcting or improving environmental performance. It shall also outline how environmental issues that arise during construction will be handled to ensure compliance with relevant environmental laws, rules and regulation.
• Revise the CEMMP and EMoP, as advised by the CSC and PMO based on changes in the engineering design, construction methodology, grievances, and occurrences of unanticipated impacts.
• Implement all mitigation measures in the CEMMP and activities in the EMoP.
• Submit monthly, quarterly, and semi-annual self-monitoring reports to the CSC, Davao City Government, and DOTr for their review and approval.
• Ensure that all workers, including site supervisors and managers participate in training sessions conducted by CSC.
• Ensure compliance with environmental statutory requirements and contractual obligations.
• Participate in resolving issues as a member of the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC).
• Respond promptly to grievances raised by the local community or any stakeholder and implement environmental corrective actions or additional environmental mitigation measures as necessary.
• Based on the results of EMP monitoring, cooperate with the CSC, and PMO to implement environmental corrective actions and corrective action plans, as necessary.
Grievance Desk Officers
The Grievance Desk Officer manages and records all complaints in accordance with the GRM established for the project (Chapter 8). They are also responsible in proposing the sequence of consultation depending on the level of complaint. Lastly, they are responsible in the preparation of the Grievance Redress Mechanism report.
Asian Development Bank
ADB monitors the Project’s compliance with SPS and DENR environmental standards. They will review all environmental monitoring report to ensure that adverse impacts and risks are properly addressed, and all mitigating measures are properly implemented. They will conduct periodic site visits to ensure the over-all environmental performance of the Project.
Page 390
Figure 9.4 Davao HPBS Organizational Structure
Page 391
9.3 Environmental Management Plan 754. This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) details the mitigation,
contingency, and enhancement measures to minimize negative impacts and risks of the project. The proposed measures will serve as a guide to the proponent as the planning process progresses.
755. Table 9.2 summarizes the project plan for environmental and social management.
Page 392
Table 9.2 Environmental Management Plan
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
Project Design Phase
Land use
The Land Loss of vegetation due to land conversion
• Apply for land use conversion to Davao City LGU Planning • Conduct geologic investigation to minimize disturbance areas, work zones, and exclusion zones will be delineated as early as planning stage. • Planting of trees at buffer zone on selected perimeter locations and/or re-vegetation of disturbed areas as soon as practicable after the completion of the construction.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost Before Civil works
The Land Alteration of landscape due to land conversion
Use of compatible tones for buildings and cladding colors. Such colors will include tonal variations of existing colors in the surrounding landscapes
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost Before Civil works
Geology and Geohazards The Land
Impacts of Geological Risk on the Project Location
Landslide • Conduct of geologic investigations to consider potential landslide risks in the design. Suitable measures such as, but not limited to, installation of retaining walls if needed based on the design of the project. Earthquake and Ground Shaking • Consider the ground acceleration values in the final design of the structures, especially upon construction of major project infrastructure. • Conduct of GI to be used to assess for the possible constrains to the engineering plans. As such, results should be incorporated into a site-specific probabilistic seismic hazard analysis that should factor into the final seismic design of the project. Flooding • Consider in the design the impacts of flooding especially in Calinan Terminal. Suitable measures such as, but not limited to, drainage design with adequate capacity for future flooding events should be taken forward to the contractor. • Where necessary bus stops will be placed away for areas where the design team / engineer consider there is a risk of landslide. Further, for depot locations, where considered necessary, slope stabilization works will be carried out. Tropical Cyclones • Design of bus shelters should also consider this factor to ensure temporary cover and protection of pedestrians and commuters. Coordination with the locals will also be essential ensuring that these facilities will be maintained for users’ safety.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost Before Civil works
Climate Risk and Vulnerability The Land Climate Change
Adaptation
• Flood risk maps prepared by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) and the University of the Philippines – Nationwide Operational Assessment of Hazards (UP-NOAH) were used to inform the siting of the different project components. The platforms for depots, terminals, and driving school were also designed to be at least on the same level to adjacent roads. Interceptors and drains are also provided to intercept stormwater and divert them away from the structures. Detention tanks are also installed at each site to ensure that pre-development peak flow rates and volumes are maintained, and the project does not contribute to downstream flooding. • Agencies will avoid putting buses, employees and infrastructure in harm’s way of flooding. As a first principle, bus stops are placed away from areas prone to flooding, depot locations are robustly designed to take into account flooding, with adequate drainage design and consider additional 0.3m bus wading and locating all charging infrastructure to a minimum of 300 mm above the 100-year flood level in the detailed design stage.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost Before Civil works
Page 393
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Where necessary and depending on the future development of the road network extending beyond this projects study, operators should consider contingency routing in the event of severe flooding. • Consider in the hydraulic structures design to handle a 40-45% increase in maximum daily rainfall during project design. • Improve technical specification for all buses including the ability to operate during flood conditions in a minimum water depth of 300 mm. • There will be information collection and update for re-routing/ planning. • Agreements needs to be made with public works bureaus to clear storm drains.
Land acquisition The People Displacement and relocation of affected persons
• Prepare FS and DED Resettlement Plan for the Depots, Terminals, and Driving School as well as Resettlement and Indigenous People Plan for Bus Stops and other pedestrian improvements. The RP and RIPP study will be based on the final detailed design of the project to avoid involuntary resettlement; • Comply with the ADB SPS policy on involuntary resettlement and indigenous people and abide with the relevant Philippine laws and procedures pertaining to land acquisition as well as guidelines of the NCIP; • Ensure that all losses and entitlements of the project affected persons will be compensated accordingly and in a timely manner; • Continuous consultations with the stakeholders to inform them about the status and resettlement plan schedule of the project; • GRM will be set-up accordingly and will be made known to the stakeholders.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost During FS stage works until Project Completion
Climate Change Adaptation
Climate Risk and Vulnerability
Climate projections such as increase in temperature, frequencies in rainfall, and frequencies of extreme events are becoming significant due to climate change.
• Flood risk maps prepared by the Mines and Geosciences Bureau (MGB) and the University of the Philippines – Nationwide Operational Assessment of Hazards (UP-NOAH) were used to inform the siting of the different project components. The platforms for depots, terminals, and driving school were also designed to be at least on the same level to adjacent roads. Interceptors and drains are also provided to intercept stormwater and divert them away from the structures. Detention tanks are also installed at each site to ensure that pre-development peak flow rates and volumes are maintained, and the project does not contribute to downstream flooding. • Agencies will avoid putting buses, employees and infrastructure in harm’s way of flooding. As a first principle, bus stops are placed away from areas prone to flooding, depot locations are robustly designed to take into account flooding, with adequate drainage design and consider additional 0.3m bus wading and locating all charging infrastructure to a minimum of 300 mm above the 100-year flood level in the detailed design stage. • Where necessary and depending on the future development of the road network extending beyond this projects study, operators should consider contingency routing in the event of severe flooding. • Consider in the hydraulic structures design to handle a 40-45% increase in maximum daily rainfall during project design. • Improve technical specification for all buses including the ability to operate during flood conditions in a minimum water depth of 300 mm. • There will be information collection and update for re-routing/ planning. • Agreements needs to be made with public works bureaus to clear storm drains.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost During FS stage works until Project Operation
The project substantially reduces GHG emissions compared to the scenario sans the project. Assuming 25 years of operations, it contributes to emissions reductions of between 2.84 to 3.42 million tons of CO2.
Ambient Air Quality The Land Impact on Air Quality
• It is recommended to undertake modelling to assess the possible impacts of the project to the surrounding communities and the environment. PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost
During FS stage works until Project Operation
Page 394
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Modelling will be based on the latest design, construction sequence, and PME inventory to ensure the dust modelling most accurately reflects the impacts and thus the most appropriate mitigation measures can be formed. This modelling will be integrated into the DED IEE that will follow on from this FS
Noise Level The Land Impact on Noise It is recommended to undertake modelling to assess the possible impacts during construction and operational stages of the project. PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost
During FS stage works until Project Operation
Social and Cultural Resources The Land Involuntary Resettlement
The project will ensure that full compensation to the entitled APs before displacement. These are all discussed in detail in the RP/RIPP of the project PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost
During FS stage works until Project Operation
Project Employment The People Hiring of local workers
• Contractors to adopt strict policy requiring the contractor to source workforce from qualified locals; • Contractors to develop scheme of prioritization in local hiring with equal opportunities for men and women, skilled and unskilled, and PWDs; • Compliance with RA 6685; • Contractors to provide trainings for hired workers. • Coordination with LGUs and other relevant government agencies
PMO, LGU DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost Before Civil works
Pre-construction Phase—Site Preparation and Construction of Temporary Facilities
Land and vegetation clearing The Land
Disturbance to existing Terrestrial Flora and Fauna due to Vegetation removal
• Conduct inventory of trees and wildlife within and around the project area; • Land and vegetation clearing to be conducted only within approved Project boundaries; • All pre-clearing protocol will be established and implemented for all clearing activity to minimize impact to resident fauna. This will entail delineation on the ground of specific areas to be cleared. • Immediate compaction of all weathered roads to prevent soil erosion • Secure all relevant permits, including tree cutting/ earth balling permit prior to land clearing; • Ensure compliance with DENR Administrative Oder 2020 – 06 relating to vegetation clearing or relocation (i.e., 100% Tree Inventory and Tree Cutting or Relocation Permit) to be secured from DENR and RA 8048 (Coconut Preservation Act of 1995) from Philippine Coconut Authority (PCA); • DOTr to hire Contractor with appropriate experience and expertise on tree cutting / earth balling; • Promote restoration of damaged or destroyed vegetation where possible (e.g., tree planting); • Reforestation at areas designated by DENR-Forest Management Bureau (FMB) to replace lost tree species; • Establish a temporary nursery area for the relocation of the highly important plant species; • Coordinate with DENR and other authorized agencies for the careful removal and translocation of species; • Consider provision of nurseries to raise seedlings or saplings for future revegetation requirements, should be necessary. Pursuant to DENR Memorandum Order 2012-02: Uniform Replacement Ratio for cut or relocated trees will be 1:100 ratio for naturally growing trees on private or forest lands, including those affected by development projects
PMO, PMT DENR-EMB, DOTr, LGU
PHP 20,000.00 / ha pre-vegetation clearing activity. Cost will include but not limited to tree inventory, tree balling and transport, purchase of seedlings to replace relocated trees that will not survive, preparation of relocation cum off-set area, and monitoring cost. Seedling cost: using indigenous species with 1:100 ratio at P20/seedling
Mobilization period prior to site clearing and civil works
Page 395
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
in support of the National Greening Program (NGP) and Climate Change initiative of the Government. • A monitoring program for biodiversity (flora and fauna) will be implemented during construction and operation phases. • It is therefore recommended to prohibit capture and killing of faunal species (especially threatened species i.e. Hydrosaurus pustulatus, Acerodon jubatus, Calostoma insigne, Cuora ambionensis, Drepanosticta clados, Nisaetus pinskeri, Ceyx argentatus, and Numenius madagascariensis) if seen during the construction and operation phases, instead coordination to DENR and other authorized agencies (e.g Protected Areas and Wildlife Bureau (PAWB)), should be done for the proper removal and translocation of wildlife species. Nests found in the project sites can also be carefully transferred to nearby habitats; • Limit land clearing as much as possible; • Preserve and protect natural creek along the boundary of the project sites; • Provide temporary fencing for vegetation that will be retained; • Grow endemic species in the established high conservation areas; and • Improve the vegetation near the project area through tree planting and re-greening.
Land and vegetation clearing The Land
Generation of debris from vegetation removal and tree cutting
• All debris generated during vegetation removal and tree cutting will be managed based on DENR Administrative Order 2001 – 34: Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 9003 or the Philippine Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000 • Not that there will be no burning of any type of solid wastes generated during the vegetation removal and tree cutting
DOTr Contractor
DOTr Contractor
PHP 10,000.00 / ha post-vegetation clearing activity
Before Civil works
Land and vegetation clearing The Land Accumulation of solid
waste
• Implement an organized waste storage, collection, and proper waste management system; • Housekeeping measures can also prevent possible contamination in soil and water; • Non-recyclable waste will be collected daily by a licensed 3rd party contractor to ensure cleanliness in the workplace; • Trainings will be provided to site workers to improve the awareness on proper solid waste management practices; • Prepare Solid Waste Management Plan in accordance with RA 9003; • Ensure compliance to national and local waste regulations
PMO, PMT DENR-EMB, DOTr, LGU
PHP 10,000.00 / ha post-vegetation clearing activity
Before Civil works
Utilities relocation The People
Interruption of telecommunication and electricity due to utilities relocation
• Prepare the inventory of affected poles and wires, followed by consultation and liaison with service providers/ agencies • Prepare a Utilities Relocation Procedure/ Protocol to manage any possible event regarding the service interruption by the Project.
Contractor, service providers/ agencies, DOTr
DOTr, LGU Part of the MOA with the Utility Providers
During project detail design and mobilization period prior to site clearing and civil works
Air and Noise Quality The Air
Air and Noise levels are expected to increase during land clearing due to vehicular movement and equipment operations
• 24-hr TSP, PM10 and PM2.5 sampling shall be done for at least 14 consecutive days near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites prior to the commissioning of the construction works to establish baseline. • Dust accumulation will occur during site clearing phase. However, the effects are expected to be localized only. Regular sprinkling of water especially during dry season would be implemented to reduce dust emission. • 24-hr continuous noise measurement of A-weighted levels Leq, L10 and L90 in a sample period of 1-hr shall be done for at least 14 consecutive days near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites prior to the commissioning of the construction works to establish background noise levels for comparison against the IFC-EHS guideline values.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, CSC, LGU
PhP 100,000/ sampling location (for air and noise)
During project detail design
Page 396
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
Direct impact on nearby community The People
Physical, Psychological and Livelihood effect on the community
• Public disclosure of project activities must be duly done to inform the affected community and businesses of the plans, possible effects and time duration of the Project. • Comply with the livelihood and resettlement plan as indicated in the Resettlement Action Plan of the project.
PMO, CSC DOTr, LGU Part of Project cost
During project detail design prior to site clearing and civil works
Traffic Management The People Construction activities may increase traffic
• Preparation of site-specific traffic management plans and measures, in coordination and consultation with LGUs Speed limit of 20-40 kph will be set for delivery trucks. • Traffic wardens also posted along roads traversed by project’s delivery trucks and to direct traffic.
D&B Contractor DOTr, LGU, CSC
Part of the D&B contract
During project detail design.
Environmental Management All components Non-implementation of
mitigation measures
• Constantly review the EMP and update, if necessary. Propose corrective actions if mitigation measures are inadequate, additional mitigation for unanticipated impacts, and address non-compliance. • Undertake monthly monitoring of the contractor’s environmental performance and implementation of the EMP and propose a corrective action plan to improve performance or address non-compliance. Consolidate the results of the monthly/ quarterly monitoring into a SMR for submission to PMO, ADB and EMB.
D&B Contractor DOTr, LGU, CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
Prior to start of civil works.
Construction Phase – Construction of Permanent Structure (i.e., depots, terminals, and driving school, bus shelters, flagpole)
Land and Geology The Land
Impacts related to excavation
• Proper excavation procedure should apply to prevent adverse impact such as threat to the safety of nearby communities and workers
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and environmental management
During construction period
Risk of soil contamination from possible lubricant agents and used oil leakages
• Waste storage to be organized. Bulk waste oils and lubricants to be placed in impermeable area with appropriate secondary containment. • Housekeeping measures and materials handling, storage and disposal will be implemented to prevent possible contamination in soil. • Hazardous waste will be collected in the temporary storage tank, and it will be collected, transported, and treated by the accredited haulers and treaters. • Emergency and contingency plan in case of spills (health and safety management plan must be in place). • Inspection, maintenance and proper use of construction materials and heavy vehicles to be ensured. • Containment of bulk waste oils and lubricants in an impermeable area will minimize if not eliminate contamination. • Trainings to be provided to site workers on proper solid and hazardous waste management practices. • Coordinate with local government for transport and recovery of waste materials. Secure applicable and relevant permits and approvals, if necessary, for hazardous waste collection, transport and treatment. • Coordinate with local government of all planned activities. • Monitor the activities of the contractor. • Storage container shall be checked for leakage or spillage before use • Storage container shall be properly labelled and placed on a secondary containment • Implement the spills management plan included in the CEMMP.
Ecology and Biodiversity The Land Disturbance to existing
terrestrial flora and fauna • Should there be cutting of trees, regeneration/ revegetation activities will be implemented. It will cover the replacement of trees to compensate for any loss
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
PHP 20,000.00 / ha pre-vegetation clearing activity. Cost will include
During construction period
Page 397
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• An experienced ecologist will oversee the clearance of native flora, if necessary. Native flora species shall be at least conserved in selected areas to serve as refuge and forage for wildlife species. • Secure applicable and relevant permits and approvals. • Coordinate with local government of all planned activities. • Remaining trees and biological components of the project should be considered for protection and management. • Implement appropriate drainage system to avoid attracting birds and bats near the project vicinity. • Avoid creating artificial water bodies, nesting, and roosting areas that can attract birds and bats to feed or nest.
but not limited to tree inventory, tree balling and transport, purchase of seedlings to replace relocated trees that will not survive, preparation of relocation cum off-set area, and monitoring cost.
Impacts on terrestrial wildlife due to intensified noise caused by anthropogenic activities
• Effects from noise pollution coming from vehicles, equipment and nearby facilities will likely be contained. • All vehicles and heavy equipment will follow the minimum maintenance standards to reduce effects of noise pollution.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the Contractor’s service fee
During construction period
Impacts on terrestrial wildlife due to increases in the intensity of artificial light
• Effects from source of artificial light at night will be contained during construction hours. • Improving the vegetation that creates barrier will limit the glare coming from the artificial light. • Concentrating the light on operations using directional light. • Installation of anti-glare to the source of artificial light to regulate glare. • Some wildlife is attracted to light, in case of unexpected luring of wildlife, it will be removed in the right manner and brought back into its natural habitat.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the Contractor’s service fee
During construction period
Impacts on surrounding terrestrial vegetation due to dust deposition
• Sprinkling of water to access roads and other exposed soils will be executed especially during the dry season. The frequency is at least twice in the morning and twice in the afternoon or as needed. • Transport of overfills and/or topsoil will be covered properly with tarp to prevent escape of dust.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the Contractor’s service fee
During construction period
Impacts to terrestrial wildlife and vegetation to due vehicular strikes
• Limiting the speed of vehicle along the access roads will be strictly promulgated. • Aside from limiting the speed of vehicles, policies regarding safe driving will be also implemented strictly. Proper signages will be installed to increase awareness and avoid accidents.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the Contractor’s service fee
During construction period
Impacts on protected and sensitive areas
• Apply for necessary permits and coordinate with affected stakeholders, LGUs, and other Government Agencies. • Presidential Decree No. 1151 – Philippine Environmental Policy • Republic Act No. 9147 – Wildlife Resources Conservation and Protection Act • Republic Act No. 11038 – Expanded National Integrated Protected Area System Act of 2018
Part of the Contractor’s service fee
Solid Waste Management The Land
Accumulation of solid waste due to land and vegetation clearing, also causing land and aesthetic devaluation
• Implement a proper waste management system with organized waste storage and collection. • Trainings to be provided to site workers on proper solid waste management practices compliant. • Coordinate with local government for management, transport, recovery, and disposal of waste materials.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and environmental management
During construction period
Page 398
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Coordinate with local government of all planned activities. • Monitor the activities of the Contractor/s.
PhP 35,000/ project location
Surface water quality The Water
Construction materials and wastes from workers may contaminate nearby creeks/ rivers due to run-off water (i.e., wet deposition)
• Sewage and other domestic discharges will be connected to government sewer or septic tank hauled by the accredited DENR hauler. • Good solid waste management practices will be adopted. • Domestic wastes from construction workers will be managed through a portable toilet which will be set-up by the contractor. Regular domestic waste disposal will be collected daily by a third-party contractor to ensure cleanliness in the workplace and avoid possible water quality impacts to existing drainage and/or waterbodies. • Construction materials and chemicals will be properly stored and managed in secured storage area with provision of secondary containment • Appropriate sediment and water controls should be implemented before any vegetation and soil is disturbed. Installation of silt trap should be in place prior to construction. • Waste soil and debris will be handled and stored properly, with proper training to workers regarding the waste management practices.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and environmental management PhP 30,000/ sampling location
During construction period
Risk of water pollution from oil, grease, and fuel spills
The Water Contamination of water due to oil, grease, and fuel spills
• Oil, grease and fuel shall be stored in secured containers with proper labels at designated location. • Construction equipment and vehicles should be serviced by accredited service providers with suitable wastewater facilities.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and environmental management PhP 30,000/ sampling location
During construction period
Freshwater Ecology The Water
Fine sediment influx during earthworks potentially impacting existence and/or loss of ecologically important species Fine sediment influx during earthworks potentially impacting abundance, frequency, and distribution of species
• Designation of riparian buffer zones based on Presidential Decree (PD) 1067, Water Code of the Philippines of 1976, shall be considered such that a riparian area (i.e., from each stream bank) of three (3) meters (for urban areas), 20 meters (for agricultural areas), and 40 meters (for forested areas) will be maintained along the entire length of the surveyed streams. • All riparian buffer crossings (i.e., road crossings) gaps, and breaks should be minimized. • Development and implementation of a specifically designed construction plan during earth moving activities to ensure potential delivery of fine sediments and other particulate matter into the stream channel, thru aeolian (wind) dispersion, is kept at minimum. • Trucks that carry material will have speed limits of 10 km/hr in construction areas, 20 km/hr in barangay roads, and 30 km/hr in provincial/ municipal roads in accordance with JMC 2018-001 (Guidelines and Standards for the Classification of Roads, Setting of Speed Limits under Republic Act No. 4136, and Collection of Road Crash Data). • Truck and vehicles that transport construction material, construction equipment, and spoils will be covered to prevent spillage and fugitive emission of dust. • In case of accidental spillage of soil or other dust-enriched materials along haul roads and/or public roads, immediate clean-up and water sprinkling shall be conducted.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and environmental management PhP 30,000/ sampling location
During construction period
Freshwater Ecology The Water
Accidental spills of oils, lubricants, and other chemicals during construction activities potentially impacting abundance, frequency,
• Proper handling and disposal of potential contaminants coming from construction sites through DENR-accredited hazardous waste haulers • Localized storage of waste oils, lubricants, and chemicals in designated storage tanks with adequate spillage protection and disposal in appropriate off-site facilities. The storage will have proper roofing and has concrete-paved floor with proper chemical-
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
To be included in the Contractor’s service fee on health, safety, and
During construction period
Page 399
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
and distribution of species
proofing to avoid permeation of chemicals. All activities that involve transfer or removal of petroleum products and other hazardous chemicals will be in a localized area as much as possible. Use of temporary waste storage will be utilized to avoid spills. • Training of personnel involved with transport of materials to ensure safe and effective material transport operations Prohibition of use of unapproved toxic materials • Use of machines and equipment that are properly rated and appropriate for the task and regular proper maintenance of all vehicles and machinery • Provision of oil and grease traps in the drainage system • Provision of spill containment kits • Development of an emergency containment and clean-up program to handle occurrences of accidental spills
environmental management PhP 30,000/ sampling location
Air Quality The Air
Dust generated from construction activities and the use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment may pose adverse air quality impacts
• Regular watering over crush materials, such as gravel and soil material, exposed site surfaced and unpaved roads to minimize spreading of dusts • Frequent watering for particularly dusty construction areas and areas near sensitive receptors • Side enclosure and covering of any aggregate/ dusty/ odorous material storage piles to reduce emissions • Cover open stockpiles entirely by impervious sheeting, and avoid placing dusty/ odorous stockpiles near sensitive receptors • Tarpaulin covering of all dusty vehicle loads transported to, from and between site locations, and dusty materials being transported should be water sprayed • Set up and use of vehicle wheel and body washing facilities at the exit points of the site • Provision of site hoarding along site boundary where adjoins a road, streets or other accessible to the public for a site entrance or exit • Imposition of speed limits for vehicles on site haul roads • Routing of construction vehicles and positioning of plant and equipment as far away from sensitive receptors as possible • Set up an environmental monitoring and auditing programme to monitor dust levels within and in the vicinity of the project site, particularly near sensitive receptors, and to enforce appropriate controls and mitigation measures when required. Recommended to conduct 24-hr quarterly measurement of TSP, PM10 and PM2.5 around the project sites. • Workers will be provided with appropriate PPEs compliant with the Bureau of Working Conditions of the Department of Labor and Employment (BWC-DOLE) Occupational Safety and Health Standards • Construction works should be scheduled during acceptable day-time hours as agreed between the local government and the contractor to minimize disturbance to residents and sensitive receptors • Provision of training to workers for the use of efficient fuel and equipment (e.g., use of low sulfur fuel, scheduling of use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment to minimize idle and distances travelled, vehicle speed limit on bad terrain etc.)
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
PhP 35,000/ sampling location (for air and noise)
During construction period
Air Quality The Air
Exhaust gas generated from construction activities and the use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment may pose
• Use of low sulfur fuel in construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment as far as practicable • Provision of training to workers for the use of efficient fuel and equipment (e.g., use of low sulfur fuel, scheduling of use of construction vehicles as well as plant and equipment to minimize idle and distances travelled, vehicle speed limit on bad terrain etc.)
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
PhP 35,000/ sampling location (for air and noise)
During construction period
Page 400
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
adverse air quality impacts
• Permit to operate (PTO) must be duly applied upon procurement of generator sets • Routing of construction vehicles and positioning of plant and equipment as far away from sensitive receptors as possible • Workers will be provided with appropriate PPEs compliant with the Bureau of Working Conditions of the Department of Labor and Employment (BWC-DOLE) Occupational Safety and Health Standards • Construction works should be scheduled during acceptable day-time hours as agreed between the local government and the contractor to minimize disturbance to residents and sensitive receptors • Inspect construction vehicles, equipment, and machinery before use • Set up an environmental monitoring and auditing programme to monitor gaseous pollutants within and in the vicinity of the project site, particularly near sensitive receptors, and to enforce appropriate controls and mitigation measures when required. Recommended to conduct 24-hr quarterly measurement of SO2 and NO2 around the project sites. • Preventive maintenance of equipment and vehicles should be observed to minimize gaseous and particulate pollutants • Undergo government emission compliant tests for Construction vehicles • Use of construction vehicles as well as efficient plant and equipment that meet the emission standards and are regularly maintained • Incorporate traffic management guidelines in worker’s and subcontractor’s training/ seminar
Noise level Noise Level
Noise levels are expected to increase during construction due to vehicular movement and equipment operations
• Only well-maintained plant should be operated on-site, and plant should be serviced regularly during the construction programme • Machines and plant (e.g., trucks, cranes) that may be in intermittent use should be shut down between work periods or should be throttled down to a minimum • Plant known to emit noise strongly in one direction, where possible, should be orientated so that noise is directed away from nearby sensitive receptors • Silencers or mufflers on construction equipment should be properly fitted and maintained during the construction works • Mobile plant should be sited as far away from sensitive receptors as possible and practicable • Material stockpiles, site office and other structures should be effectively utilised, where practicable, to screen noise from on-site construction activities • Use of quiet plant where possible and practicable • Use of movable noise barriers and enclosures to screen noisy plant and equipment such as air compressors and generators • Set up an environmental monitoring and auditing programme to monitor the noise levels in the vicinity of the project site and to enforce appropriate controls and mitigation measures when required • Impact monitoring for construction noise should be carried out near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites to obtain one 1-hr measurement at each monitoring location at a frequency of once a week when construction activities are underway. • Construction works should be scheduled during acceptable day-time hours as agreed between the local government and the contractor to minimize disturbance to residents and sensitive receptors
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
PhP 35,000/ sampling location (for air and noise)
During construction period
Page 401
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Nearby communities including affected barangays and near residents must be informed of the duration and timing of construction • As part of the Safety and Health Standards, workers will be provided with the appropriate PPEs (e.g., ear plugs) to protect themselves from high noise levels • Comply with the DENR and IFC standards through frequent monitoring during construction phase to ensure that impacts on identified sensitive receptors are properly mitigated
Socio-economic and Community Health and Safety
The People Hiring of employees and workers Occupational Health and Safety
• Adopt strict policy requiring the contractor to source and prioritize workforce from qualified locals. • Comply with hiring procedures of local government. • Coordinate with local government of all planned activities. • Hiring to develop equal opportunities for men and women, skilled and unskilled, and PWDs. • Contractor/s to provide trainings for hired workers, incorporating emergency and health and safety program • Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), medical kit and first aids for protection and to minimize accident rate. • Provide potable water and temporary sanitation facilities for workers. • Provide trash bins in strategic locations and coordinate with LGUs for regular waste collection and disposal.
PMO, CSC DOTr, LGU, CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Existing Infrastructure and Facilities
The People
Shifting of poles and wires during construction phase leading to interruption of telecommunication and electricity service
• Verification of the number of affected poles and wires followed by consultation and liaison with servicer providers / agencies • Prepare a Utilities Relocation Procedure/ Protocol to manage any possible event regarding the service interruption by the Project.
PMO, PMT DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Visual Aesthetics The People
Unacceptable aesthetic condition due to accumulation of construction waste, heavy traffic and inaccessible walkways
• Be in full compliance to ensure that the site is clean as far as practicable and visually acceptable during construction phase • The design should harmonize the Project within the existing surroundings as much as practicable.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Accessibility The People
Impact on Public access due to temporary closure of existing walkways during the construction phase
• Alternative routes should be recommended when the existing walkways are temporarily inaccessible during the construction phase. • Post road signals and traffic wardens are also recommended.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Socio-economic and Health and Safety The People
Community Health and Safety during construction stage
• Safety barriers and warning sign to be installed in the area. • Security procedures to be implemented. Areas to be guarded during construction. • Lightning protection system to be installed and maintained. • Sensitive receivers to be kept outside of recommended safety buffer. • Provision of GRM for any environmental and social issues and complaints and ensure immediate and appropriate action. Coordinate with concerned agencies to ensure safety and reduced negative impacts to the community and environment. • Inform affected stakeholders ahead of any temporary disruption during construction activities.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Page 402
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
Health Effects The People
Construction activities may increase noise, traffic, disturbance, and community stress
• Ensure workers, machineries and equipment are all in proper working order to prevent unnecessary noise. • Traffic management guidelines and trainings should be conducted • Implementation of Traffic Management Plan with alternative routings shall be prepared • Proper Scheduling and coordination of construction waste. • Limit construction works to daytime
Contractor DOTr and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Health Effects The People
Construction activities may increase health effects due to pollution (water contamination and dusts, disruption of sleep patterns due to noise)
• IEC program to the barangay/ families to explain the nature and character of the project. •Proper information dissemination will be provided. • First aid and emergency response procedures will be in place. • HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention campaign will be provided to the workers. • Ensure workers, machineries and equipment are all in proper working order to prevent unnecessary noise particularly during nighttime
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Public Safety The People
Hazardous driving conditions and accident risks during transport of materials
• Install the safety barriers and warning signs at construction sites. • Traffic management plan considering all locations for material transfer, should be implemented. • Coordination with local government to provide traffic enforcers should be necessary. • Implementation of Traffic Management Plan.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Socio-economic and Health and Safety The People
Occupational Health and Safety during mobilization of workers and personnel
• Personnel to be fully equipped with PPEs such as helmets, masks, overalls/ jumpsuit, earplugs, safety belt (including backup safety trap). • Only qualified workers are eligible for installation of electrical equipment and working at height. • The adequate sanitation facilities for the workers on site must be designed properly (e.g., installation of mobile toilets to avoid the unsanitary condition and contamination) • Strictly comply with the regulation on site (i.e., labor requirement, working condition; electrical safety; traffic safety; fire safety, etc.). • Ensure that workers are trained and knowledgeable on health and safety protocols, first aid procedures, contingency and emergency plans of the company, safety, fire and explosion prevention, waste housekeeping measures, waste management protocols, and environmental and social guidelines. • Checking the technical parameters and safety conditions of equipment and machines before using. • Assign the Health and Safety officers to inspect the overall safety condition on site. • Safety signs, first aid boxes and fire extinguishing equipment should be readily available and easily be located. • Flammable materials and fuels are stored in separate warehouses and are away from potential sources of fire and explosion, with prohibition signs. • Electrical equipment and construction machinery to be regularly inspected in accordance with the load capacity of the source. • The construction activities must be strictly complied with technical solutions approved, especially construct the foundation, install the heavy equipment/components. • Provide trainings such as health and safety protocols, first aid procedures, contingency and emergency plans of the company, safety, fire and explosion prevention, waste housekeeping measures, waste management protocols, and environmental and social guidelines for all workers. Trainings including HIV/AIDS, COVID-19, and GBV awareness and prevention campaign are also recommended.
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Page 403
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Ensure worker's social and economic well-being as well as physical safety and health are implemented in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Standards of the Department of Labor and Employment (OSHA-DOLE). • Implement government-approved guidelines and protocols on the prevention of COVID-19 transmission in work areas and project facilities. • Weekly and daily meeting and monitoring should be proposed with the Contractor/s. • Implement GRM.
Impacts on the Poor, Women, Children and PWDs
The People
Safety and security issue during construction phase Potential rise in GBV in relation to civil works. Potential exclusion in employment opportunities
• Integration of gender-responsive and inclusive physical design features to ensure safety, accessibility, and convenience for women, men, children, persons with disabilities, seniors, and sexual minorities.84 • Ensure secure, well-lit and well managed facilities with continuous monitoring and security • Construction workers should undergo awareness-raising to prevent GBV (i.e., sexual harassment committed against pedestrians and the members of the gender community in the project areas). • Information and access to emergency response available (e.g., VAW/GBV Desks, Emergency Hotline, Helpline for persons with disabilities)
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Public Health The People
Possible transmission of communicable disease due to poor sanitation and poorly managed waste disposals by construction workers
• Proper waste disposal, hygiene and drainage plans must be imposed to minimize disease transmitted by mosquito and rodents. • Training will be provided to construction works on the solid waste management for proper waste handling and disposal • HIV/AIDs awareness and prevention campaign will be provided to the workers
PMO, CSC, Contractor
DOTr, LGU, and CSC
Part of the contractor’s contract
During construction period
Operational Phase
Solid Waste Management The Land Generation of Solid
Waste
• Waste bins will be strategically located. Implement solid waste management for proper disposal. • Close coordination with the LGUs and private entities to ensure cleanliness and maintenance • Proponent to outline a waste management strategy for the proper collection, transport, and disposal of jeepney waste, particularly hazardous objects such as batteries and transformed. • Close coordination with the SDP team should be undertaken the ensure a proper roster of scraped jeepneys is obtained so a proper record of disposal can be maintained.
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
Freshwater Ecology The Water
Accidental spills of oils, lubricants, and other chemicals during maintenance activities potentially impacting abundance, frequency, and distribution of species
• Use machines and equipment that are appropriate for the task and properly rated with applicable certification and conduct regular and proper maintenance • Heavy equipment operators will be certified for the use of their respective heavy equipment to document their competency and they along with the workers will undergo safety induction and training. • Store bulk waste oils and lubricants in impermeable area and with appropriate labelling and secondary containment (i.e., 110% of waste volume capacity). Signages, fire extinguishers, barricades/controlled access will be in place. • Prepare a procedure manual for workers to prevent oil and chemical spills and also provide regular training to workers to keep working and surrounding environment in good condition
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
84 As elaborated in HPBS Gender Action Plan, 2021.
Page 404
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
• Emergency and contingency plan in case of spills and health and safety management plan will be in place
Noise level Noise Level Operational Noise from fixed plant noise sources
• Noise mitigation measures such as noise barriers and enclosures as well as noise shielding structures will be used where appropriate to mitigate the operational noise impact of the project on surrounding sensitive receptors • Noise level to be regularly monitored to ensure noise does not exceed allowable limit for sensitive receivers • Impact monitoring for operational noise should be carried out near sensitive receptors surrounding the project sites to obtain two 1-hr measurements at each monitoring location, one taken at the start of the day and the other taken during the day, at a frequency of once a month for a two-year period after the project has commenced
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT PhP 35,000/ sampling location (for air and noise)
During operation period
Peace and order The People
Safety and security issue without proper maintenance and management
• Check and repair regularly the facilities of the bus stops such as CCTV, lighting system kiosk and advertising panel • Delegate to a collaborative group of facilities • Collaborate with LGU, barangay and Philippine National Police (PNP) to observe the operating condition and security
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
Socio-economic and Health and Safety The People Community Health and
Safety
• Ensure that workers are trained and knowledgeable on working at site procedures, health and safety protocols, first aid procedures, contingency and emergency plans of the facility, safety, fire and explosion prevention, waste housekeeping measures, waste management protocols, and environmental and social guidelines. • Assign the Health and Safety officers to inspect the overall safety condition of the facility. • Safety signs, first aid boxes and fire extinguishing equipment should be readily available and easily be located. Prepare contingency and emergency plans.
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
Mainstream gender and development in operation and maintenance
The People Gender and vulnerable group’s inclusion
•All contracts for O&M include provisions for (a) hiring women, PWDs and elderly; (b) adherence to core labor standard and benefits; (c) gender sensitivity, anti-sexual harassment and GBV program, including training of personnel to respond to GBV; (d) use of gender-fair and gender affirmative language and images in all kinds of communications, including in ads and signages around the HPBS facilities and structures; and (e) keeping sex-disaggregated data in their database/ information system.
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
Responsibility of Maintenance The People
Health and safety of users (pedestrians and commuters)
• Post public safety risk board and emergency contact information. • Regular maintenance of the facility, ensuring communities near structures are safe.
LGU-PMT LGU-PMT
Part of the regular operation and maintenance budget of the Concessionaire/ Operator
During operations phase
Organized bus transport system The People
Better, safe, and organized transportation mode
N/A N/A N/A N/A During operations phase
Economic values The People Linkages to nearby malls will attract easy access N/A N/A N/A N/A During operations
phase
Aesthetic/ Visual Landscape The People
Improved transport system, accessible to pedestrian, hence,
N/A N/A N/A N/A During operations phase
Page 405
Project Phase/ Environmental Aspects
Environmental Component Likely to be Affected
Potential Impact Options for Prevention, Mitigation*, Enhancement or Adaptation Measures
Institutional Responsibility
Estimated Cost Implementation Schedule Implementation Monitor
enhance aesthetic/ visual landscape
Page 406
9.4 Environmental Monitoring Reports 756. The environmental monitoring reports will include environmental
monitoring activities including project compliance on the ECC and DENR standard for water and air and noise quality. The monitoring will be start upon the release of the ECC and specifically during the construction phase. The monitoring reports will be submitted to DOTr and ADB. The EMoP implementation monitoring of the project are as follows:
• Contractor- The contractor should submit a monthly monitoring report to DOTr and consultant
• Consultant- The consultant should validate the contractor’s report by submitting a quarterly monitoring to DOTr. This quarterly monitoring report should also be consolidated as semi-annual monitoring report and submitted to ADB, with DOTr’s approval, for public disclosure.
757. Table 9.3 presents the Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) for the project. The EMoP is based on the possible impacts of the project during construction and operation phases.
758. The Environmental Quality Performance Level (EQPL) are identified in the EMoP. The EQPL are defined by three levels: the Alert or Red Flag” which is early warning; the “Action Level” is the point where environmental management measures are employed to prevent reaching the regulated limit level; and “Limit Level” is the regulatory standard that must not be exceeded and for which emergency response measures must be employed to reduce pollutants to lower than standard unit. Alert and Action Levels
9.5 Environmental Monitoring Plan 759. The environmental monitoring reports will include environmental
monitoring activities, as well as the results if compliant with the DENR Standards. Monitoring will be conducted during construction phase and report will be submitted to DOTr and ADB. The Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) implementation monitoring are as follows:
• Contractor - The contractor should submit a monthly monitoring report to DOTr and CSC.
• Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) – The CSC should validate the contractor’s report by conducting site visits and interviews with affected people. CSC will include updates on EMP implementation in the progress reports and submit semi-annual environmental monitoring reports (SMR) to DOTr during project implementation. The SMR will be submitted by DOTr to ADB for disclosure on ADB’s website.
760. During the pre-construction stage, inventory and surveys will be undertaken, as there are expected land acquisition and need for tree cutting and earth balling. There are also expected diversion or relocation of public utility posts for electricity and telephone connections, hence these are also
Page 407
included in the surveys to identify all affected structures of the Project. MOA needs to be agreed by DOTr, Davao LGU and affected utility providers. Moreover, necessary permits should be secured prior to the Project construction.
761. Under the PEISS, the Project will acquire an ECC thus monitoring will be undertaken in compliance with the conditions of the ECC by DENR-EMB and ADB IEE requirements. Table 9.3 summarizes the environmental monitoring plans for the Project.
762. The Environmental Quality Performance Level (EQPL) are defined by three levels: the Alert or Red Flag” which is early warning; the “Action Level” is the point where environmental management measures are employed to prevent reaching the regulated limit level; and “Limit Level” is the regulatory standard that must not be exceeded and for which emergency response measures must be employed to reduce pollutants to lower than standard unit. Alert and Action Levels in Table 9.3 have no values for now as these will be set during DED once baseline levels had been firmly established thru 24-hr sampling.
Page 408
Table 9.3 Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP)
Environ-mental Aspects
Parameters to be monitored Monitoring Procedure Alert Level Action Level Limit Level*
Institutional Responsibility Estimated Cost85 Implementation Monitor
Air Quality
PM10 and PM2.5 Sampling via portable dust meters to be conducted 24-hr quarterly per stations, near sensitive receptors.
PM10: 100µg/Ncm PM2.5: 40µg/Ncm
PM10: 125µg/Ncm PM2.5: 45µg/Ncm
PM10: 150µg/Ncm PM2.5: 50µg/Ncm
Contractor DOTr PhP 35,000/ sampling location (for air and noise) Noise
Level86 Noise Level – LAeq
Type 1 Sound Level Meter: 1-hr measurement at each monitoring location at a frequency of once a week when construction activities are underway. Two 1-hr measurements at each monitoring location, one taken at the start of the day and the other taken during the day, at a frequency of once a month for a two-year period after the project has commenced
Receptor One Hour Laeq (dBA)
Daytime (0700-2200)
Nighttime (2200-0700)
Residential, institutional, educational
55 45
Industrial, commercial
70 70
Daytime 58 dBA Nightime 50 dBA (Based on the initial results)
Daytime 61 dBA Nightime 53 dBA
Contractor DOTr
Terrestrial Vegetation
For relocated earth-balled trees: survival rate; growth rate; basal area; importance values For the Relocation area (to monitor overall improvement in ecology as affected by earth-balled trees and/or out-planted seedlings): vegetation species list; vegetation community types; species range distribution and endemicity; conservation status; basal area; importance values
Transect survey (at least 1km for each of the 8 stations) Quadrat sampling (10m x 10m in replicates covering at least 8 stations) Semi-annual in frequency
Mortality of at least 3 individuals of endemic plants balled-out and relocated in the Offset Area DOTr in coordination with DENR to decide on balling-out trees Balling out and replanting trees to follow DENR requirements and procedures
Mortality of at least 3 individuals of endemics and 3 individuals of threatened species balled-out and relocated in the Offset Area DOTr in coordination with DENR to decide on balling-out trees Balling out and replanting trees to follow DENR requirements and procedures
100% mortality of relocated endemics and threatened plant species balled-out and relocated in the Offset Area DOTr in coordination with DENR to decide on balling-out trees Balling out and replanting trees to follow DENR requirements and procedures
Contractor DOTr PHP 800,000.00 per year
Terrestrial Wildlife
Within the established biodiversity offsets, conduct a detailed terrestrial wildlife
Birds Minimum per area of 9 ha: 10 ground nets (minimum of 3 nets in one series – i.e., 3-3-4, 5-5, 6-4, 7-3)
Decline (~10%) in the abundance, frequency and distribution of wildlife monitored compared to baseline data.
Evident decline (~15%) in the abundance, frequency, and distribution of wildlife monitored compared from baseline data.
Highly evident decline (~20%) in the abundance, frequency and distribution of wildlife monitored
Contractor DOTr PHP 3,250,000.00 per year
85 When the implementation arrangement and design are being finalized, an indicative cost, and sampling details would be revised where a form of accuracy can be guaranteed. All necessary and additional surveys must be completed prior to construction. 86 Guideline values are for noise levels measured out of doors. Noise impacts should not exceed the levels presented in the table or result in a maximum increase in background levels of 3 dB at the nearest receptor location off-site.
Page 409
Environ-mental Aspects
Parameters to be monitored Monitoring Procedure Alert Level Action Level Limit Level*
Institutional Responsibility Estimated Cost85 Implementation Monitor
inventory considering native, endemic, threatened, and other noteworthy species. Determine species richness, abundance, and ecological indices (diversity, evenness, and dominance). The detailed inventory of terrestrial wildlife within the established biodiversity offsets aims to determine if said area/s serve as an alternative wildlife habitat in lieu of the areas affected by the Project.
Minimum per area of 9 ha: 5 canopy nets (minimum of 3 nets in one series – i.e., 3-2) Minimum twice a year (i.e., semi-annual); ideally quarterly Three days per site, at least three sites for a single habitat type Supplemented by transect line survey (i.e., 3 transect lines per site, minimum 1 km per transect: 6:00 a.m. to 7:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.) Bats Minimum per area of 9 ha: 10 ground nets (minimum of 3 nets in one series – i.e., 3-3-4, 5-5, 6-4, 7-3) Minimum per area of 9 ha: 5 canopy nets (minimum of 3 nets in one series – i.e., 3-2) Minimum twice a year (i.e., semi-annual); ideally quarterly Two nights per site, at least three sites for a single habitat type Supplemented by acoustic recording (minimum 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m., ideally entire night – 6:00 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.) Small, non-volant mammals Cage traps (i.e., at least 100 trap nights per station) Herpetofauna (i.e., amphibians, reptiles) Opportunistic catching: pitfall traps, and strip transect (at least 10 hrs sampling effort per station) Arthropods Soil litter arthropod identification, pitfall traps, light traps, and sweep netting
compared from baseline data. Successive decline in the abundance, frequency and distribution of wildlife monitored across monitoring periods.
Page 410
Environ-mental Aspects
Parameters to be monitored Monitoring Procedure Alert Level Action Level Limit Level*
Institutional Responsibility Estimated Cost85 Implementation Monitor
Freshwater Ecology
Across established and pre-identified freshwater ecology monitoring stations, biological indicators (i.e., periphyton, phytoplankton, zooplankton, aquatic invertebrates, fish fauna, aquatic macrophytes) used to describe the overall stream health and biotic integrity should be monitored. The following parameters should be noted:
• Abundance • Density • Richness • Composition • Coverage • Presence of
endemic species
• Presence of threatened species
• Presence of noteworthy species
Collection of the biological indicators must be done in duplicates per monitoring station (within a 50-m sampling reach). Minimum of three sampling stations within the inland water present in (i) Calinan Terminal and (ii) Sto Nino Depot. Periphyton Three (3) cobble sized rocks; within a 7 cm x 7 cm scraping area Phytoplankton 20µm plankton nets; 20 L of stream water to be filtered Zooplankton 64µm plankton nets; 20 L of stream water to be filtered Aquatic invertebrates D-frame kick net (500 μm); brass sieve (500 μm); multihabitat approach Fish fauna Local interviews Aquatic macrophytes Visual assessment
Gradual build-up (~25%) of algal mats within the established freshwater ecology monitoring stations
Noticeable build-up (~35%) of algal mats within the established freshwater ecology monitoring stations Declining taxa richness and abundance of pollution sensitive aquatic insect groups: Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera, Coleoptera (EPTC)
Remarkable build-up (~45%) of algal mats within the established freshwater ecology monitoring stations Complete loss of pollution sensitive aquatic insect groups: Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera, Coleoptera (EPTC)
Contractor DOTr PHP 350,000.00 per year
Water Quality
BOD, Cl, Color, DO, pH, P, N, Temperature TSS, Turbidity, TDS, Coliforms
Grab sampling Alert Action Limit
BOD 5-6 6-7 7
Cl 340 345 350
Color 65 70 75
DO 6-7 5-6 5
pH +/- 6.5-9.0 +/- 6.5-9.0 6.5-9.0
P 0.5 0.5 0.5
N 7 7 7
Temp 25-31 25-31 25-31
TSS 80 80 80
F. Coliforms 200 200 200
Contractor DOTr PhP 30,000/ sampling location
Page 411
Environ-mental Aspects
Parameters to be monitored Monitoring Procedure Alert Level Action Level Limit Level*
Institutional Responsibility Estimated Cost85 Implementation Monitor
Social RP/ RIPP Monitoring: Compensation, livelihood program, Public consultation and GRM, and public facilities.
Internal Monitoring and External Monitoring
DOTr-PMO/ consultant
DOTr 100,000/ month (based on RP and RIPP)
Page 412
10 Conclusion and Recommendations
10.1 Findings and Recommendations 763. Listed below are the major issues and recommendations for the Davao
HPBS Project:
• Continuous public disclosure and necessary announcements as the project progresses to inform the public about the project updates. Furthermore, these information disclosures are also required by ADB through Public Communications.
• There are land takings from landowners for bus depots, terminals and driving school; and bus stops and queue jump lanes. These will be properly acquired to minimize issues with displacement.
• DOTr will need to have close coordination with the APs with land takings. Procedure and relevant laws should be discussed with the APs. Similarly, entitlement and relocation/ resettlement plans must be comprehensively presented to them.
• Drainages and other public utilities, such as electricity and communication posts, that will be affected will be prioritized to ensure continuous service. Lines and poles need relocation, to prevent service disruption. DOTr will agree with the utility providers through MOA.
• There are no environmentally critical areas near the Project site.
• There are no sensitive ecological areas and archaeological spots in the area.
• There will be three (3) ICCs (Ata, Obo Manobo and Bagobo Tagabawa), affected by the project, where 30 bus stops will be installed. Among these, four (4) bus stop locations will have land takings traversing Ata tribe.
• There will be environmental impacts during project construction, but these will be temporary, and can be mitigated by proper implementation of measures indicated in the EMP in Chapter 6.
• There will be negative but temporary impacts on air and noise, water quality, soil and traffic, during construction. Mitigating measures are provided in the EMP and monitoring plans will be carried out to ensure that these measures are implemented effectively (Chapter 6).
• DOTr will manage for mitigation and monitoring plans of the project, hence there is allocated project budget for these monitoring and surveys.
764. While these are the target benefits from the Project:
• Employment opportunities during construction and operation of the project.
Page 413
• Safe access and better transport services.
• Organize transport system due to enhanced aesthetic/ visual landscape.
• Reduce traffic congestion therefore reduce carbon footprint.
• Improved pedestrian facilities, addressing needs of PWDs, women and senior citizens.
10.2 Conclusion 765. This IEE report studied all implications of environmental and social impacts
for the Davao HPBS Project. Through the various review of the secondary data, ground surveys and multi levelled consultations to stakeholders (i.e. affected communities, APs, IPs, and different LGUs), it can be concluded that this modernized bus system plans will likely affect the environment but will have a sustainable and beneficial impact to the public especially the users during operations phase.
766. Some negative impacts, such as impact on air and water quality, noise level, and soil during construction, are not discounted. However, this IEE concludes that these minimal and temporary environmental impacts will be minimised through implementation of mitigating measures. Monitoring plans will also be conducted to ensure the Project’s compliance with the DENR-EMB and ADB policies.
767. There will be land takings, relocation and impacts to IPs, however there are also appropriate actions planned for these as thoroughly discussed in the RP and RIPP of the project.
768. The modern transport system aimed to significantly reduce the number of public transport vehicles, consequently, will reduce the magnitude of carbon and noise emissions from public transport due to reduction in total vehicles on the roadways (and due to possible introduction of electric vehicles, which will be explored in the city). Thus, the Davao HPBS project is expected to lessen the existing fossil fuels and GHG emissions generated by the transportation sector.
769. This pedestrian improvement will also positively help the environment and the community since this will make the public transport more attractive and will encourage modal shift from private vehicles to the public transport network.
770. Finally, this report has identified some impacts on the environment and as per initial screening based on ADB’s SPS, this HPBS Project under Category B requires this IEE Report. This categorization is yet for approval of ADB.
771. The IEE will be updated once complete information has been provided and when more specific project information and construction methods become available. Impact assessment will further be enhanced with mitigation measures and management plans if there are changes in project scope and
Page 414
location, or if unanticipated impacts are encountered during implementation.
Page 415
11 References 2017 Center for Excellence in Universal Design. Building for Everyone: A Universal Design Approach. Retrieved from http://universaldesign.ie/Built-Environment/Building-for-Everyone/
Abaya E, et al. 2011. Assessment of Pedestrian Facilities in Major Cities of the Philippines. Proceedings of the Eastern Society for Transportation Studies, Vol 8, 2011
ADB 2009. Safeguard Policy Statement.
ADB 2012. Strengthening Participation for Development Results.
ADB 2014. Climate Risk Management in ADB Projects.
ADB 2020. Draft Good Practice Note: Impact Assessment Process for Initial Environmental Examination.
ADB TA Report, 2005
ADB. 06 July 2012. Guidelines for Gender Mainstreaming Categories of ADB Projects. Manila
ADB. 2011. Gender Equality: Bridging the Gap. © Asian Development Bank.Manila
ADB. 2012. Gender Tool Kit: Public Sector Management. Manila
ADB. 2013.ADB’s GenderToolkit: Transport Maximizing the Benefits of Improved Mobility for All. Manila
ADB. April 2013. Gender Equality and Women’s Empowerment Operational Plan, 2013-2020 Moving the Agenda Forward in Asia and the Pacific .Manila
ADB. January 2009. Checklist for Gender Mainstreaming in the Infrastructure Sector. Manila
ADB. November 2017. ADB TRTA: The Republic of the Philippines: Preparing the Metro Manila Transport Project, Phase 1.
ADB. November 2018. ADB TA: 8941 PHI: Davao Public Transport Modernization Project (45296-005) Gender Action Plan.
ADB. September 2019. Strategy 2030: Operational Plan for Priority 2: Accelerating Progress in Gender Equality, 2019-2024.
ADB.2006. Gender, Law, and Policy in ADB Operations: A Tool Kit. Manila
Aganad, et al. 2017. F8-2 Ergonomic Assessment of Street Warning Signs for the Visually Impaired in Metro Manila. The Japanese Journal of Ergonomics 2017, Volume 53.
Page 416
Alcala A. C., Brown W. C. (1998). Philippine amphibians: An illustrated field guide. Bookmarks Inc, Makati City, vii+ 116 pp.
Almec Corporation. December 2015. The Project for Capacity Development on Transportation Planning and Database Management in the Republic of the Philippines MMUTIS Update and Enhancement Project (MUCEP) Project Completion Report.
Asian Development Bank (ADB). 2003. ADB’s Framework Policies and Strategies on Gender and Development (GAD).Manila
AusAID. January 2013.Accessibility Design Guide: Universal design principles for Australia’s aid program. Australia
Babinard. September 2011. World Bank Gender Transport Surveys: An Overview
Bachelet, M. 2013. Making cities safe for women and girls, available at https://www.theguardian.com/global-development/2013/feb/21/makingcities-safe-women-girls (last accessed Nov. 30, 2018).
Badami, M. 2009. Urban Transport Policy as if People and the Environment Mattered: Pedestrian Accessibility the First Step, Economic and Political Weekly Vol. 44, No. 33 (AUGUST 15-21, 2009), pp. 43-51
Batasang Pambansa 344 or the Accessibility Law,
CABI. (2021). Invasive species compendium. Detailed coverage of invasive species threatening livelihoods and the environment worldwide. Species profile: Typha angustifolia (lesser bulrush). https://www.cabi.org/isc/datasheet/54294 date accessed 24 May 2021.
CDFP 2021. Co’s Digital Flora of the Philippines. URL https://www.philippineplants.org/
CDFP. (2021). Co’s Digital Flora of the Philippines. URL https://www.philippineplants.org/
Civitas. European Union Policy Note: Smart choices for cities Gender equality and mobility: mind the gap!
Commission on Human Rights. 2018. Retrieved from http://chr.gov.ph/report-on-lgbti-in-the-philippines-an-outline-of-human-rights-challenges-and-ways-forward-situation-report-on-social-2/).
Daly, Aisling & Baetens, Jan, De Baets, Bernard. (2018). Ecological Diversity: Measuring the Unmeasurable. Mathematics. 6. 119. 10.3390/math6070119.
Davao 2019-2028. Davao Comprehensive Land Use Plan.
Davao City Comprehensive Land Use Plan. 2018
Davao City Safe City Ordinance (Bawal Bastos)
Page 417
DENR Administrative Order. (2017). Updated National List of Threatened Philippine Plants and their Categories. URL https://www.philippineplants.org/dao-2017-11.pdf
Department of Environment and Natural Resources-Biodiversity Management Bureau (DENR-BMB). (2016). The National Invasive Species Strategy and Action Plan 2016-2026 (Philippines). Quezon City: Department of Environment Biodiversity Management Bureau and Natural Resources. pp. i-xix, 1-97.
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) issued Department Order No.48: Guidelines for Mainstreaming Gender Equality Actions in Road Infrastructure Projects.
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH). 2011. Toolkit for Making Road Infrastructure Projects Gender Responsive. Manila
Department of Public Works and Highways Department Order No. 48 Series of 2011, guidelines for Mainstreaming Gender Equality Actions in Road Infrastructure Projects. August 25, 2011
Department of Transportation (DoTR) Department Order No. 2012-05, Mainstreaming Gender and Development (GAD) in the Transportation Sector (Policies, Plans, Programs/Activities/Projects) and Strengthening the GAD Focal Points in the DoTR-Central Office, its Project Offices, Regional and Sectoral Offices and Attached Agencies and Corporations.
Diesmos A.C., Watters J.L., Huron N.A., Davis D.R., Alcala A.C., Crombie R.I., Afuang L.E., Gee-Das G., Sison R.V., Sanguila M.B., Penrod M.L., Labonte M.J., Davey C.S., Leone E.A., Diesmos M.L., Sy E.Y., Welton L.J., Brown R.M. Siler C.D. (2015). Amphibians of the Philippines, Part I: Checklist of the Species. Series 4, Vol. 62, Part 3, No. 20: 457-539
Dot issued Department order No. 2018-018 Revised Implementing Rules on the GAD Guidelines for DoTR Central Office.
DPWH issued Department Order No. 130 Series of 2016.
DPWH-PR. (09 February 2018). ‘DPWH undertakes access audit on implementation of Accessibility Law’. PTVNews, retrieved from https://ptvnews.ph/dpwh-undertakes-access-audit-implementation-accessibility-law/
Fernando, E.S. (1998). Forest formations and flora of the Philippines: Handout in FBS 21.UPLB, Philippines
FIA Foundation. March 2016. Safe and Sound International research on Women’s Personal Safety on Public Transport. United Kingdom
Future Female, UK South Africa Tech Hub, Department for Digital Culture, Media, and Sport.(2020, September). The Changing Future of Female Entrepreneurship [Report].https://d2saw6je89goi1.cloudfront.net/uploads/digital_asset/file/778285/Future_Females_White_Paper_Sept_2020-min.pdf
Geotina-Garcia, M.A.D. (2020s). Leave No One Behind: Rebuilding the ASEAN Economy with a Gender Lens, A Reaction Paper to the Oxfam Publication & Better
Page 418
Normal for Business: How ASEAN Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs) can Recover and Thrive in and Beyond COVID-19. Manila: Philippine Women’s Economic Network.
GISD. (2021). IUCN Global Invasive Species Database. Species profile: Piper aduncum. http://www.iucngisd.org/gisd/species.php?sc=332 date accessed 24 May 2021.
Harsritanto, B. 21 February 2018. Urban Environment Development Based on Universal Design principles. E3S Web Conf. Volume 31, 2018 The 2nd International Conference on Energy, Environmental and Information System (ICENIS 2017)
Heip, C. H., Herman, P. M., Soetaert, K. (1998). Indices of diversity and evenness. Oceanis, 24(4), 61-88.
Inger, R.F. (1954). Systematics and zoogeography of Philippine Amphibia. Chicago: Chicago Natural History Museum. 525 pp.
IUCN (2021). The IUCN Red list of Threatened Species Version 2021-1 [WWW Document]. IUCN Red List URL http://www.iucnredlist.org
Kennedy, R., Gonzales, P., Dickinson, E., Miranda, H., Fisher, T., 2000. A guide to the birds of the Philippines, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Kerkhoff. (2010). Measuring biodiversity of ecological communities. Retrieved from http://biology.kenyon.edu/courses/biol229/diversity.pdf [Accessed 21 May 2021].
Kunieda M, et al. 2006. Inclusive Access and Mobility in Developing Countries.
Leather, J, et al. 2011. ADB Sustainable Development Working Paper Series No. 17: Walkability and Pedestrian Facilities in Asian Cities State and Issues. Manila
Ledesma, M., Brown, R., Sy, E., Rico, E.L. (2009). Hydrosaurus pustulatus. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2009: e.T10335A3194587. https://dx.doi.org/10.2305/IUCN.UK.2009-2.RLTS.T10335A3194587.en. Downloaded on 24 May 2021.
Lopez, C.R. (2020, September 25). Supporting Women Economic Empowerment (WEE) Philippines Project [Webinar]. W-GDP Webinar Series on Women' s Economic Empowerment, No. 2: Assisting Women MSMEs Move Their Goods during the Covid 19 Pandemic. Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/120085812728795/videos/2689997707930696/
Maglana, MV. 2015. Report on Social Impacts of Public Transport Reforms on Davao City Public Transport Providers. Report submitted for ADB TA-6293 REGUr Managing the Cities in Asia – Davao Sustainable Urban Transport Project.
Moser, C. 1993.Gender Planning and Development: Theory, Practice and Training. Routledge New York and London
Movahed, S. et al. 2012. A Safe Pedestrian Walkway: Creation a Safe Public Space Based on Pedestrian Safety. Elsevier B.V. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 35 (2012) 572 – 585
Page 419
Parker, V. T., L. M. Schile, M. C. Vasey, and J. C. Callaway. 2011. Efficiency in assessment and monitoring methods: scaling down gradient-directed transects. Ecosphere 2(9):99. doi: 10.1890/ES11-00151.1
Philippine Harmonised Gender and Development Guidelines and Checklist for Infrastructure Projects Third Edition (May 2016),
Philippine Harmonized Gender and Development Guidelines (HGDG) for Project Development, Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation
Philippine Plan for Gender-Responsive Development (PPGD), 1995-2025
Ra 6685: An Act Requiring Private Contractors to Whom National, Provincial, City and Municipal Public Works Projects Have Been Awarded Under Contract to Hire At Least Fifty Percent of The Unskilled And At Least Thirty Percent of The Skilled Labor Requirements to Be Taken from The Available Bona Fide Residents in The Province, City or Municipality in Which the Projects Are to Be Undertaken, And Penalizing Those Who Fail to Do So.
RA 7192: Women in Development and Nation Building Act
RA 7277 and RA 10070: Magna Carta for Disabled Persons
RA 9257: Expanded Senior Citizens Act of 2003
RA 9994: Expanded Senior Citizens Act of 2010
RA No. 8425: Social Reform and Poverty Alleviation Act
Republic Act 9710 (RA 9710): Magna Carta of Women
Republic Act No. 9520 or the Philippine Cooperative Code of 2008
Rivera, RLK. 2010. Gender and Transport: Experiences of Marketplace Workers in Davao City, Philippines,’ in Environment and Urbanization Asia 2010 1171. https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/097542531000100205. Accessed on 15 May 2021.
Rodrigues, C.R. and B.F. Rodrigues. (2014). Enhancement of Seed Germination in Trema orientalis (L.) Blume—Potential Plant Species in Revegetation of Mine Wastelands. J. of Sus. For. 33:1 DOI: 10.1080/10549811.2013.807745
Ronda, A, et al. 2020. Beyond Rusty Engines: Perceptions on The Acceptability of The Implementation of HPBS in Davao City. School of Arts and Sciences, Ateneo de Davao University
Samarthyam et al. October 2014. Universal Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian, Non-motorized Vehicle and Public Transport Infrastructure. India
Shibata, T. 23 November 2018. Presentation on: Designing Gender-Inclusive Pedestrian Facilities Around Public Transport in Metro Manila Trinoma Area. ADB.
Page 420
Social Weather Station. 2016. SWS 2016 Safe Cities Quezon City Baseline Study Results
Stop Street Harassment, What is Street Harassment, available at http://www. stopstreetharassment.org/about/what-is-street-harassment (last accessed Nov. 30, 2018).
Tañedo, M., Hutchinson, R., Constantino, A., Constantino, T., (2015.) A Naturalist’s Guide to the Birds of the Philippines, John Beaufoy Publishing, Oxford, England.
The Center for Universal Design. 1997. The Principles of Universal Design, Version 2.0. Raleigh, NC: North Carolina State University.
UPPAF RESPOND. 2021. Gender Analysis of Ease of Doing Business Policies and Procedures. (unpublished)
Verma, S. K. & Murmu, 2015. Impact of Environmental and Disturbance Variables on Avian Community Structure along a Gradient of Urbanization in Jamshedpur, India. PLoS ONE 10(7): e0133383. doi:10.1371/ journal.pone.0133383
